Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Amplifon S.p.A.

Amplifon S.p.A.

amp · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker amp
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Amplifon S.p.A.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 
annual report

AMP Limited ABN 49 079 354 519

Contents 
1	 Message	from	the	Chairman	
3	 Message	from	the	CEO
4	 Our	financial	performance
6	 Our	2018	priorities	
8	 Who	we	are	and	what	we	do	
10	 Corporate	sustainability	
12		 Our	board	
15		 Our	management	team
18		 Corporate	governance	at	AMP	
30		 Directors’	report
37	
	 Remuneration	report
63	 Analysis	of	shareholder	profit
64	 Financial	report
65	
66	
67	
68	
69	
70	
139	 	 Directors’	declaration
140	 Independent	auditor’s	report
146	 Securityholder	information
IBC	 Glossary

	 Consolidated	income	statement
	 Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income
	 Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
	 Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	equity
	 Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
	 Notes	to	the	financial	statements

Unless	otherwise	specified,	all	amounts	are	in	Australian	dollars.		
The	directors’	report,	financial	report	and	independent	auditor’s		
report	are	dated	and	current	as	at	14	February	2019.

Message from the Chairman

Dear Shareholders
I accepted the role of Chairman in June 2018 because  
I believe that AMP plays an important role in the financial 
wellbeing of its customers. However, the business faced a 
very difficult set of circumstances last year that undoubtedly 
affected you, our shareholders, and your trust in AMP. 

In joining AMP, the immediate issues to be addressed were 
renewal of the board, appointment of a new Chief Executive 
Officer, strengthening of the governance framework and to 
commence oversight of the transformation of the business.

That change is very much underway and will continue  
in 2019.

Transforming AMP
In 2018, AMP began a structural transformation that  
will better position our business for the future and  
improve performance for our shareholders.

This included a review of our wealth protection and  
mature businesses, initiated in response to structural 
changes in the industry that restricted our ability to  
compete on a sustainable basis and deliver acceptable 
returns to shareholders. 

As a result, the board decided to sell our Australian and 
New Zealand wealth protection and mature businesses to 
Resolution Life, a UK-based international insurance group. 
In doing so, we were acutely aware that this moves AMP 
away from its historic core. However, we firmly believe 
that this was the right outcome for our shareholders and 
not detrimental to our customers. In Resolution Life, we 
have a partner who has shown a strong commitment to 
policyholders throughout its history. 

with customers, shareholders and the community. The 
recommendations establish a solid industry framework  
and provide a basis for setting AMP’s future direction.

We will work constructively with the government, regulators, 
advisers, trustees and other bodies to ensure that, as the 
recommendations move into definitive legislative reform, 
the outcomes are clear, simple and meet the best interests 
of customers. 

In 2018, AMP also accelerated our advice remediation 
program to remediate clients of advisers who received 
inappropriate advice, or who paid fees where there was no 
evidence of services delivered. We are deeply disappointed 
we let our customers down. This is a complex program 
which requires regulatory consultation and may take three 
years to complete, but we are committed to ensuring 
affected customers are compensated. 

The appointment of AMP’s new CEO was a priority in 
reshaping our business. Our new CEO, Francesco De Ferrari, 
has a strong track record in redesigning business models 
to deliver turnaround and growth. The board and I are 
confident that Francesco has the strategic acumen and 
expertise to steer our organisation into the future. 

The search for the right CEO to drive AMP’s recovery was 
extensive. In appointing an international executive, standard 
international remuneration arrangements were followed. 
This is covered in detail in the remuneration report on  
page 37.

In transforming AMP, the role of the board in setting  
‘the tone from the top’ is fundamental to achieving an 
effective culture of an organisation. This has been an 
important consideration in board renewal.

The final report from the Royal Commission into  
Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial 
Services Industry (Royal Commission) provided a turning 
point for the financial services sector in rebuilding trust 

John O’Sullivan joined the board as an independent  
non-executive director in June 2018, bringing almost  
40 years’ experience in financial services and the legal 
profession in Australia.

1

AMP 2018 annual reportMessage from the Chairman continued

John Fraser joined the board as an independent 
non-executive director in September 2018. John has 
significant experience in leadership roles in economics, 
public policy, capital markets and asset management  
in Australia and overseas. 

Andrea Slattery joined the board as an independent  
non-executive director on 15 February 2019. Andrea 
brings more than 26 years’ experience as a non-executive 
director and senior executive in financial services, 
retirement and superannuation, government relations, 
infrastructure, professional services, academia  
and innovation.

I encourage shareholders to read the remuneration 
report and consider the board’s intentions, including our 
response to concerns raised to the 2017 remuneration 
report, remuneration consequences for risk and reputation 
matters and the new CEO remuneration arrangements.

These intentions are anchored in the principle that 
incentives should be aligned with the financial outcome 
for our shareholders and must be accompanied by 
consequence management for misconduct. In addressing 
incentive remuneration, the board recognises there is  
not one formula or scorecard that can outweigh the 
exercise of judgement.

2018 performance and dividend
AMP’s 2018 financial performance reflects the challenges 
we’ve faced during the period including: the imperative to 
remediate customers in our advice business, a deterioration 
in the performance of our wealth protection business 
and the impact of the Royal Commission proceedings  
on AMP’s reputation. 

2019 
2019 will be a year of transition as we position the 
business for the future. Management will be primarily 
focused on the separation of our wealth protection and 
mature businesses to Resolution Life, progressing the 
remediation program with urgency and strengthening  
risk management, governance and controls. 

Overall, we reported an underlying profit of $680 million  
for the year to 31 December 2018 and profit attributable  
to shareholders of $28 million. 

The board took the difficult decision to declare a reduced 
2018 final dividend of 4 cents per share, resulting in a total 
dividend paid for 2018 of 14 cents per share. This took 
account of the 2018 financial results, the related impact 
on AMP’s capital position and the uncertainty in the 
operating environment. 

The dividend reflects the board’s view that as a 
customer-centred business, we must maintain a strong 
capital position. In 2018, we maintained this position 
at year-end, holding $1.65 billion above minimum 
regulatory requirements. 

Remuneration 
The board understands that many of our shareholders 
are disappointed with AMP’s business and financial 
performance in 2018. We recognise that many of our 
shareholders voted against the 2017 remuneration  
report in response to wider issues in the business, as well  
as concerns about the remuneration framework itself. 

Reflecting the circumstances of last year, the board  
decided to award zero short-term incentives for AMP’s  
group leadership team in 2018 (excluding AMP Capital). 
It also applied appropriate consequence management 
including forfeiture of long and short-term incentives  
for a number of former executives and a reduction in  
board director fees for 2018.

Beyond this, management will continue to drive 
performance in our core operating businesses. This  
will ensure that we are set up to progress a transformed 
business encompassing wealth management, as well 
as important businesses in banking and investment 
management. 

AMP has a strong, proud and important 170-year history 
in Australia. We have made some important decisions in 
2018 and our turnaround is in progress. 

I am confident with our renewed board, the stewardship 
of a new CEO, the commitment of our people and 
our intention to build from outcomes from the Royal 
Commission, we can restore confidence in our business 
and deliver for customers and shareholders.

I look forward to providing a further update at the AGM  
in May 2019.

David Murray AO
Chairman

2

AMP 2018 annual report 
Message from the CEO

Dear Shareholders
I am honoured to have joined AMP in December 2018. 
I appreciate that it has been a challenging time for you, 
our shareholders. As CEO, my priority is to address the 
issues and transform our business, so we can better 
compete and deliver for shareholders into the future.

2018 was a difficult year for AMP, and the wider financial 
services sector. The Royal Commission was a confronting, 
but valuable experience and AMP embraced it as an 
impetus for change. We took a series of decisive actions, 
reflecting our acknowledgement of the gravity of the 
issues facing the business.

2018 financial performance 
Our core businesses reported resilient performances notably 
in AMP Capital, our investment management business, and 
AMP Bank. Our Australian wealth management business 
faced a number of external challenges, leading to a renewed 
focus on retaining our clients. In New Zealand, the wealth 
management business delivered steady earnings through 
disciplined cost management. 

The operating earnings of the Australian and New Zealand 
wealth protection and mature businesses were reduced by 
negative experience that led AMP to strengthen our best 
estimate assumptions for future claims and take substantial 
capitalised losses in the second half of the year as a result.

2019 
2019 will be a transitional year for AMP, where we focus on 
repositioning our business for the future. Our first priority 
is the separation of our wealth protection and mature 
businesses, which will help simplify and create the basis  
for a more agile AMP. 

Our second priority is the delivery of our advice remediation 
program to compensate impacted clients. We are focused  
on doing this as quickly as possible.

Following the sale of the wealth protection and mature 
businesses, we will have four core operating businesses – 
wealth management in Australia and New Zealand,  
AMP Bank and AMP Capital.

Our wealth management business in Australia has 
foundational assets and strong market positions. However, 
the business model is challenged and we need to reshape 
it for the future. In New Zealand, our wealth management 
business continues to deliver resilient earnings for the 
group. Our opportunity is to become an advice-led wealth 
management business. AMP Capital has a strong growth 
trajectory, particularly internationally. AMP Bank has 
performed well and can be further leveraged as part  
of our wealth management offer.

Underlining all of this, the client must be at the centre of 
everything we do. Our overarching focus will be on meeting 
their needs and improving the value of the products and 
services we provide.

AMP has been part of the social fabric and business 
community of Australia for 170 years. We have a willingness 
to change to ensure we meet the expectations of our clients 
and the community. This commitment is evident across  
our organisation, from our employees, to management  
and the board. 

It is going to take a concerted team effort to reshape our 
business and deliver improved financial results over the  
next few years. I am confident that we have a strong 
business, with the right fundamentals in the markets  
we operate in to drive AMP’s future success.

I joined AMP knowing that I can be proud of the work we do 
each day for our clients and in turn, deliver for our shareholders. 

Lastly, AMP is focused on getting our risk, governance and 
control settings right. This includes placing ethics and risk  
at the core of our culture.

Francesco De Ferrari
Chief Executive Officer

3

AMP 2018 annual report 
 Our financial performance

Five-year financial summary

Year ended 31 December

Consolidated income statement 
Net premium, fee and other revenue 

2018
$m

2017
$m

2016
$m

2015 
$m

2014
$m

6,390 

6,522 

6,204  

5,539  

5,343 

Investment gains 

1,854 

11,888 

8,567  

8,483  

12,244 

Profit (loss) before income tax from continuing operations 
Income tax expense 
Non-controlling interests 

Profit (loss) after tax attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited 

(366) 
417 
(23) 

28 

1,636 
(763) 
(25) 

848 

358  
(166) 
(536) 

(344) 

1,993  
(280) 
(741) 

1,814 
(843)
(87)

972  

884 

Consolidated statement of financial position 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment assets 
Intangibles 
Assets of disposal groups 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities 
Life insurance contract liabilities 
Investment contract liabilities 
Liabilities of disposal groups 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Contributed equity 
Reserves  
Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

3,932 
133,172 
3,208 
– 
4,966 

3,602 
137,558 
3,218 
– 
3,861 

3,476  
129,995  
3,199  
 –  
3,390  

3,955  
128,074  
3,983  
 –  
3,696  

3,581 
123,292 
4,042 
100 
3,840 

145,278 

148,239 

140,060  

139,708  

134,855 

21,650 
23,257 
68,742 
– 
24,838 

21,009 
23,683 
75,235 
– 
21,029 

17,218  
24,225  
71,579  
 –  
19,497  

17,452  
23,871  
69,848  
 –  
19,642  

16,502 
24,403 
66,980 
69 
18,516 

138,487 

140,956 

132,519  

130,813  

126,470 

6,791 

7,283 

7,541  

8,895  

8,385 

9,502 
(1,931) 
(886) 

6,685 
106 

6,791 

9,376 
(2,010) 
(164) 

7,202 
81 

7,283 

9,619  
(1,972) 
(185) 

7,462  
79  

9,566  
(1,866) 
819  

8,519  
376  

9,508 
(1,888)
566 

8,186 
199 

7,541  

8,895  

8,385 

Year ended 31 December

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Other financial data 
Basic earnings per ordinary share 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 
Dividends per ordinary share  
Number of ordinary shares 
Assets under management 

($ps) 
($ps) 
($ps) 
(m) 
($b) 

$0.01 
$0.01 
$0.14 
2,937 
258 

$0.29 
$0.29 
$0.29 
2,918 
257 

($0.11) 
($0.11) 
$0.28  
2,958  
240  

$0.33  
$0.33  
$0.28  
2,958  
226  

$0.30 
$0.30 
$0.26 
2,958 
214 

4

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 results at a glance

Dividends 
cents per share

Final dividend
Interim dividend

8
2

4
1

8
2

4
1

4
1

4
1

9
2

.

5
4
1

.

5
4
1

6
2

.

5
3
1

.

5
2
1

4
1

4

0
1

30

20

10

0

Underlying profit
$ million

Profit attributable to shareholders
$ million

1,250

1,000

750

500

250

0

m
0
2
1
1
$

,

m
5
4
0
1
$

,

m
0
4
0
1
$

,

m
0
8
6
$

m
6
8
4
$

1,250

1,000

750

500

250

0

m
2
7
9
$

m
4
8
8
$

m
8
4
8
$

m
8
2
$

2017 2018

2016

)

m
4
4
3
$
(

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017 2018

2014

2015

14 cents per share

Total dividend for 2018
The final dividend of 4 cents per 
share will be paid on 28 March 
2019 and will be 90% franked.

$680m

Underlying profit
Underlying profit is our core  
measure of performance.

$28m

Profit attributable to shareholders
The main difference between profit 
attributable to shareholders and 
underlying profit comes from movements 
in investment markets and one-off costs. 

($3,968m)

Australian wealth management  
net cash outflows
Down from net cash inflows of  
$931m in FY17 reflecting a range of  
factors including AMP’s appearance  
at the Royal Commission and a  
reduction in member contributions.

$913m

down from $949m

Group controllable costs  
(ex AMP Capital)
Reduced costs across the company 
driven by cost efficiency initiatives 
and lower project costs.

$187.2b

down $0.5b

Assets under management  
in AMP Capital 
Through AMP Capital we manage 
money for our customers and clients 
in Australia and around the world.

$123.2b

down from $130.4b

Assets under management for 
Australian wealth management
This is money we manage in our 
Australian wealth management 
business for customers.

$1.65b

down from $2.3b

Capital held above the minimum 
regulatory requirement
AMP holds capital above the minimum 
requirement to protect customers, 
creditors and shareholders against 
unexpected losses. This is an indication 
of the strength of our business.

 $19.46b

up from $18.87b 

Residential mortgage book
Primarily driven by growth in 
owner-occupied principal and 
interest-only lending in AMP Bank.

Figures compared to full year 2017 performance.

5

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 Our 2018 priorities

AMP faced significant challenges throughout 2018, as a result of issues  
within our business as well as across the broader market environment.

The problems identified, including fees charged to our customers for services they didn’t receive from advisers, fell short of community 
expectations and the standards we hold for ourselves. 
AMP recognises the importance of addressing these matters to ensure we deliver value for our customers and shareholders well  
into the future. 
The company took decisive action in 2018 to address these issues and accelerate the business transformation. Following changes  
to the AMP Limited Board and leadership, Mike Wilkins was appointed acting Chief Executive Officer on 20 April 2018. Mike and 
AMP’s leadership team identified a set of priorities to stabilise the business, address customer challenges and set up the company’s  
long-term recovery. 
The appointment of David Murray as Chairman in June 2018 was an important step in demonstrating AMP’s firm commitment to  
change. David brings deep and extensive knowledge of the financial services industry to the role, and a firm commitment to rebuild 
AMP. He has made significant headway in the ongoing process of board renewal with the appointment of three new board members. 
Half of the AMP Limited Board in place at the beginning of the Royal Commission has since changed. The process of board renewal  
that commenced in 2018 is continuing, and is expected to be completed in 2019.
Important to the future strategy of AMP, the board appointed Francesco De Ferrari as the new CEO, who commenced in December 
2018. The board has given Francesco a mandate to transform AMP and set a new strategy for the business.
Management is focused on delivering the long-term strategy, but in 2019 will focus on the separation of the wealth protection and  
mature businesses to Resolution Life, progressing the remediation program, strengthening risk management, governance and  
controls, as well as driving performance in the core operating businesses.

2018 priorities

1.  Prioritise customers and restore confidence

Our first priority deliberately focused on our customers. AMP accelerated the advice remediation program in 2018.  
The program underlines our commitment to acknowledge we have let our customers down and damaged the community’s 
confidence in our business. The program is on track to meet its three-year timeframe, with additional resources and 
increased investment announced.

We’re committed to improving value for our customers, including offering price competitive products. Helping to enhance  
the competitiveness of AMP’s MySuper offering, we implemented fee reductions for around 600,000 customers.  
We continue to work towards simplifying our product set and reducing operational complexity.

2. Transform advice

Financial advice plays an important role in the lives of Australians, helping them to plan and reach their life goals  
and it remains a cornerstone of AMP. We have been transforming this business and will continue this in 2019. 

A core component in transforming advice is the Advice Improvement Program, which was accelerated in 2018 to meet 
changing regulatory and consumer expectations. This program has been focused on ensuring our advice business is 
meeting contemporary standards, commercial best practice and giving advised clients confidence that their adviser  
is providing advice in their best interests. The program covers both employed and aligned advisers.

We are working with ASIC to deliver its regulatory changes and throughout 2018, significant progress was made in  
rolling out new standards in advice policies, processes and the monitoring of the implemented changes.

AMP is committed to achieving and exceeding high standards of professionalism and ethics in financial advice. In 2018 
AMP launched Adviser Pathways, an adviser training and development program for those new to the industry to meet 
the growing demand for high quality financial advisers. 

AMP supports the objectives of the Financial Adviser Standards and Ethics Authority (FASEA) and provided seed funding 
and made submissions on its new FASEA standards for advisers. In December 2018, AMP announced the appointment of 
Alex Wade as Group Executive for Advice to design and implement a strategy for transforming our advice network to meet 
consumer and regulatory expectations.

6

AMP 2018 annual report3. Reprioritise portfolio review

In October 2018, AMP announced the completion of its portfolio review of the ‘manage for value’ businesses –  
wealth protection (insurance), mature and New Zealand. This included the decision to sell our Australian and  
New Zealand insurance and mature businesses to Resolution Life. 

Resolution Life specialises in owning and managing large insurance businesses and is focused on existing customers.  
Its approach to prioritising customers is closely aligned with AMP, which was a key factor in the decision-making process. 

The portfolio review was initiated in response to structural changes in the insurance industry and regulation globally. 
AMP’s ability to compete in life insurance on a sustainable basis is challenged by the scale and lower cost of capital of its 
competitors in the market. The board believes Resolution Life was in a stronger position to manage the business, and as  
part of the transaction AMP will maintain ongoing interests in Resolution Life’s business.

The sale is a significant step in setting up AMP for the future as well as, importantly, delivering strong outcomes for our 
people, our customers and our shareholders.

4. Strengthen risk management, internal controls and governance

In July 2018, we announced the commitment to invest $50 million (pre-tax) per annum over the next two years  
to strengthen AMP’s risk management, internal controls and governance. 

This multi-year program has been established to further enhance risk governance. Major ongoing initiatives as part  
of this program include:

– 

– 

– 

– 

 improving the design and implementation of the three lines of defence model (business management, risk  
management and internal audit) to enhance clarity and execution of risk responsibilities and accountabilities

 further developing and embedding the frameworks, policies and procedures for the management of risk  
and compliance

 improving the systems and data management infrastructure to support risk management and decision making, and

 strengthening processes and internal controls to improve operational risk management and compliance.

5. Maintain business momentum

In 2018, AMP also focused on maintaining momentum in a challenging environment. 

AMP Capital maintained its growth momentum and continued to invest in international expansion. Notable transactions 
included the acquisition of 49% of London Luton Airport and entering a 50/50 partnership with Invenergy Clean Power,  
on behalf of investors in its global infrastructure equity series.

AMP Bank also continued to drive growth in a competitive market, whilst maintaining its conservative credit policy. 

In China, our pensions joint venture, China Life Pension Company (CLPC), continued to grow and is a market leader  
in trustee services. 

AMP is also a market leader in advice and superannuation and our North Platform grew strongly. MyNorth maintained 
momentum throughout the year, with approximately $38 billion in North AUM, up 8% from December 2017.

7

AMP 2018 annual reportWho we are and what we do

AMP was founded in 1849 on a simple yet bold idea; that all individuals  
should have the power and ability to control their money and achieve their 
financial goals. 

We have approximately 

740,000 

shareholders

We have a long history in helping our customers manage their finances  
and achieve their goals. During the course of the past 170 years, our 
business has evolved and will continue to do so into the future. 

AMP is a wealth management company which offers solutions across 
financial advice, investment management, banking, life insurance, 
superannuation, self-managed superannuation funds, retirement  
income and investing. 

Australian wealth management
We help our customers to save for, and to live well in retirement,  
with our retail and workplace superannuation products, self-managed 
superannuation funds services, as well as retirement income solutions  
and investments for individuals. Our superannuation business paid  
out $2.5 billion in retirement payments (including mature payments)  
in Australia in 2018.

In a period of rapid transformation for the industry, AMP is committed 
to providing quality financial advice through our national network of 
advisers, ensuring Australians continue to have access to advice. In 2018, 
AMP launched Adviser Pathways, a rigorous training and development 
program for new advisers, further strengthening its ongoing focus on 
lifting professionalism and adviser standards. 

AMP Bank
AMP Bank provides customers with residential and investment property 
home loans, deposit and transaction accounts and SMSF products. We also 
provide loans to AMP-aligned financial advice practices. We empower our 
customers to access AMP Bank products via a variety of channels including 
digital and online, phone, and through AMP financial advisers and home 
loan brokers.

In 2018, we helped around 110,000 Australians with their banking needs, 
including providing over 6,000 new home loans. 

We have over

3.5 million 

customers in Australia and  
New Zealand

We helped around

110,000 

Australians with their  
banking needs

8

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
AMP Capital managed

$187b

for clients globally

AMP Capital
We manage investments in equities, fixed income, diversified, multi-manager 
and multi-asset funds on behalf of clients around the world. AMP Capital also 
manages real estate and infrastructure assets including shopping centres, 
airports, trains and pipelines, with $20.3 billion in infrastructure investments 
managed on behalf of funds and clients. In Asia, we have strong partnerships 
with two of the leading financial services groups, MUFG: Trust Bank of Japan 
and China Life. Our partnership with PCCP, a US-based real estate investment 
manager, provides a strong opportunity towards meeting our growth ambitions 
overseas and in new markets.

At the end of 2018, AMP Capital managed $29 billion for international investors, 
including $17.3 billion for 302 direct international institutional clients. 

We helped over 

125,000 

customers retire in 
Australia

New Zealand wealth management 
In New Zealand we provide customers with financial products and services, 
directly and through one of the largest networks of financial advisers in the 
country. In 2018, AMP was the fourth-largest KiwiSaver Scheme provider with 
10% of the total KiwiSaver market and approximately 225,000 customers.

$1.2b 

paid in Australian
insurance claims

Sold businesses (wealth protection and mature)
In October 2018, AMP announced the decision to divest its Australian and 
New Zealand wealth protection and mature businesses to Resolution Life. 
This is a major step in reshaping AMP as a simpler, more focused group. The 
transaction is expected to complete by the end of the third quarter in 2019.

Wealth protection (life insurance)
We support our customers and their families during tough times with life 
insurance, income protection and disability insurance solutions. AMP provides 
policies that are held by individuals or are a part of their superannuation fund.

In 2018, we paid $1.2 billion in Australian insurance claims and NZ$161 million  
in New Zealand insurance claims when people needed us most.

Mature
Through our mature business, we manage closed insurance and 
superannuation products that are no longer being sold. This business 
is managed for yield and capital efficiency.

9

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 Corporate sustainability

Our approach to sustainability is built around three core focus areas:  
our customers, our people and our community. 

In 2018, approximately

341,000 

customers used our My AMP 
digital program to manage 
their finances

In 2018, more than 

$1 million 

in grants made through  
AMP’s Tomorrow Fund

15% 

reduction in Scope 1  
and 2 (operational) emissions 
in 2018 from 2017 levels

We are committed to rebuilding AMP to ensure a 
sustainable future – one that has shared value for 
customers, shareholders, employees, the community  
and the environment.

We know there is a clear link between an organisation’s  
long-term business success and its approach to sustainability, 
including operating ethically and the quality of its corporate 
governance. We recognise we have fallen short in recent 
times, but we are genuinely committed to improving as  
we reset AMP as an organisation for the future.

AMP has a proud history of engaging in sustainable 
practices in the community. We are reducing our 
environmental footprint, contributing to the community 
through the AMP Foundation, and undertaking responsible 
investment in AMP Capital. 

Our customers 
AMP aspires to be a customer centric organisation.  
Following the challenges of recent years, highlighted in  
the Royal Commission, we are committed to improving  
our service and engagement with customers. 

Following a review of advice delivered and fees 
charged across our advice network, we accelerated our 
remediation program to ensure all impacted customers 
are appropriately compensated. In response to industry-
wide issues raised by ASIC and community expectations, 
we have dedicated additional resources to this important 
program in order to address these mistakes in a 
comprehensive and timely manner. 

AMP is committed to substantially simplifying its 
superannuation business and offers, with a view to 
reduce the number of AMP’s superannuation products 
and investment options, providing simpler and more 
competitive offers for members.

In 2018, we reduced fees for around 600,000 customers  
of AMP’s MySuper products. 

In 2018, we focused on listening to our customers. We  
asked over 450,000 customers and business partners for 
their feedback and made more than 120 changes in our 
systems and processes in response. 

Our belief in the importance of financial literacy led to 
the launch of Welcome Journey. This unique engagement 
process for new customers joining an AMP Superannuation 
plan focuses on awareness and education.

Technology is making our offerings simpler for our 
customers. During the 2018 year, we delivered a refined 
mobile Money Manager tool and introduced a new micro-
budgeting element within our My AMP mobile application, 
to make money management easier. In 2018, more than 
341,000 customers used our My AMP digital program to  
help manage their finances.

AMP Customer Advocate
In 2018, our AMP Customer Advocate worked with many 
of our customers to resolve complaints. To reach a fair 
and reasonable outcome, our AMP Customer Advocate 
takes an independent view, and listens to our customers 
to understand their concerns, in order to comprehensively 
review their complaints.

10

AMP 2018 annual reportOur people 
Inclusion and diversity 
AMP encourages a respectful, diverse and safe workplace 
that supports the physical and psychological wellbeing 
of our people. Valuing differences and encouraging a 
flexible and inclusive environment where people feel they 
can bring their whole self to work is critical if we are to 
deliver outstanding results for customers, partners and 
shareholders. 

We worked with the Diversity Council of Australia in 2018 to 
embed seven best-practice inclusion and diversity principles 
for recruitment. Already in use in some areas, they will be 
rolled out across AMP in 2019 to improve our ability to 
attract diverse people and ultimately lift our performance.

In New Zealand, AMP received the Rainbow Tick certification 
in recognition of our diverse and inclusive workplace for 
people of different genders, sexualities, ethnicities, physical 
abilities and cultures.

In 2018, the board recognised that significant change was 
required to restore confidence in our business. Half of the 
AMP Limited Board in place at the beginning of the Royal 
Commission has since changed. The decision of a number 
of female directors to step down regrettably eliminated the 
then representation of women on the board. The process 
of board renewal currently underway has, given the events 
of 2018, made it more difficult to restore the previous 
representation of female directors, for the time being.

AMP has gender diversity targets in place for management 
positions, which require women to hold 47% of senior 
executive roles and 50% of middle manager roles by the end 
of 2020. In 2018, AMP maintained a sound representation 
of women in management positions. As a result of changes 
to AMP’s organisational structure in 2017, the business 
did not meet its progress target. The representation of 
women in senior executive roles increased (from 38%) to 
39% at 31 December 2018, with women holding 41% of 
middle manager roles. Overall, women make up 52% of our 
workforce. We are working to increase the representation 
of women at these levels by offering flexible work options, 
refining our recruitment and appointment practices,  
and focusing on female succession, talent, sponsorship  
and advocacy.

Our community
Responsible investing 
AMP Capital, our investment management arm, is a major 
investor in companies and assets on behalf of our customers, 
and is committed to improving the corporate responsibility 
of the businesses it invests in. A key part of AMP Capital’s 
decision-making process is assessing the environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) performance of its investments. 

We were one of the first signatories globally to the  
UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment, and the 
most recent assessment results on how we are progressing 
on our commitments is available at ampcapital.com.au/esg.

We have dedicated ESG and sustainability specialists 
who actively engage the boards and management teams 
of companies and assets on a range of ESG issues. As 
stewards of our clients’ investments, we encourage sound 
decision making and risk management, appropriate capital 
allocation, good board composition, gender diversity, fair 
remuneration and open and honest disclosure. Through 
proxy voting, we encourage corporate behaviour that will 
deliver better long-term results for investors, shareholders 
and the community. 

In September 2018, AMP Capital fulfilled its commitments 
in accordance with its ethical framework by completing 
the divestment of tobacco, cluster munitions, landmines, 
chemical and biological weapons securities from its 
managed portfolios.

Protecting our environment
AMP assesses the environmental risks and opportunities 
across our business, including the investments managed by 
AMP Capital and the impact of our own operations. In 2018, 
we continued to make progress against our environmental 
priorities and targets, remaining carbon neutral in our own 
operations. 

We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 (operational) emissions in 
2018 by 15% from 2017 levels. AMP also maintained an 
A– Leadership score in our annual submission through the 
Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP), which has aligned to the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 
Our CDP disclosure demonstrates how we manage climate 
risk across key business areas. 

Investing in the community 
Through the AMP Foundation we help provide a better 
tomorrow for more people in the community, especially 
people facing challenges accessing education and 
employment opportunities. Since 1992, the AMP Foundation 
has distributed close to $100 million to help charities and 
individuals make a positive impact on communities in 
Australia and New Zealand. 

The AMP Foundation helps people to help themselves 
by supporting organisations that give disadvantaged 
Australians learning and work opportunities. The AMP 
Foundation also helps people to help others, supporting our 
employees and financial advisers to share their time, skills 
and resources with the community. 

In 2018, the AMP Foundation distributed close to $5 million 
in the community, including more than $1 million in 
grants through AMP’s Tomorrow Fund to help 43 amazing 
Australians make a positive impact. AMP also presented 
$170,000 in scholarships to 22 New Zealanders through  
the AMP Scholarships program, which celebrated 20 years  
in 2018. 

You can find further information in our sustainability report 
at amp.com.au/corporatesustainability.

11

AMP 2018 annual report Our board

1

2

3

David Murray AO1
Chairman BBus, MBA
David was appointed to the AMP Limited Board as Chairman 
in June 2018. He is also Chairman of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees and was appointed a member 
of the Risk Committee in January 2019. In addition, on 
15 February 2019, David was appointed Chairman of the  
AMP Bank Limited Board and a member of its Risk Committee.

Experience
David has 40 years’ experience in financial services, with 
expertise in banking and wealth management, as well as 
the industry’s regulatory environment.

David served as Chief Executive Officer of the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia from 1992 to 2005 and as the inaugural 
Chairman of the Australian Future Fund from 2006 to 2012 
when his statutory term ended. He was also the inaugural 
chair of the International Forum of Sovereign Wealth Funds. 
David also chaired the Financial System Inquiry, which reported 
to the Australian Government in December 2014 and has 
previously served as a member of the Finance Sector Advisory 
Council and the APEC Business Advisory Council. 

David holds a Bachelor of Business from the NSW Institute 
of Technology and a Master of Business Administration, 
commenced at Macquarie University and completed at 
the International Management Institute, Geneva. He holds  
an honorary Doctor of Letters from Macquarie University.

Government and community involvement
– 
– 

Chairman of the Butterfly Foundation Limited
 Ambassador of the Australian Indigenous  
Education Foundation

Francesco De Ferrari
Chief Executive Officer
See page 15 for details of Francesco’s roles, responsibilities 
and experience.

John Fraser2 
Independent Director BEc (Hons)
John was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in September 
2018 and was appointed a member of its Audit, Risk and 
Remuneration Committees in January 2019. On 15 February 
2019, John was appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board and 
as a member of its Audit and Risk Committees. He was also 
appointed at the same time to the AMP Capital Holdings Limited 
Board and as a member of its Audit and Risk Committee.

Most recently he was Secretary to the Treasury from 2015 to 
July 2018. In this capacity, John was a member of the Board 
of the Reserve Bank of Australia, a member of the Australian 
Council of Financial Regulators and Chair of the G20 Global 
Infrastructure Hub.

John came back to Treasury after an extensive career with 
UBS, including more than a decade as Chairman and CEO of 
UBS Global Asset Management based in London. During this 
time, he was also a member of the UBS Group Executive Board 
and Chairman of UBS Saudi Arabia, as well as Chairman of 
various subsidiaries and joint ventures for UBS Global Asset 
Management. John also served as an Australian Stock  
Exchange Board director and as Chairman of Victorian  
Funds Management Corporation.

Prior to joining UBS and its predecessor organisations in  
1993, John held a number of senior positions with the  
Australian Treasury over 20 years, including postings at the 
International Monetary Fund and at the Australian Embassy  
in the United States.

John graduated from Monash University, Melbourne, with  
a first-class honours degree in economics. He received a 
Centenary medal for service to Australian society through 
business and economics in 2001 and was awarded an  
honorary Doctorate of Laws from Monash University.

Government and community involvement
–  Director of the Advance Board 
–  Director of the Future Fund

Andrew Harmos3
Independent Director BCom, LLB (Hons)
Andrew was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in June  
2017. He is a member of its Audit and Risk Committees and  
was appointed as Chairman of the Risk Committee in April 
2018. He was also appointed a member of the Remuneration 
Committee in January 2019.

Andrew was appointed to the AMP Life Limited and  
The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited 
Boards in August 2013. He has served as a member of the Audit 
Committees of both boards since August 2013 and was appointed 
Chairman of these Committees in May 2016. He was appointed 
as a member of the Risk Committees of both boards in November 
2014 and Chairman in April 2018. In addition, on 15 February 
2019, Andrew was appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board, 
as a member of its Audit Committee and as Chairman of its 
Risk Committee.

Experience
John has more than 40 years’ experience in leadership  
roles in economics, public policy, capital markets and asset 
management in Australia and overseas.

Experience
Andrew is one of the founding directors and shareholders of 
Harmos Horton Lusk Limited, an Auckland-based specialist 
corporate legal advisory firm. He specialises in corporate 

12

AMP 2018 annual report4

5

6

takeovers, corporate structure and governance advice,  
company, business and asset acquisitions and disposals,  
securities offerings, and strategic and board corporate advice.

Andrew is also a director of Pascaro Investments Limited  
(a farm investment company) and Elevation Capital  
Management Limited, and was previously Chairman of NZX 
Limited and a trustee of the Arts Foundation of New Zealand.

Listed directorships
–  Director of Scentre Group (appointed June 2014)

Trevor Matthews4
Independent Director MA
Trevor was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in March 2014, 
became a member of its Audit Committee in May 2014 and  
a member of the Risk Committee in November 2014. He was 
also appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee 
in May 2018. Trevor joined the AMP Life Limited and The 
National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited Boards 
in June 2014 and was appointed Chairman of those boards 
in May 2016. He is also a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committees of each of those boards. On 15 February 2019, 
Trevor was appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board and  
as a member of its Audit and Risk Committees.

Experience
Trevor, an actuary with more than 40 years’ experience in 
financial services, has expertise in life insurance, general 
insurance, wealth management, banking, investment 
management and risk. He has held life and general insurance 
chief executive roles in Australia, North America, Asia and 
Europe. He returned to Australia in 2013 after 15 years overseas 
and has assembled a portfolio of non-executive directorships. 
His last overseas position was as an executive director of  
Aviva plc. a leading global life and general insurer. He was  
also chairman of its UK and French businesses. Prior to that  
he was Group CEO of Friends Provident plc.

Listed directorships
– 
– 

 Director of Cover-More Group Limited (ceased April 2017)
Chairman of 1st Group Ltd (appointed February 2015)

Government and community involvement
– 

Chairman of the NSW State Insurance Regulatory Authority

Experience
John has over 40 years’ experience in the legal and financial 
services sectors in Australia. He started his career at Freehill 
Hollingdale & Page (Herbert Smith Freehills), later becoming  
a partner at the firm where he was recognised as one of 
Australia’s leading corporate and M&A lawyers.

From 2003 to 2008, John was General Counsel of the 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia before spending 10 years 
at Credit Suisse Australia where he was Executive Chairman, 
Investment Banking and Capital Markets, Australia until February 
2018. John is a member of the Takeovers Panel. He holds a 
Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of Arts from the University of 
Sydney and a Master of Laws from the University of London.

Government and community involvement
–  

 Ambassador of the Australian Indigenous Education 
Foundation

–  Director of the WestConnex entities

Geoff Roberts6
Independent Director BCom, MBA
Geoff was appointed to the AMP Limited Board and as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee in July 2016. He became a 
member of the Risk Committee in January 2018 and a member 
of the Remuneration Committee in January 2019. He was 
appointed a Director of AMP Life Limited and The National 
Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited and a member of 
their Audit and Risk Committees in May 2018. On 15 February 
2019, Geoff was appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board,  
as a member of its Risk Committee and as Chairman of its 
Audit Committee.

Experience
Geoff has more than 30 years’ experience in financial services 
across Australia, Asia and Europe, with a particular focus on 
accounting, financial management and strategic advice. He 
was appointed CFO of SEEK Limited in June 2015 and prior 
to that held the positions of Managing Partner of Deloitte 
Victoria and Director of Deloitte Australia, and Group CFO 
of AXA Asia Pacific Holdings. Geoff is a Fellow of Chartered 
Accountants Australia and New Zealand and has also served 
the not-for-profit sector as Chairman of the Reach Foundation 
and a Director of Vision Australia.

John O’Sullivan5
Independent Director BA, LLB, LMM
John was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in June 2018.  
He was appointed a member of the Audit, Risk and Remuneration 
Committees in January 2019. On 15 February 2019, John was 
appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board and as a member  
of its Audit and Risk Committees.

Andrea Slattery7
Independent Director
B Acc, M Comm
Andrea was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 15 February 
2019 and as a member of the Audit, Risk and Remuneration 
Committees. At the same time she was appointed to the  
AMP Bank Limited Board and its Audit and Risk Committees.

13

AMP 2018 annual reportOur board continued

7

8

9

Experience
Andrea has substantial experience as a non-executive 
director and senior executive in financial services, retirement 
and superannuation, government relations, infrastructure, 
professional services, academia and innovation, spanning  
more than 26 years.

Andrea was the Managing Director and CEO of the SMSF 
Association for 14 years from 2003 to 2017, which she  
co-founded. Previously, she worked at the University of  
South Australia; she was a financial adviser and she  
founded her own consulting and advisory business.

Her previous Government Advisory Committee appointments 
include the Federal Government’s Innovation Investment 
Partnership, Stronger Super Peak Consultative Group, 
Superannuation Advisory Group and the Future of Financial 
Advice and the Shadow Ministry’s Infrastructure &  
Innovation and Superannuation & Industry Partnerships.

Listed directorships
– 

 Director of Argo Global Listed Infrastructure Limited  
(appointed April 2015)
 Director of Centrepoint Alliance Limited  
(ceased January 2019)

– 

Government and community Involvement
– 

 Director of Clean Energy Finance Corporation  
(appointed February 2018)
 Director of South Australian Cricket Association  
(appointed April 2010)
 Vice Chairman of Woomera Prohibited Area  
Advisory Board (from 1 July 2019)

– 

– 

Peter Varghese AO8
Independent Director BA (Hons)
Peter was appointed to the AMP Limited Board and as a member 
of its Risk Committee in October 2016. He became a member of 
the Nomination Committee in May 2017 and a member of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees in January 2019. Peter was 
appointed to the AMP Capital Holdings Limited Board and as a 
member of its Audit and Risk Committee in October 2016. He was 
also appointed to the AMP Bank Limited Board in May 2018 and 
as a member of its Audit and Risk Committees in February 2019.

Experience
Peter has extensive experience in public administration and 
governmental and international affairs, which spans 38 years  
and includes senior positions in foreign affairs, trade policy  
and intelligence. Most recently, Peter was Secretary of the 
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade where he was CEO  
of a complex global operation including 100 overseas posts.  
His previous appointments include High Commissioner to  
India, High Commissioner to Malaysia, Director-General  

14

of the Office of National Assessments, and Senior Adviser 
(International) to the Prime Minister of Australia. He was also  
a member of the Australia-China High Level Dialogue and was  
the Minister (Political) at the Australian Embassy in Japan.
Peter was made an Officer of the Order of Australia in 2010 
for distinguished service to public administration. He was 
awarded an Honorary Doctorate of Letters from the University 
of Queensland in recognition of his distinguished service to 
diplomacy and Australian public service.

Government and community involvement
Chancellor, University of Queensland
– 

Mike Wilkins AO9
Independent Director BCom, MBA
Mike was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in September 
2016. On 20 April 2018, he was appointed acting Chief  
Executive Officer and held that role until 30 November 2018. 
He also assumed the role of interim Executive Chairman from 
30 April 2018 until David Murray’s appointment as Chairman on 
21 June 2018. From 1 December 2018, he resumed his role as a 
non-executive director. Mike was also appointed a member of 
the Audit, Risk, Remuneration and Nomination Committees in 
January 2019. 
Mike was appointed to the AMP Life Limited and The National 
Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited Boards in  
October 2016. Mike is also a member of these boards’ Audit  
and Risk Committees. On 15 February 2019, Mike was appointed 
to the AMP Bank Limited Board and as a member of its Audit  
and Risk Committees.

Experience
Mike has more than 30 years’ experience in financial services 
in Australia and Asia, including life insurance and investment 
management. Mike has more than 20 years’ experience as CEO 
for ASX 100 companies. Most recently, he served as Managing 
Director and CEO of Insurance Australia Group Limited (IAG).  
He is the former Managing Director and CEO of Promina  
Group Limited and Tyndall Australia Limited.
Mike has served as a director of Alinta Limited, Maple-Brown 
Abbott Limited, The Geneva Association and the Australian 
Business and Community Network. He was on the Business 
Council of Australia for eight years and a member of the B20 
Human Capital Taskforce in 2014. Mike is a Fellow of Chartered 
Accountants Australia and New Zealand. Mike was made an 
Officer of the Order of Australia in 2017 for distinguished  
service to the insurance industry.

Listed directorships
– 

 Director of QBE Insurance Group Limited (appointed 
November 2016)

–  Director of Medibank Private Limited (appointed May 2017)

AMP 2018 annual report Our management team

1

2

3

4

Francesco De Ferrari1
Chief Executive Officer MBA, BS (Econ) (IntBus)  
Francesco was appointed Chief Executive Officer of AMP 
Limited by the AMP Limited Board, joining in December 2018. 
As CEO, he is responsible for leading the AMP business and is 
accountable for its performance. In January 2019, Francesco 
was appointed to the AMP Limited Board, and on 15 February 
2019 he was appointed to the AMP Bank Limited and AMP 
Capital Holdings Limited Boards.

Experience
Francesco has more than 20 years’ experience in the wealth 
management industry including private banking and 
management consulting. He spent 17 years in executive roles  
at Credit Suisse in Asia and Europe, leading businesses that  
grew substantially under his leadership.

During almost seven years as Head of Credit Suisse’s Asia Pacific 
private banking business, he overhauled the operating model, 
increased assets under management and profitability, and 
improved culture and controls within the business. As CEO of 
South East Asia and Frontier Markets, Francesco was responsible 
for Credit Suisse’s business in Investment Banking, Global 
Markets, Private Banking in ASEAN and frontier markets across 
the Asia Pacific.

Francesco was conferred the Institute of Banking and Finance (IBF) 
Distinguished Fellow award in 2016 for excellence in professional 
stature, integrity and achievement in the financial industry. 

Megan Beer2 
Chief Executive, AMP Life  
EMBA, MEc, FIAA, MAICD, ANZIIF (CIP) 
Megan joined AMP in February 2014 as Director, Insurance  
and was appointed Group Executive, Insurance on 1 January  
2017. Megan will lead AMP Life through the separation and 
transfer to Resolution Life, which is expected in 2H 2019. On 
completion, Megan will join Resolution as CEO AMP Life and  
Head of Resolution’s Australasian region. 

Experience 
Megan has more than 20 years’ experience in the financial 
services industry in a range of executive, finance, actuarial 
and consulting roles. Prior to AMP, Megan led NAB’s wealth 
management and insurance offer through the bank channel 
as General Manager, Bancassurance and Direct. Megan was 
also General Manager of Group Insurance and Head of Finance 
for Insurance, both at MLC. She worked for Tower (now TAL) for 
six years as Chief Actuary, Chief Risk Officer and Head of Risk, 
Planning and Analysis, and has been a Director with Tillinghast 
(Consulting Actuaries). 

Other appointments 
– 

 Managing Director of AMP Life and The National Mutual  
Life Association of Australasia Limited 
 Director and Deputy President of Australian and  
New Zealand Institute of Insurance and Finance 

– 

Sally Bruce3
Chief Executive, AMP Bank BCom, MAppFin
Sally joined AMP in August 2015 as Managing Director,  
AMP Bank and was appointed Group Executive, AMP Bank in 
January 2017. Sally is responsible for AMP’s banking business.

Experience
Sally has more than 25 years’ experience in banking and financial 
services. During her five years at NAB, Sally held a number of 
senior executive positions including Chief Financial Officer, 
Business and Personal Banking. Prior to this, she held a number  
of senior leadership roles in a 20-year career at Macquarie Group.

Other appointments
–  Director of Melbourne International Arts Festival

David Cullen4
Group General Counsel BCom, LLB, LLM
David joined AMP in September 2004 and was appointed Group 
General Counsel in May 2018. David has group-wide responsibility 
for AMP’s legal and governance functions.

Experience
David has almost 25 years’ experience in the legal profession,  
with extensive experience in the areas of M&A, corporate law  
and corporate governance, having worked in law firms in Perth 
and Sydney and with the ASX.

Prior to his appointment as Group General Counsel, David was 
the Group Company Secretary and General Counsel, Governance 
at AMP, which included acting as Company Secretary for AMP 
Limited. David also worked full-time on AMP’s merger with 
AXA APH.

David holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws from 
the University of WA and a Master of Laws from the University  
of Sydney. He is a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia.

15

AMP 2018 annual reportOur management team continued

5

6

7

8

Jennifer (Jenny) Fagg5
Chief Risk Officer
Jenny joined AMP in January 2018. She has group-wide 
responsibility for AMP’s risk management function.

Experience
Jenny joined AMP from CIBC, one of Canada’s big five banks, 
where she was Executive Vice President of Products and 
Payments. Before moving to Canada, Jenny was Chair of the  
Real Time Payments Committee in Australia.

Previously Jenny was the Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of ANZ National Bank Limited, New Zealand’s largest 
bank. She has also held senior leadership roles at Citibank and 
was a director at KPMG.

Jenny holds a PhD in Management (Risk) and a Bachelor of 
Economics (Honours in Organisational Psychology). She is  
a member of AICD and Chief Executive Women in Australia.

Gordon Lefevre6
Chief Financial Officer FCA
Gordon joined AMP in January 2014 and assumed the  
Chief Financial Officer role from 1 March 2014. Gordon  
leads group finance, treasury, capital management and  
mergers and acquisitions.

Experience
Gordon has considerable financial services industry experience 
including 13 years with the National Australia Bank Group. His 
career at the bank included a range of both customer facing 
and group support function roles domestically and overseas. 
Immediately prior to leaving he was the Deputy Group Chief 
Financial Officer. Before joining AMP he was Chief Financial 
Officer of the Grocon Construction Group in Australia.

Helen Livesey7
Group Executive, Public Affairs and Chief of Staff BSc (Hons)
Helen joined AMP in 1999 and was appointed Group Executive, 
Public Affairs and Chief of Staff in January 2017. Helen has  
group-wide responsibility for strategy, brand, reputation  
and communications management, and managing AMP’s  
relationship with key stakeholders.

Experience
Helen has held a number of senior roles at AMP, including 
Director Brand and Marketing, Director Corporate 
Communications and Director Public Affairs UK. Helen has over 
20 years’ experience in corporate affairs, marketing and brand 
management across a range of industries in Australia and the 
UK in both consultancy and in-house roles.

Craig Ryman8
Chief Operating Officer BCom
Craig joined AMP in 1997 and was appointed to the expanded  
role of Chief Operating Officer in March 2019. Craig is responsible 
for driving efficiency and improving AMP’s capability to execute 
and deliver change. 

Experience
Craig is a seasoned executive with more than 25 years of 
technology, business and transformation experience. Prior to  
his current role, Craig was AMP’s Group Executive for Technology 
and Operations and before that Chief Information Officer.

During his time at AMP, Craig has led the technology function 
for a variety of different areas of the business. Craig has deep 
experience in leading large transformation programs including a 
technology operating model transformation of AMP Capital and 
one of the largest platform consolidation programs in Australia.

Before joining AMP, Craig worked as a superannuation consultant 
for William M Mercer in Australia and he holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the Australian National University.

16

AMP 2018 annual report9

10

11

12

Alex Wade11
Chief Executive, Australian wealth management MBT
Alex joined AMP in January 2019 as Group Executive, Advice.  
In March 2019, his portfolio expanded to bring together AMP’s 
advice, wealth management, product and customer solutions 
teams. Alex is responsible for AMP’s wealth management model, 
with a focus on strengthening client outcomes and restoring 
momentum in the new regulatory environment.

Experience
Alex has substantial experience in the wealth management and 
banking industries in Australia, Singapore and Hong Kong. Most 
recently, he served as the Head of Developed and Emerging Asia 
for Credit Suisse Private Banking. He was with Credit Suisse for  
12 years, during which time he held executive roles including 
Chief of Staff for Asia Pacific and Deputy Market Area Head for 
Developed Asia.

Fiona Wardlaw12
Group Executive, People and Culture BA(Psych) (Hons)
Fiona joined AMP in August 2008 and has responsibility for  
AMP’s people and culture function.

Experience
Fiona joined AMP from ANZ Bank where, as head of Leadership 
and Talent, she was responsible for recruitment strategy, 
talent management, succession planning and senior executive 
development. Prior to joining ANZ, Fiona worked in the Australian 
banking operations at National Australia Bank, where her roles 
included heading up the bank’s unsecured lending and credit card 
businesses and leading the Australian human resources function.

Her background also includes executive human resources 
experience in the resources and telecommunications sectors.

Other appointments
–  Director of AMP Foundation Limited
–  Director, Chief Executive Women

Adam Tindall9
Chief Executive, AMP Capital
BE (Hons), GDipMan, GcertAppFinInv, FAICD
Adam has been Chief Executive, AMP Capital since October 
2015. Adam leads an increasingly pre-eminent global 
investment manager, entrusted to manage funds and separate 
accounts on behalf of clients across a range of asset classes 
including equities, fixed income, real estate, infrastructure and 
multi-asset capabilities. AMP Capital has client relationships 
and assets around the world managed by teams based in 
Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Japan, Luxembourg, 
New Zealand, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom 
and the United States.

Experience
Before being appointed CEO, Adam held the role of Director  
and Chief Investment Officer, Property at AMP Capital. Adam  
has 30 years of extensive experience in investment management 
and real estate. He joined AMP Capital Property in 2009 from 
Macquarie Capital where he was Executive Director, Property and 
Infrastructure, responsible for creating or enhancing a number 
of major property investment funds. Prior to this, Adam spent 
17 years with Lend Lease, ultimately working in various business 
leadership roles including CEO, Asia Pacific for Bovis Lend Lease.

Other appointments
–  Male Champion of Change

Blair Vernon10
Chief Executive, New Zealand wealth management
Blair joined AMP in 2009 and was appointed to Chief Executive, 
New Zealand wealth management in March 2019. He is 
responsible for leading AMP’s New Zealand advice and wealth 
operations. He will continue to lead AMP’s New Zealand wealth 
protection and mature operations for an interim period as they 
transition into the AMP Life business under Megan Beer.

Experience
Blair has held a number of senior roles at AMP in New Zealand. 
He was previously Managing Director, AMP New Zealand. Prior to 
this role, Blair was AMP’s Director Retail Financial Services (NZ), 
responsible for sales, customer service, marketing and supporting 
AMP’s extensive Adviser business networks including Spicers and 
AdviceFirst. Other roles at AMP include AMP’s Director of Advice 
and Sales and General Manager Marketing and Distribution. Blair 
has over 25 years’ experience across the Financial Services sector  
in New Zealand and Australia. 

17

AMP 2018 annual report Corporate governance at AMP

Objectives of this statement
This statement is intended to inform our shareholders of AMP’s governance framework, important developments in 2018, 
and priorities for further development of our governance arrangements in 2019. 

Following an initial summary, the statement is structured as follows: 
1.  Preamble
2.  Corporate purpose
3.  Separation of board and management 
4.  Composition, succession and evaluation 
5.  Reporting and disclosure
6.  Risk, audit and internal control 
7.  Employment and remuneration 

You can find further information on our corporate governance policies and practices on our website at
amp.com.au/corporategovernance. 

This statement is current as at 26 February 2019 and has been approved by the AMP Limited Board.

Summary of 2018 developments and 2019 priorities

ASX Corporate Governance Principles 
AMP Limited (AMP) complied with the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council in the third edition of its 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (the ASX Principles) during 2018 except from 30 April to 20 June, when 
Mike Wilkins AO acted as our interim Executive Chairman and we briefly departed from some of these recommendations as  
explained in the applicable sections of the statement. 

2018 developments
This statement includes commentary on actions taken by the AMP Limited Board during (and since) 2018 to enhance the group’s 
governance, including:
– 
– 

 appointment of our new independent AMP Limited Chairman 
 continuing board renewal, including appointment of three highly experienced financial services leaders as non-executive 
independent directors 
 commitment to invest approximately $50 million (pre-tax) per annum for two years to strengthen risk management, internal 
controls and governance 
 appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and oversight of Group Leadership Team changes
 resetting the group governance model to strengthen AMP Limited Board oversight of main subsidiaries and committees, and
 approval of a refreshed code of conduct and initiation of reviews of some other key governance arrangements.

– 

– 
– 
– 

2019 priorities 
The board’s governance priorities for 2019 include: 
– 
– 
– 

 completing the process of board renewal commenced in 2018
 overseeing the refinement of AMP’s strategy and business model, including in light of the findings of the Royal Commission 
 overseeing the legal separation and completion of the sale of our Australian and New Zealand wealth protection and mature 
businesses 
 completing implementation of the Banking Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR) requirements 
 emphasising the separation between the board and management and assisting the CEO in developing and assessing an  
effective organisational culture, and
 improving the effectiveness of management reporting. 

– 
– 

– 

18

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance
1.  Preamble
The ‘tone from the top’ established through our system of governance is fundamental to the accountabilities and behaviours needed  
to maintain sound decision making and to create long term value for customers, shareholders and employees. 

We believe that unless directors collectively have sufficient experience as leaders operating at the level of complexity of work of the 
CEO, they will be less able to form judgements about the CEO, the progress of the company and the quality of leadership throughout 
the organisation exhibited by its culture. 

AMP’s systems of governance, together with its policies and procedures, are designed and reviewed to conform not only with the laws 
and regulations of the countries in which we operate, but also to engender trust and confidence in the company so that our reputation 
enhances the possibility of growth for our owners. The board intends that the implementation of these policies and procedures is 
subject to, and in accordance with, applicable legal requirements and the board’s fiduciary obligations.

While our policies are designed to achieve these outcomes, we acknowledge that mistakes happen. Our systems of work and internal 
controls are intended to identify and rectify such mistakes in a way that retains the trust of our clients, the community and regulators. 
In doing so, we believe in the fair treatment of clients under the terms of their contracts. 

2.  Corporate purpose 
AMP’s purpose is to help people have confidence about their financial wellbeing as encapsulated in our motto ‘helping people own 
tomorrow’. We do this by helping our clients manage the risks and reduce the uncertainties of financial outcomes that are inherent  
in the economies and investment markets within which we live and operate. 

The assistance we provide our clients typically addresses such risks as adequacy of retirement income, likelihood that investment 
strategies may not match their wealth accumulation expectations, potential illiquidity in investment portfolios, unexpected loss of  
life or income and security of home ownership.

AMP manages these risks through its established business systems and the expertise of its people working within and alongside AMP, 
with the intent of making an acceptable return for risk for our shareholders.

We believe that financial systems require the confidence and trust of the community and that our shareholder return objective can 
only be fully realised by earning and retaining the trust of the people with whom we deal. 

3.  Separation of board and management 
Our governance framework 
The division of responsibilities between the board (and its committees) and management is illustrated in the diagram below. 

AMP Limited Board  
Oversees management of AMP for shareholders

Audit Committee  
Oversees financial reporting

Nomination Committee  
Oversees board and committee 
membership and succession 
planning

Remuneration Committee  
Oversees key remuneration and 
people policies and practices

Risk Committee  
Oversees current and future  
risk management

Chief Executive Officer 
Responsible for the day-to-day management of the AMP group  
and the implementation of our strategic objectives

Group Leadership Team and People 
Responsible, with the CEO, for executing our strategic objectives  
and managing and conducting the AMP group’s operations

19

AMP 2018 annual reportability to act in the best interests of AMP and its shareholders.  
On this basis, the board considers that Mike resumed his status 
as an independent director from 1 December 2018. APRA has also 
accepted that Mike can qualify as an independent non-executive 
director of AMP, AMP Bank Limited and AMP’s life companies, 
notwithstanding his previous role as acting CEO. 

Directors regularly review their interests and each independent 
non-executive director formally confirms their independence 
annually.

Independence of the chairman
David Murray AO was appointed the independent, non-executive 
AMP Limited Chairman effective 21 June 2018. Prior to that, 
Catherine Brenner was the independent AMP Limited Chairman 
until she stepped down from the board on 30 April 2018. In 
the short, intervening period between Catherine Brenner’s 
resignation and David Murray’s appointment, Mike Wilkins 
acted as the interim Executive Chairman. AMP did not, therefore, 
follow recommendation 2.5 of the ASX Principles during this 
period. In these exceptional circumstances, the AMP Limited 
Board considered it appropriate for Mike Wilkins to perform the 
combined role of acting CEO and interim Chairman to lead AMP 
during the transitional period until a permanent independent 
chairman was appointed. 

The chairman is responsible for providing leadership to the board. 
The chairman’s other responsibilities are documented in AMP’s 
corporate governance charter.

Responsibilities of the CEO and Group Leadership Team 
The CEO is responsible for the development and subsequent 
implementation of the company’s strategy and the overall 
management and performance of the AMP group. 

Francesco De Ferrari joined AMP as CEO on 1 December 2018. 
Francesco brings outstanding leadership experience, strategic 
acumen and a strong track record of transforming and driving 
growth in businesses in Asia and Europe. Francesco succeeded 
Mike Wilkins (who had served as acting CEO since Craig Meller’s 
resignation as CEO in April 2018). Francesco has the mandate to 
develop and deliver a refined strategy to transform AMP. 

The CEO has delegated authority from the AMP Limited Board 
to manage the day-to-day business of the AMP group, subject to 
the responsibilities and reserved powers of the board. The CEO is 
supported by members of the Group Leadership Team (GLT). AMP 
has a delegations of authority framework from the CEO to the 
GLT, with a system of authorities for employees at different levels. 

Company secretaries
AMP Limited has two board-appointed company secretaries.  
Their biographical details and qualifications are set out on  
page 35 of this annual report.

The lead company secretary is directly accountable to the board, 
through the chairman, on all matters to do with the proper 
functioning of the board. This includes advising the board and its 
committees on governance matters, coordinating board business 
and providing a point of reference for dealings between the board 
and management.

3.  Separation of board and management (continued)
Responsibilities of the AMP Limited Board 
The AMP Limited Board is responsible to AMP shareholders for 
overseeing the overall strategy, performance, governance and  
risk management of the AMP group. 

In addition to periodically reviewing its own structure and 
effectiveness, the responsibilities of the board include:
–  

 approving and adopting the strategic direction and 
associated business development of the AMP group and 
monitoring management’s implementation of the strategy

–  

–   appointing the chief executive officer (CEO) 
promoting a sound and effective culture 
– 
 overseeing and approving the AMP group’s governance 
–  
model
 approving the risk management framework and monitoring 
its effectiveness 
 monitoring the performance of management and the 
business
 approving the half and full year results and financial reports 
for AMP and setting AMP’s dividend policy and dividends
 approving the remuneration arrangements for the CEO, other 
members of the Group Leadership Team and certain other 
specified individuals 

–  

–  

–  

–   overseeing succession planning for key executive roles, and
 approving material transactions and capital initiatives  
–  
(above the CEO’s delegations).

Further details of the board’s responsibilities are outlined in  
our corporate governance charter, which you can find online  
at amp.com.au/corporategovernance. 

Independence of directors
The board believes that independent directors perform a crucial 
role in bringing an independent and objective judgement to 
bear on issues brought before the board, providing constructive 
challenge and strategic guidance to management, and holding 
management to account. 

All of the AMP Limited directors, except the CEO, are considered 
by the board to be independent directors, having regard to the 
criteria specified in the ASX Principles and by the Australian 
Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA). Directors are considered 
independent where they are independent of management and 
free from any business or other relationship or interest that could 
materially interfere with, or could be perceived to materially 
interfere with, the exercise of their independent judgement and 
ability to act in the best interests of AMP and its shareholders. 
Materiality is assessed on a case-by-case basis having regard to 
the particular circumstances.

Mike Wilkins AO held the position of acting CEO for seven 
months before resuming his role as a non-executive director on 
1 December 2018. Prior to his appointment as acting CEO, Mike 
had been an independent non-executive director since September 
2016. The board is satisfied that Mike’s performance of the 
chief executive role on this short-term, interim basis did not 
compromise his demonstrated capacity to bring an independent 
and objective judgement to bear on issues brought before the 
board and to constructively challenge management, nor his 

20

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance at AMP4.  Composition, succession and evaluation 
Board composition
At the date of this statement, the AMP Limited Board consists of nine independent non-executive directors and the CEO. 

The names, position and tenure of the current AMP Limited directors and the former directors who resigned during 2018 are outlined 
below. You can find biographical details of the current directors, including details of their qualifications and experience, from page 12  
of this annual report and on our website at amp.com.au/aboutamp. 

Name

Position1 

Tenure as a director2

Current directors 
David Murray AO 
Francesco De Ferrari3  
John Fraser 
Andrew Harmos 
Trevor Mathews 
John O’Sullivan 
Geoff Roberts 
Andrea Slattery4 
Peter Varghese AO 
Mike Wilkins AO5 

Former directors 
Catherine Brenner6 
Craig Meller7 
Patricia Akopiantz8 
Holly Kramer9 
Vanessa Wallace9 

Independent Chairman 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 

Independent Chairman 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 

8 months
< 1 month
5 months
1 year and 8 months
4 years and 11 months
8 months
2 years and 7 months
< 1 month 
2 years and 4 months
2 years and 5 months

7 years and 10 months
4 years and 3 months
7 years and 9 months
2 years and 6 months
2 years and 2 months

1 
2 
3 

4 
5 

6 
7 
8 

9 

 For current directors, the above reflects the position held at the date of this statement (26 February 2019). 
The tenure information is provided as at the date of this statement (or on resignation in the case of former directors). 
 Francesco De Ferrari was appointed as CEO on 1 December 2018 and joined the AMP Limited Board (as Managing Director) on 31 January 2019. 
The tenure shown above relates to his period of service as a director. 
Andrea Slattery was appointed to the AMP Limited Board effective 15 February 2019. 
 From 20 April to 30 November 2018, Mike Wilkins was the acting CEO. As noted earlier, for a brief, transitional period from 30 April to 20 June 2018, 
Mike also held the role of interim Executive Chairman. 
Catherine Brenner stepped aside as the AMP Limited Chairman effective 30 April 2018.
Craig Meller resigned as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director effective 20 April 2018. 
 Patricia Akopiantz ceased to be a director on 31 December 2018, having previously announced (in May 2018) her intention to retire at the end of 
the year. 
Holly Kramer and Vanessa Wallace resigned as directors effective 8 May 2018.

Committee composition 
The AMP Limited Board has four standing committees, each of which focuses in detail on different areas of the board’s responsibilities. 

In November 2018, the board revised the membership of its Audit, Risk and Remuneration Committees, effective 1 January 2019,  
so that most (and, in some cases, all) of the AMP Limited non-executive directors are now members of those committees. These 
changes were made to strengthen AMP Limited Board oversight of the relevant committee’s area of responsibility and to ensure  
that all non-executive directors are informed of the matters presented to these committees by management and advisers. 

The current composition of the four standing committees is shown below. 

Independent  
non-executive directors

Audit  
Committee

Risk  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee1

David Murray AO (Chairman) 
John Fraser 
Andrew Harmos 
Trevor Matthews 
John O’Sullivan 
Geoff Roberts 
Andrea Slattery 
Mike Wilkins AO 
Peter Varghese AO 

Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Chairman 
Member 
Member 
Member 

Member 
Member 
Chairman 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 

Chairman3 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member 
Member and lead director3 
Member 

Nomination  
Committee2

Chairman

Member
Member

1 
2 
3 

Previously called the People and Remuneration Committee.
Previously called the Nomination and Governance Committee. 
 For details of this role, please refer to page 29 (in the Employment and Remuneration section). 

21

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
4.  Composition, succession and evaluation 
(continued)
Details of the number of meetings of each standing committee 
held during 2018, and of each committee member’s attendance 
at those meetings, are included on page 34 of this annual 
report. During 2018, there were multiple changes to committee 
memberships as a result of the changes to the board’s 
composition outlined earlier. These changes are reflected  
in the meeting attendance table. 

Each committee operates in accordance with written  
terms of reference, which can be found on our website  
at amp.com.au/corporategovernance (in the Board  
Committees section).

Subsidiary board composition 
During 2018, one or more AMP Limited non-executive directors 
were appointed to the boards of each of our main subsidiaries 
(being AMP Bank Limited (AMP Bank), AMP Capital Holdings 
Limited (AMP Capital Holdings) and our two life companies – 
AMP Life Limited and The National Mutual Life Association of 
Australasia Limited). 

In the second half of 2018, the board initiated a review of the 
governance model for main subsidiary boards and approved the 
following changes to enhance AMP Limited Board oversight: 

–  

–  

 AMP Bank – Alignment of the composition of the boards of 
AMP Limited and AMP Bank (and their respective Risk and 
Audit Committees), effective 15 February 2019. As a result, 
all directors of AMP Limited are now members of the AMP 
Bank Board and all previous directors of AMP Bank, who were 
not also AMP Limited directors, have stepped down from the 
AMP Bank Board. The AMP Limited Chairman, David Murray, 
has also been appointed as the chairman of AMP Bank. The 
boards of AMP Limited and AMP Bank (and their respective 
Risk and Audit Committees) will meet concurrently going 
forward (where appropriate), with a view to improving 
decision-making efficiency, reducing duplication and 
streamlining management reporting.

 AMP Capital Holdings – Appointment of two additional 
AMP Limited directors, John Fraser and Francesco De Ferrari, 
to the AMP Capital Holdings Board, effective 15 February 
2019. These appointments increased the number of AMP 
representatives on the AMP Capital Holdings Board to four 
directors (out of a current board size of eight directors).  
AMP’s representatives on this board consist of two AMP 
Limited non-executive directors, the CEO and the chief 
executive of AMP Capital. 

Due to the agreement to sell our Australian and New Zealand 
wealth protection and mature businesses to Resolution Life 
Australia Pty Ltd, there were no changes to the boards (or risk and 
audit committees) of our life companies resulting from the review 
of our subsidiary governance model. However, as a consequence 
of the terms of the sale agreement with Resolution Life, these 
boards and committees ceased to meet concurrently with the 
AMP Limited Board (and its Risk and Audit Committees), with 
effect from late November 2018. 

During 2019, the AMP Limited Board intends to continue 
to review subsidiary board governance across the broader 
AMP group. 

Board succession 
In 2018, the AMP Limited Board committed to and undertook 
significant board renewal. 

Five directors resigned during the year partly in acknowledgement 
of collective board accountability for the issues in our advice 
business raised in the Royal Commission and the impact of those 
issues on AMP, and in recognition of the need for the board’s 
membership to be refreshed.

In June 2018, David Murray AO joined the AMP Limited Board as 
the new independent non-executive Chairman. David brings to 
the board strong and experienced leadership, deep experience of 
financial services (particularly banking and wealth management) 
and the industry’s regulatory environment, a strong risk mindset, 
and a clear appreciation of community expectations for AMP as 
well as the wider financial services industry. 

The AMP Limited Board was further renewed and strengthened in 
2018 by the appointment of two new independent non-executive 
directors:

– 

– 

 John O’Sullivan was appointed to the board in June 2018. 
He brings extensive experience in leadership and senior 
executive roles in financial services and legal and regulatory 
risk management, as well as deep M&A and capital markets 
experience. 

 John Fraser was appointed to the board in September 
2018. He has extensive experience in leadership and senior 
executive roles in financial services, governance and public 
policy and brings to the board an exceptional blend of public 
and private sector strategic experience, in Australia and 
internationally.

Following his appointment as CEO in December 2018, Francesco 
De Ferrari joined the AMP Limited Board as Managing Director on 
31 January 2019. 

On 15 February 2019, Andrea Slattery joined the AMP Limited 
Board as an independent non-executive director. Andrea has 
considerable experience in financial services as a business leader, 
non-executive director and an expert in change. 

David Murray, John Fraser, John O’Sullivan and Andrea Slattery will 
all stand for election by shareholders at our 2019 AGM. The AMP 
Limited Board unanimously recommends (with each candidate 
abstaining in respect of their own election) that shareholders vote 
in favour of their election. 

In 2019, the board expects to complete the process of board 
renewal commenced in 2018. In conducting this process, the 
board has been mindful of the benefit of retaining the corporate 
memory of longer-serving directors for an appropriate period and 
the need to support the stability of our company. 

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee supports and advises the AMP 
Limited Board on succession planning, composition, performance 
evaluation and related policies and processes affecting the AMP 
Limited Board and the boards of certain AMP group companies. 
The board revised the Nomination Committee’s terms of 
reference in November 2018.

22

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance at AMP4.  Composition, succession and evaluation (continued)
Details of the Committee’s current composition are set out in the Committee composition table set out on page 21. It is the board’s 
practice to appoint the AMP Limited Chairman as the chairman of the Nomination Committee. In 2018, this meant that the Committee 
had an executive chairman, Mike Wilkins, during the brief, transitional period when Mike was interim Executive Chairman of AMP 
Limited (from 30 April to 20 June 2018). As the committee did not have an independent chairman during this short period, the 
committee’s composition did not follow recommendation 2.1 of the ASX Principles for the full year. David Murray became independent 
chairman of the Nomination Committee upon his appointment as AMP Limited Chairman in June 2018. The Nomination Committee 
had at least three members, of whom at least a majority were independent directors, throughout 2018. 

In undertaking and reviewing board succession planning, the Nomination Committee’s role includes identifying and assessing suitable 
candidates for appointment to the AMP Limited Board and the boards of certain subsidiaries. External consultants are engaged to assist 
with the selection process where considered appropriate. In assessing potential candidates, the Nomination Committee has regard to 
board size, time commitments and the needs of the particular board, as well as the current and desired mix of experience, expertise, 
skills, attributes, independence and diversity for the relevant board. 

AMP Limited Board skills matrix 
The board has adopted a revised board skills matrix to help guide its assessment of the collective mix of skills and experience currently 
represented on the board and which the board needs going forward to support the refinement of AMP’s strategy and transformation of 
AMP. The board has simplified the skills matrix, while retaining the broad range of skills the board requires. The revised matrix includes 
an emphasis on experience at the level of complexity of work of the CEO, highlights the importance of strategy development in the 
context of the multi-faceted nature of technology, competition, industry structures and regulatory change, and has an increased focus 
on risk management experience. 

Directors must have sufficient time available to fulfil their roles, the absence of unmanageable conflicts of interest, and the skills, 
experience, judgement and integrity to undertake the role of a non-executive director of a public listed company. These personal 
attributes are a precondition for appointment, rather than forming part of the revised skills matrix. 

The table below outlines the areas covered by the revised skills matrix and, for each area, shows the directors’ assessment of the extent 
to which the relevant skill or experience is represented on the AMP Limited Board at the respective levels of ‘well-developed’ and 
‘developed’. All areas in the skills matrix are currently well represented on the board as a whole. 

Skill/experience

Board representation1

  Well-developed 

  Developed

Leadership
Experience as a chief executive officer (or equivalent), ideally in the  
industrial or financial sector, operating at least at the level of complexity of  
work of the CEO of the AMP group, to be able to effectively supervise the CEO.

Business strategy
Experience and judgement to contribute to the development of strategy  
(preferably including international markets) in response to changes in demography,  
consumer need, technology, competition and industry structures, and regulation.

Financial services and systems
Experience in, and understanding of, the wealth management, superannuation,  
banking, investment management or life insurance industry, in Australia or overseas.

Law, governance and risk management 
Understanding of legal, governance and compliance issues and  
regulatory, governance and risk management frameworks.

Finance and accounting
Ability to understand and analyse financial statements and financial performance,  
and to contribute to the oversight of the integrity of financial reporting. 

People management 
Experience in, or understanding of, leadership and organisational design to contribute  
to talent management, succession planning and judgements about culture.

Government policy and regulation
Understanding of the policy and regulatory environment in Australia, and  
experience in working or interacting with government and regulatory bodies. 

1

0
Number of directors as at 26 February 2019

2

5

4

3

6

7

8

9

10

1 

 This column shows the number of existing directors (out of a total of 10 directors at the date of this statement) who are considered to possess the 
relevant skill or experience at the respective levels of ‘well-developed’ and ‘developed’. By definition, the CEO is excluded from the calculation of the 
number of directors possessing the requisite leadership experience. Accordingly, the numbers shown for leadership are out of a total of nine directors.

23

AMP 2018 annual report4.  Composition, succession and evaluation 
(continued)

Appointment and tenure of directors 
Prior to the appointment of any new director, comprehensive 
checks are conducted to determine if the candidate has the 
capabilities needed and is fit and proper to undertake the 
responsibilities of the role. These include extensive background 
checks on character, education, career experience, criminal  
history and bankruptcy.

Throughout their tenure, directors must continue to demonstrate 
that they have the character, diligence, honesty, integrity, 
judgement and skills required for the role. Relevant background 
checks are repeated at least triennially during their tenure.  
Each director provides an annual declaration confirming their 
fitness and propriety to perform their duties.

On appointment, each director enters into a formal letter 
of appointment outlining the main terms, conditions and 
expectations of their appointment. Before accepting the  
position, the candidate must confirm that they have sufficient 
time to fulfil their obligations to AMP and provide details of  
their other commitments.

All new non-executive directors must stand for election by 
shareholders at the first AGM after their appointment and all 
non-executive directors must then stand for re-election at the 
third AGM after their first election or any subsequent re-election. 
As the CEO is the managing director, the CEO is not required to 
stand for election. This is consistent with the ASX Listing Rules. 
AMP’s notice of meeting for the AGM provides all material 
information known to AMP that is relevant to the election or 
re-election of each director standing.

The maximum tenure of a non-executive director will normally 
be until the ninth AGM occurring after they were first elected by 
shareholders at an AGM. If a director is to continue to hold office 
after their ninth AGM, they must be re-elected by shareholders  
at that and each subsequent AGM.

Director induction, education and access to information
Once appointed, all new directors are provided with an 
information pack including governance policies and business 
information and are invited to participate in a comprehensive 
induction program. This program includes meetings with the 
chairman, other board members, the CEO, members of the  
GLT and other senior executives (as appropriate).

Board members receive regular briefings from senior 
management across the business and have the opportunity  
to participate in site visits to AMP’s operations. 

Directors also receive regular updates on industry, market, 
regulatory, governance and accounting developments through  
a range of channels, including through briefings at board 
meetings, board workshops held outside of board meetings,  
and meetings with regulators, customers and investors. 

The board encourages, and provides an annual budget for, 
directors to participate in appropriate opportunities for the 
continuing enhancement of their knowledge and capabilities, 
and of the performance of the board generally.

With the consent of the chairman, directors may seek 
independent professional advice on AMP-related matters that 
are connected with the delivery of their responsibilities, at AMP’s 
expense and in accordance with AMP’s protocols. Directors must 
ensure the costs are reasonable and any advice that is received 
must be made available to the rest of the board unless otherwise 
agreed by the chairman.

Board evaluation 
Ordinarily, the performance of the AMP Limited Board, each of 
its committees and each director of AMP Limited is reviewed 
annually, either through an internal review process or using 
an external consultant. The evaluation process adopted by the 
board to date has included the completion of board performance 
surveys by each director, GLT members and the group company 
secretary and one-on-one discussions with those individuals, 
based on questions linked to the performance, opportunities  
and challenges for the board. The board as a whole has then 
reviewed and discussed the results of this process and identified 
ways to enhance board effectiveness.

In the context of the significant changes to the board’s 
composition during 2018 and the continuing board renewal 
process, the conduct of the usual, formal annual board 
performance review process was deferred in 2018. This will allow:
 a sufficient period for the current directors to function 
– 
collectively as a board to form the basis of a meaningful 
performance assessment, and 
 Francesco De Ferrari to have performed his role as  
CEO (from 1 December 2018) and Managing Director  
(from 31 January 2019) before the full review takes place. 

– 

The board believes that this will facilitate a more effective, 
informed and insightful review process. 

The next full, formal review of the performance of the board,  
its committees and individual directors is expected to be 
completed in 2019. The process to be followed for the next 
evaluation is under review, in light of the significant changes  
to the board’s composition. 

24

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance at AMP5.  Reporting and disclosure 
Market disclosure 
AMP is committed to providing shareholders and the market  
with equal and timely access to material information about  
AMP in accordance with our continuous disclosure obligations 
under the ASX listing rules and NZX listing rules. This 
commitment is reflected in our market disclosure policy. This 
policy sets out the processes we have in place to support 
compliance with our continuous disclosure obligations, and  
the roles and responsibilities of our employees, disclosure  
officers, our Market Disclosure Committee (MDC) and the  
AMP Limited Board in relation to continuous disclosure. 

The MDC is a management committee, chaired by the group 
general counsel, that assists the board and the CEO with the 
discharge of AMP’s continuous disclosure responsibilities. The 
MDC’s responsibilities include reviewing the form and content  
of any proposed announcement in relation to price sensitive 
matters and confirming that appropriate verification has been 
undertaken regarding the factual accuracy and completeness  
of such announcements. 

A copy of our market disclosure policy is available online at 
amp.com.au/corporategovernance. 

Keeping our shareholders informed
We publish detailed information about our company, our board 
and management, and our governance framework and policies on 
our website. Our website includes a dedicated shareholder centre 
where shareholders can readily access material announcements 
released to the ASX, information about our full and half year 
financial results, our annual reports and shareholder reviews,  
and other information relevant to their AMP shareholdings.  
You can find this website at amp.com.au/shares. 

Shareholders can elect to receive their annual reports, notices of 
meeting and dividend statements in print or online. Shareholders 
who choose to receive their reporting information online can still 
opt to receive a copy of their dividend statement by post. 

We also provide an email alert system through our website 
which enables shareholders and other interested parties to 
receive notification when media releases and material ASX 
announcements are released by AMP. You can subscribe for  
these email alerts at corporate.amp.com.au/newsroom. 

Communicating with our shareholders 
AMP encourages direct, two-way communication with 
our shareholders. Shareholders are able to communicate 
electronically with our Investor Relations team (by email to 
shares@amp.com.au) and with our share registry, Computershare 
(by email to ampservices@computershare.com.au). 

institutional investors and analysts. Where possible, our group 
briefings are webcast and an archived copy of the webcast is 
published on our website. Our dedicated shareholder website 
(found at amp.com.au/shares) includes a calendar of scheduled, 
upcoming announcements and presentations and allows users 
to set up automatic diary reminders of these dates. 

Annual shareholder meeting
The AMP Limited Board welcomes the opportunity to meet 
with AMP’s shareholders and encourages them to join us for  
our annual general meeting (AGM) each year either in person  
or via our webcast. 

We encourage shareholders to provide us with any questions 
about our business or the business of the AGM ahead of each 
meeting, so that these can be addressed before or at the meeting. 
For shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM, we provide 
an online facility for them to submit written questions during the 
AGM. Shareholders are also able to lodge their proxy forms online 
using a computer or mobile device.

Since 2015, we have held an information session for shareholders 
immediately prior to the AGM. These sessions provide an 
opportunity for shareholders to hear from our financial experts 
and benefit from their insights and expertise. A similar session 
will be held before the 2019 AGM, at 9.30am on Tuesday 2 May 
2019 at The Concourse, Chatswood, NSW. All shareholders  
are invited to join the session in person or online.

2019 annual general meeting
AMP’s 2019 AGM will be held at 11.00am on Thursday 2 May 
2019 in the Concert Hall at The Concourse, Chatswood, NSW. 
Shareholders who are unable to attend can appoint a proxy 
to vote on their behalf, either online or by post or fax, and can 
observe the meeting and ask questions through our webcast. 
Full details will be provided in the 2019 notice of meeting.

Our approach to tax
AMP is proud of the contribution we make to the public finances 
of the countries in which we operate.

We take our tax obligations very seriously and are focused on 
integrity in both compliance and reporting. The AMP Limited 
Board does not sanction or support any activities which seek  
to aggressively structure AMP’s tax affairs.

We publish details of the taxes we pay in the AMP tax report  
on our shareholder centre website at amp.com.au/shares.  
The report is consistent with the Board of Taxation’s voluntary  
tax transparency code.

The majority of our tax is paid in Australia and determined by the 
nature of our business. For example, superannuation is subject 
to different (lower) tax rates and we pay our taxes accordingly.

Our Investor Relations team coordinates an investor relations 
program and conducts group and one-on-one briefings with our 

We work closely with the Australian Taxation Office to ensure  
that all our tax requirements are met. 

25

AMP 2018 annual report6.  Risk, audit and internal control
Our enterprise risk management framework
We have an enterprise risk management framework which provides the foundation for how risks are managed across AMP.  
There are five key elements of the risk management framework as shown below: governance, risk strategy and appetite, people  
and culture, the management information system and the risk management process (encompassing how AMP identifies, measures, 
controls and reports risk). The impacts of the material risks are assessed against four outcomes, being capital adequacy, earnings 
stability, maintaining liquidity and protecting reputation.

Governance

Accountabilities of the Board and Committees,  
Management Risk Committees and Three Lines of Defence

Risk Strategy and Appetite

Business Plan, Risk Management Strategy and Risk Appetite Statement

People and Culture

Risk Management Capability, Capacity, Performance 
Risk Culture and Risk-Based Remuneration

Management Information System

Risk Systems and Data

Risk Management Process

Identify

Measure

Control

Report

Financial

Credit 
Insurance 

Market
Liquidity

Material Risk Types

Cross type

Strategic 
Concentration

Risk Outcomes

Non-financial

Compliance 
Operational

Capital Adequacy

Earnings Stability

Maintain Liquidity

Protect Reputation

Our enterprise risk management policy is available on our website at amp.com.au/corporate governance.

Risk governance
The AMP Limited Board is ultimately responsible for the risk management framework and oversight of its operation by AMP’s 
management. In particular, the board is responsible for setting AMP’s risk appetite, the strategic plan and risk management strategy.  
It also monitors policies and business practices to align pursuit of strategic objectives with AMP’s risk appetite and with applicable  
laws and regulations. 

The Risk Committee assists the board in overseeing the implementation and operation of AMP’s risk management framework.  
The responsibilities of the Risk Committee include:
– 
– 
– 
– 

 assisting the board with the monitoring and review of AMP’s material risks and risk culture 
 reviewing, and making recommendations to the board on, AMP’s risk management strategy and risk appetite statement 
 monitoring the effectiveness of AMP’s risk management framework, and 
 reviewing the appointment of the group chief risk officer.

Details of the committee’s current composition are set out in the table on page 21. Throughout 2018 (and since the end of the year): 
– 
– 
– 

 the Risk Committee was chaired by an independent non-executive director who was not the chairman of the board
 the Risk Committee had at least five members and all of its members were independent directors, and
 the members of the Risk Committee, collectively, had the necessary technical knowledge and a sufficient understanding of the 
financial services industry to enable the committee to discharge its responsibilities effectively.

Andrew Harmos has been the chairman of the Risk Committee since 20 April 2018, when Mike Wilkins stepped down as its chairman 
(and a committee member) due to his appointment as acting CEO. Since resuming his role as an independent non-executive director, 
Mike has been reappointed to the Risk Committee (from 1 January 2019).

AMP also has management committees to assist in overseeing risk management. The Group Risk and Compliance Committee guides 
the implementation of risk management practices, processes and systems, and oversees all material risk exposures (ie financial, cross 
type and non-financial risks) and risk decisions facing AMP. The Group Asset and Liability Committee oversees financial risks across 
AMP in relation to capital and financing, and the risk appetite as it relates to financial risk and shareholder capital. 

26

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance at AMP 
 
6.  Risk, audit and internal control (continued)
Three lines of defence
We have a ‘three lines of defence’ approach to risk management 
accountability:

Line 1 – management is responsible for identifying, measuring, 
controlling and reporting material risks in the business. Business 
unit teams are responsible for decision making and the execution 
of day-to-day business, while managing risk and the resulting 
impacts on capital adequacy, earnings stability, maintaining 
liquidity and protecting reputation.

Line 2 – the Enterprise Risk Management team, led by the group 
chief risk officer, is responsible for designing, implementing 
and monitoring the practices and processes to identify, assess, 
monitor and manage material risks, and for providing advice  
and oversight on material business decisions. The team also 
provides objective advice and challenge to the first line’s  
decisions and oversees the alignment of the risk profile  
with the board’s expectations.

Line 3 – the Internal Audit team provides independent and 
objective assurance to the board regarding the operational 
effectiveness of risk management across the business and the 
effectiveness of our control processes.

The ‘three lines of defence’ approach is designed to provide 
assurance to management and the board that risks are  
identified, managed and reported effectively. 

Review of the risk management framework
The AMP Limited Board, assisted by both the Risk and Audit 
Committees, reviews the soundness of the risk management 
framework at least annually. The review in relation to the 2018 
reporting period is underway and is expected to be completed  
in the first half of 2019.

The Audit Committee assists the Board by providing an objective 
non-executive review of the effectiveness of the risk management 
framework. 

In performing this annual review, the Board and Risk and Audit 
Committees are supported by, and consider the outcomes of,  
an annual review of the risk management framework conducted 
by our Internal Audit function or, every three years, by an 
operationally independent party. The independent review is an 
institution-wide assessment of the risk management framework. 
This comprehensive review assesses the appropriateness, 
effectiveness and adequacy of the risk management framework.

The review also includes the annual risk management declaration 
provided by the board to APRA, as required by APRA Prudential 
Standard CPS 220 Risk Management.

Strengthening risk management, internal controls  
and governance
A commitment has been made to invest approximately 
$50 million (pre-tax) per annum over two years to strengthen 
risk management, internal controls and governance. This multi-
year program has been established to enhance risk governance. 
Major ongoing initiatives as part of this program include:

– 

– 

– 

– 

 improving the design and implementation of the three  
lines of defence model to enhance clarity and execution  
of risk responsibilities and accountabilities
 further developing and embedding the frameworks, policies 
and procedures for the management of risk and compliance
 improving the systems and data management infrastructure 
to support risk management and consistent risk and return 
decision making, and
 strengthening processes and internal controls to improve 
operational risk management and compliance.

The board is confident that successful execution of these 
initiatives will strengthen the practices on governance,  
culture and accountability at AMP.

Economic, environmental and social sustainability risks
We are committed to managing our business sustainably for 
today and for the future, by creating long-term shared value for 
our customers, our people and our communities. Our approach 
to sustainability is built around three connected areas of focus 
for AMP: our customers, our people and our communities. We 
understand that responsible and ethical behaviour and activity 
directed towards each of these important areas can positively 
impact the sustainability of the business.
Economic, environmental and social sustainability risks are 
identified and managed as part of the group’s overall risk 
management framework. An overview of our key business 
challenges identified through the risk management framework 
can be found on pages 32 and 33 of this annual report. Further 
information on the group’s exposure to material financial  
risks and the way in which it manages those risks is set out in 
note 3.3 to AMP’s consolidated financial statements for 2018 
(which can be found on pages 92 to 98 of this annual report). 
Details of our material environmental and social sustainability 
issues, and our approach to managing these, are provided 
in our annual sustainability report, which can be found at 
amp.com.au/corporatesustainability. Additional information on 
our approach to sustainability is also available on our website  
at that address. 

Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee assists the AMP Limited Board with the 
review and oversight of AMP’s financial reporting framework. 
The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee include: 
– 

 reviewing AMP’s financial reports and making 
recommendations to the board on their approval 
 reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of AMP’s  
financial reporting systems and internal controls 
 making recommendations to the board in relation to the 
appointment of the Director of Internal Audit and the 
external auditor, and
 monitoring the performance, adequacy and independence  
of the internal and external audit functions.

– 

– 

– 

Details of the Audit Committee’s current composition are set  
out in the table on page 21. Throughout 2018 (and until the  
date of this statement):
– 

 the Audit Committee was chaired by Geoff Roberts, an 
independent non-executive director who was not the 
chairman of the board
 the Audit Committee had at least three members and  
all of its members were independent directors, and
 the members of the Audit Committee, collectively, had 
the accounting and financial expertise and a sufficient 
understanding of the financial services industry to enable  
the committee to discharge its responsibilities effectively. 

– 

– 

CEO and CFO assurance
Before the AMP Limited Board approves AMP’s financial 
statements for each full and half financial year, the CEO and the 
CFO are required to provide the board with a declaration of their 
opinion as to whether:
– 

 the financial records for the relevant reporting period have 
been properly maintained
 the financial statements and notes for the relevant reporting 
period comply with the appropriate accounting standards 
and give a true and fair view of the financial position and 
performance of the AMP group, and
 their opinion has been formed on the basis of a sound 
system of risk management and internal control which  
is operating effectively.

– 

– 

27

AMP 2018 annual report6.  Risk, audit and internal control (continued) 
Internal Audit 
Our Internal Audit team provides the board and management 
of AMP and its subsidiaries with independent assurance over  
the management of key organisational risks and the effectiveness 
of the associated control environment. 

During 2018, the board initiated the repositioning and 
strengthening of the Internal Audit function to deliver a refreshed 
remit to respond to rapid changes – both within the financial 
services industry and to AMP’s competitive positioning in the 
industry. The responsibilities Internal Audit has to the AMP 
Limited Board and Audit Committee are being discharged by the 
Chief Financial Officer acting as interim Chief Audit Executive 
(CAE), while a permanent appointment to the role is in progress.  
The interim CAE is supported by the in-house Internal Audit 
function, with supplementary resources provided through a  
co-source partnership with PwC. This model provides a diverse 
range of expertise to ensure appropriately skilled resources to 
deliver audit activity. 

External auditor
AMP has appointed Ernst & Young (EY) as the company’s external 
auditor, with the lead audit partner rotating every five years 
(unless special circumstances require this to be extended for 
additional years). In 2018, at the conclusion of the 2017 audit, 
Tony Johnson retired as EY’s lead audit partner for AMP, having 
performed that role for the previous five years. EY appointed 
Andrew Price as its new lead audit partner for AMP. 

Our Audit Committee has adopted a charter of audit 
independence, which sets out a framework to assist in 
maintaining the independence of EY as a result of its business 
dealings with AMP.

EY representatives attend each Audit Committee meeting and 
meet with the committee without management present at each 
meeting. Internal Audit team members may be invited to attend 
EY’s private discussions with the committee from time to time. 

EY’s lead audit partner for AMP attends each AGM and 
shareholders are given the opportunity to ask him questions 
relevant to the audit, the preparation and content of the auditor’s 
report, the accounting policies adopted by AMP in relation to the 
preparation of the financial statements, and the independence  
of the auditor in relation to the conduct of the audit.

7.   Employment and remuneration
Code of conduct 
In August 2018, we released a refreshed code of conduct to 
reinforce and deepen our people’s understanding of the standards 
of behaviour expected of everyone who represents AMP. The 
requirements of the refreshed code were communicated and 
reinforced through a range of channels.

– 

The code reflects the AMP Limited Board’s and GLT’s:
– 

 commitment to fostering a culture of acting lawfully, 
ethically and responsibly, and
 expectation that every individual who represents AMP  
acts honestly, professionally and with integrity, and  
always considers our customers’ best interests when  
making decisions. 

The code applies globally to anyone employed by, or who works 
for, any entity within the AMP group, whether as a board member, 
leader, employee, contractor or consultant.

The code recognises the important role played by our leaders  
in role modelling the right behaviours and upholding the 
expected standards of behaviour within their teams. 

28

Our leaders are expected to recognise and reward those who 
consistently represent AMP with professionalism, honesty and 
integrity, and to take steps to hold those who don’t to account. 

The code of conduct is complemented by a range of other 
corporate policies, including policies on fraud, conflicts of  
interest, business integrity, workplace health and safety,  
and workplace respect. 

You can find a copy of our code of conduct online at 
amp.com.au/corporategovernance. 

Whistleblowing policy 
The AMP Limited Board and the GLT are committed to 
encouraging, protecting and supporting responsible  
reporting of illegal, unacceptable or undesirable conduct, 
including conduct that is (or is suspected to be) dishonest, 
unethical, fraudulent, corrupt or otherwise inconsistent with 
our code of conduct, questionable accounting practices and 
inappropriate workplace behaviour. 

We have a whistleblowing policy, supported by an external 
whistleblowing platform that our people can contact to report 
suspected unethical, illegal or improper behaviour anonymously 
and confidentially. Support is also provided for whistleblowers.

During 2018, we introduced mandatory training on our 
whistleblowing policy to strengthen our people’s awareness  
of the policy and the steps they should take to report any 
suspected wrongdoing.

You can find a copy of our whistleblowing policy online at 
amp.com.au/corporategovernance.

Trading policy 
Our trading policy outlines rules for directors, senior executives, 
other nominated employees, and their close associates for trading 
in AMP securities. These nominated persons are only permitted  
to trade in AMP securities during designated trading windows 
and provided that they are not in possession of confidential  
price-sensitive information (inside information) at that time. 

The trading policy also reinforces insider trading law by 
preventing all employees, contractors and their close associates 
from trading in AMP securities at any time when they possess 
inside information. 

You can find a copy of our trading policy online at 
amp.com.au/corporategovernance. 

In addition, we have a hedging policy which provides that senior 
executives and other specified employees who participate in 
our equity incentive plans may not use any form of hedging 
arrangement in relation to AMP shares, or rights to shares, 
while they are held in an equity incentive plan (whether vested 
or unvested). Non-executive directors do not participate in any 
equity incentive plans.

Employment terms and remuneration 
The CEO, GLT members and other senior executives have clearly 
defined goals and accountabilities and employment contracts 
setting out their terms of employment, duties, rights and 
responsibilities, and entitlements on termination of employment.

Details of our policies and practices for the remuneration  
of non-executive directors, the CEO and the members of the  
GLT are disclosed in our 2018 remuneration report (on pages  
37 to 62 of this annual report). 

Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee assists the AMP Limited Board (and 
the boards of subsidiaries) in establishing and having oversight 
of AMP’s remuneration policy and practices. The Remuneration 
Committee’s terms of reference were revised in November 2018. 

AMP 2018 annual reportCorporate governance at AMP7.  Employment and remuneration (continued)
Under the revised terms of reference, the Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities include:
– 

– 

– 

 reviewing and making recommendations to the AMP Limited Board on the remuneration of non-executive directors, the CEO,  
the GLT members and other specified individuals 
 recommending to the board the performance goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO, and the performance 
of the CEO in light of these objectives 
 reviewing and making recommendations to the board on AMP’s remuneration policy, including an assessment of the policy’s 
effectiveness and compliance with prudential standards
 overseeing all incentive plans and reviewing and making recommendations to the board on incentive plans for specified individuals
 reviewing and making recommendations to the board in relation to equity-based plans, and
 overseeing general remuneration practices across AMP.

– 
– 
– 
Details of the Remuneration Committee’s current composition are set out in the table on page 21.
During 2018, the Remuneration Committee had at least three members, at least a majority of whom were independent directors, at  
all times except during a two-week period in May when its membership was reduced to two (the independent committee chairman 
and interim executive AMP Limited Chairman) due to the third member’s resignation as a director. The committee’s composition 
therefore departed from recommendation 8.1(a) of the ASX Principles during this period. No meetings were held, or decisions made,  
by the committee during this two-week period prior to the third committee member’s replacement by another independent director.  
The committee had an independent chairman throughout 2018. 
Since 1 January 2019, the Remuneration Committee has been chaired by David Murray, the independent AMP Limited Chairman.  
The committee has appointed Mike Wilkins to the role of lead director to deal with, and lead discussion (in the chairman’s absence) 
when matters arise at a board or committee meeting in connection with, the AMP Limited Chairman’s fees. Where considered 
appropriate, the lead director may also be asked to lead board and committee discussions relating to the CEO’s remuneration, and  
to participate in discussions with investors and regulators in relation to the remuneration of the AMP Limited Chairman or CEO. 

Performance evaluation
Performance objectives and performance appraisals for executives who are key management personnel (including the CEO and 
nominated direct reports of the CEO) are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and recommended to the AMP Limited 
Board for its consideration. As our permanent CEO, Francesco De Ferrari, did not join AMP until December 2018, his first formal 
performance evaluation will be undertaken for 2019. Further information on the evaluation of executive key management personnel 
performance for 2018 is set out in the remuneration report (on pages 45 to 47). 

Inclusion and diversity 
AMP has an inclusion and diversity policy which is available on our website at amp.com.au/corporategovernance. This policy requires 
the board to set measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and to assess annually both the objectives and our progress in 
achieving them. 
The established target for the AMP Limited Board is for women to hold 40% of board positions, men to hold 40% of positions, and either 
women or men to hold the remaining 20% of positions. 
In 2018, the board recognised that significant change was required to restore confidence in our business. Half of the AMP Limited 
Board in place at the beginning of the Royal Commission has since changed. The decision of a number of female directors to step down 
regrettably eliminated the then representation of women on the board. The process of board renewal currently underway has, given 
the events of 2018, made it more difficult to restore the previous representation of female directors, for the time being.
AMP also has gender diversity targets in place for management positions, which require women to hold 47% of senior executive roles 
and 50% of middle manager roles by the end of 2020. 
In 2018, AMP maintained a sound representation of women in management positions. As a result of changes to AMP’s organisational 
structure in 2017, the business did not meet its progress target. The representation of women in senior executive roles increased (from 
38%) to 39% at 31 December 2018, with women holding 41% of middle manager roles. Overall, women make up 52% of our workforce.
In 2018, AMP commenced implementation of inclusion and diversity best practice principles for recruitment, which complement the 
diversity focus of our broader talent management practices. 
We intend to continually review our employment systems to ensure that the signals we send by establishing these policies and targets 
are not undermined by unfair work practices. Systems which do not adequately address favouritism and cronyism in the workplace can 
lead to discriminatory outcomes, notwithstanding the intent of the policies.

Representation of women at AMP 

Roles

AMP Limited Board 
Senior executives1 
Middle management2 
All employees 

2020 target  
%

2018 progress target  
%

31 December 2018  
%

31 December 2017  
%

40 
47 
50 
n/a 

40 
41 
45 
n/a 

11 
39 
41 
52 

40
38
41
51

1 

2 

 Senior executives are generally one to four reporting layers below the CEO and represent the top 8% of the organisation. People in these roles 
typically lead discrete functions and are responsible for making strategic decisions for those functions. They generally have the title Group 
Executive, Director or Head of.
 Middle managers are generally between three to six reporting layers below the CEO and represent the next 25% of the organisation. People in these 
roles typically report to our senior executives and are involved in operational decision making, or have specialised and high value skills. They have a 
wide range of titles including Senior Manager, Manager and Lead.

29

AMP 2018 annual report Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2018

This directors’ report provides information on the structure and 
progress of our business, our 2018 financial performance, our 
strategies and prospects for the future and the key risks we face.  
It covers AMP Limited and the entities it controlled during the 
year ended 31 December 2018.

Operating and financial review
Principal activities
AMP is a wealth management company with an expanding 
international investment management business and a  
growing retail banking business.

We have over 6,100 employees, approximately 740,000 
shareholders and manage and administer $258 billion in assets.

We provide retail customers with financial advice and 
superannuation, retirement income, banking, investment 
products and life insurance. These products and services are 
delivered directly from AMP and through a network of over 
2,500 aligned and employed financial advisers and extensive 
relationships with independent financial advisers. AMP also 
provides corporate superannuation products and services for 
workplace super and self-managed superannuation funds 
(SMSFs).

Through AMP Capital, we manage investments across major  
asset classes including equities, fixed income, infrastructure,  
real estate, diversified, multi-manager and multi-asset funds,  
for domestic and international customers. AMP Capital 
also provides commercial, industrial and retail real estate 
management services.

AMP Capital holds a 15% stake in China Life AMP Asset 
Management Company Limited, a funds management company 
which offers retail and institutional investors in China access to 
leading investment solutions. AMP also owns a 19.99% stake in 
China Life Pension Company. AMP Capital has a strategic alliance 
with leading Japanese bank, Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking 
Corporation (MUFG: Trust Bank) through which MUFG: Trust Bank 
holds a 15% minority interest in AMP Capital Holdings Limited.

On 25 October 2018, AMP announced an agreement with 
Resolution Life Australia Pty Ltd (Resolution) to sell its Australian 
and New Zealand wealth protection and mature businesses.

In this report, our business is divided into five areas: Australian 
wealth management, AMP Capital, AMP Bank, New Zealand  
wealth management and Australian and New Zealand wealth 
protection and mature.

The Australian wealth management (WM) business provides 
retail and corporate customers with superannuation, retirement 
income and investment products and services. WM includes 
AMP’s aligned and owned advice businesses and SuperConcepts.

AMP Capital is a diversified investment manager, managing 
investments across major asset classes including equities, fixed 
interest, infrastructure, real estate, diversified, multi-manager  
and multi-asset funds.

AMP Bank is an Australian retail bank participating in residential 
mortgage lending and retail and platform deposits. AMP Bank’s 
mission is to help customers with their goals for life, providing 
them with targeted retail banking solutions focused on wealth 
creation. AMP Bank also provides financing to AMP financial 
planning businesses. AMP Bank’s products and services enable 
AMP to be relevant over a wider set of financial goals, earlier in 
the customer’s life cycle and with higher customer interaction. 
AMP Bank distributes its solutions by leveraging AMP’s advice 
network, brokers and directly.

The New Zealand wealth management business encompasses 
the wealth management and financial advice and distribution 
businesses in New Zealand. The company provides customers 
with a variety of wealth management solutions including 
KiwiSaver, corporate superannuation, retail investments and a 
wrap investment management platform. These products and 
other third party financial services products (such as the AMP 
branded Vero general insurance products) are distributed through 
and supported by an extensive distribution network including 
AdviceFirst (a majority owned subsidiary focused on providing 
advice to high net worth individuals and small to medium sized 
businesses), employed financial advisers (to support our corporate 
superannuation and enterprise offerings) and a network of 
aligned and independent financial advisers.

Australian and New Zealand wealth protection and mature 
comprises Australian wealth protection (WP), Australian  
mature and New Zealand wealth protection and mature.  
The WP business includes individual and group term, disability 
and income protection insurance products. Products can be 
held within a superannuation product or held independently 
of superannuation. The Australian mature business comprises 
products which are largely closed to new business and are in 
run-off. Products within Australian mature include whole of life, 
endowment, investment linked, investment account, Retirement 
Savings Account (RSA), Eligible Rollover Fund (ERF), annuities, 
insurance bonds, personal superannuation and guaranteed 
savings accounts (GSAs). The New Zealand wealth protection 
and mature business includes a risk insurance and mature book 
(traditional participating business).

30

AMP 2018 annual reportResetting the business
On 27 July 2018, AMP outlined a series of actions being taken 
to reset the business, prioritise customers and strengthen risk 
management systems and controls.

These actions include:

– 

– 

– 

 Accelerating advice remediation – to ensure impacted advice 
customers are appropriately compensated. 2018 results 
include a provision of $430 million (post-tax) for potential 
advice remediation, inclusive of program costs, in relation  
to ASIC reports 499 and 515, which require an industry- 
wide ‘look back’ of advice provided from 1 July 2008 and  
1 January 2009, respectively.

 Delivering improved value for approximately 600,000  
super customers – through fee reductions to AMP’s  
flagship MySuper products.

 Investing to strengthen risk management systems 
and controls – increasing investment to upgrade risk 
management controls and strengthen compliance  
systems across the business over the next two years.

Sale of wealth protection and mature businesses
On 25 October 2018, AMP announced the completion of its 
portfolio review and has entered into a sale and purchase 
agreement with Resolution for the sale of AMP Life Limited.  
This effectively includes the Australian and New Zealand  
wealth protection and mature business units.
Under the terms of the sale and purchase agreement, Resolution 
assumes the risks and profit impacts from these businesses 
from 1 July 2018, subject to risk sharing arrangements. AMP, 
however, remains responsible for the operations, capital and 
cost management of these businesses until the sale completes. 
Upon completion, AMP will retain an economic interest in the 
future earnings of the mature business sold to Resolution as 
well as hold an interest in Resolution Life Group Holdings LP.
Reported results will continue to include earnings from these 
businesses until the sale completes.

2018 performance
The profit attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited for the 
year ended 31 December 2018 was $28 million (2017: profit of 
$848 million).
Basic earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2018  
on a statutory basis were 1.0 cents per share (2017: 29.3 cents  
per share), influenced principally by remediation provisions.  
On an underlying basis, the earnings per share were 23.3 cents 
per share (2017: 35.5 cents per share).
Key performance measures were as follows:

– 

– 

– 

 2018 underlying profit of $680 million is down $360 million 
(–35%) from $1,040 million in 2017. This decrease largely 
reflects the impact of businesses subject to sale, with the 
operating earnings of retained businesses marginally weaker 
than in 2017, driven by lower earnings for Australian wealth 
management (–7%), offset by growth in AMP Capital (+7%) 
and AMP Bank (+6%).
 Australian wealth management earnings of $363 million 
declined 7% from 2017, driven by higher margin compression 
from MySuper repricing in Q4 2018, lower revenues from 
weaker investment markets and impairments to the carrying 
value of client registers in second half 2018.
 Australian wealth management net cash outflows were 
$3,968 million in 2018, down from net cashflows of 
$931 million in 2017 reflecting a range of factors including 
the impact of AMP’s appearance at the Royal Commission 
into ‘Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and 
Financial Services Industry’ (the Royal Commission) in 2018.

– 

– 

– 

 AMP Capital external net cashflows were $4,219 million, 
down from $5,477 million in 2017. External net cashflows 
were driven by strong flows into real asset classes 
(infrastructure and real estate), in part offset by lower 
cashflows from Asian based investors.
 2018 operating loss of Australian and New Zealand wealth 
protection and mature businesses was $3 million, driven by 
capitalised losses and negative claims experience in second 
half 2018.
 Underlying return on equity decreased 4.7 percentage points 
to 9.6% in 2018 from 2017 reflecting reduced operating 
earnings in the Australian wealth protection business.

AMP’s total assets under management (AUM) and administration 
were $258 billion at 31 December 2018 (2017: $257 billion).

Operating results by business area
The operating results of each business area for 2018 were as 
follows:
– 

 Australian wealth management – operating earnings fell by 
$28 million from 2017 to $363 million in 2018. The decrease 
in operating earnings was largely due to lower investment 
related revenue arising from margin compression, including 
MySuper price changes and lower Other revenue impacts, 
in part offset by lower controllable costs reflecting lower 
variable remuneration and the full year impact of business 
efficiency initiatives executed in 2017.
 AMP Capital – AMP group’s 85% share of AMP Capital’s  
2018 operating earnings was $167 million, up 7% from 
$156 million in 2017. AMP Capital’s operating earnings 
benefited from strong fee income growth of 7%, partially 
offset by a 10% increase in controllable costs.
 AMP Bank – operating earnings increased $8 million (6%)  
to $148 million in 2018 from 2017. 2018 operating earnings 
were driven by residential mortgage book growth, as well 
as a reduction in investment platform deposit costs, partly 
offset by increases in other funding costs, additional loan 
provisions, as well as increased costs.
 New Zealand wealth management – operating earnings 
decreased by $1 million to $53 million in 2018 primarily 
due to lower wealth management income predominantly 
from a decline in AUM margins, partly offset by favourable 
advice income largely driven by growth in general insurance 
premiums.
 Australian and New Zealand wealth protection and mature – 
operating earnings decreased by $334 million to a $3 million 
operating loss in 2018 largely from the combination of an 
11% decrease in profit margins, experience losses largely due 
to higher than expected claims, capitalised losses and other 
one-off experience items.

– 

– 

– 

– 

Capital management and dividend
Equity and reserves of the AMP group attributable to shareholders 
of AMP Limited decreased to $6.7 billion at 31 December 2018 
from $7.2 billion at 31 December 2017.
AMP remains well capitalised, with $1.7 billion in shareholder 
regulatory capital resources above minimum regulatory 
requirements (MRR) at 31 December 2018 ($2.3 billion at 
31 December 2017).
AMP’s final 2018 dividend is 4.0 cents per share, franked to 90%. 
This represents a full year 2018 dividend payout ratio of 60% 
of underlying profit. AMP will continue to offer the dividend 
reinvestment plan (DRP) to eligible shareholders. For the 2018 
final dividend, no discount will apply to the DRP allocation price. 
AMP intends to issue new shares to participants in the DRP.

31

AMP 2018 annual reportStrategy and prospects
AMP remains committed to making the changes that are required 
to transform the business and reposition it to deliver significantly 
better performance and value over the long term.

Priorities for 2019 include:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 Separating Australian and New Zealand wealth protection 
and mature: to drive transaction completion by the end of  
Q3 2019.

 Delivering advice remediation: to remediate clients as  
quickly as possible.

 Strengthening risk management, internal controls and 
governance: to optimise investment in risk and compliance 
systems, and to improve risk culture.

 Transforming Australian wealth management: to reshape 
the advice network and improve economics, streamlining  
the operating model and product offering.

 Driving growth in AMP Bank: to deliver solutions through 
broker and advice channels; to grow retail deposit base.

 Growing New Zealand wealth management: to focus on 
separation and growth; to defer IPO consideration until 
separation completion.

 Maintaining growth momentum in AMP Capital:  
to continue international expansion and leverage  
strategic partnerships.

Key risks
Risk is inherent to our business and AMP takes measured risks to 
achieve our strategic objectives. We have a clear strategic plan to 
drive our business forward and an Enterprise Risk Management 
framework to identify, measure, control and report risks.

The Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework provides  
the foundation for how risks are managed across AMP. There  
are five key elements of the ERM framework including 
governance, strategy and appetite, people and culture, 
management information systems and the risk management 
process (encompassing how AMP identifies, measures,  
controls and reports risk).

AMP’s ERM framework includes a risk management strategy 
which establishes the principles, requirements, roles and 
responsibilities for the management of risk across AMP. It also 
includes a risk appetite statement which articulates the nature 
and level of risk the board is willing to accept in the pursuit of 
strategic objectives. Alignment between AMP’s corporate strategy 
and the risk appetite of the AMP Limited Board seeks to ensure 
that risks taken are consistent with the nature and level of risk  
the board is willing to accept.

Further information can be found in AMP’s Enterprise 
Risk Management Policy, available on our website at: 
amp.com.au/corporategovernance.

Key business challenges
Given the nature of our business environment, we continue  
to face challenges that could have an adverse impact on the 
delivery of our strategy. The most significant business  
challenges (in alphabetical order) include, but are not limited to:

Business, employee and business partner conduct 
The conduct of financial institutions is an area of significant 
focus. There is a risk that business practices and management, 
staff or business partner behaviours may not deliver the 
outcomes desired by AMP or meet the expectations of regulators 
and customers. An actual or perceived shortcoming in conduct  
by AMP or its business partners may undermine our reputation 
and draw increased attention from regulators.

Our code of conduct outlines AMP’s expectations in relation  
to minimum standards of behaviour and decision making, 
including how we treat our employees, customers, business 
partners and shareholders.

AMP also works to provide a safe and respectful environment  
that encourages all staff to be confident and speak out about  
any potential conduct issues. All employees, contractors and third 
parties can use the Your Call program to raise concerns including 
regarding unethical behaviours as a whistleblower. The Group 
Chief Risk Officer (CRO) is AMP’s designated Whistleblower 
Protection Officer and has direct access to the CEO and board.

Further to this, we are committed to ensuring the right culture 
is embedded in our everyday practices, with risk explicitly 
considered as part of the remuneration framework. The Group 
CRO is also given an additional discretion to recommend 
adjustments to the bonus pool for significant failures in  
conduct or risk management.

Competitor and customer environment
The current environment of rapid technological advancement, 
sustained regulatory pressure, ageing populations, rising 
customer expectations and intensifying competition in the 
wealth management and insurance industries presents both 
threats and opportunities to AMP’s business.

Significant changes in the competitor and customer environment 
may disrupt AMP’s business operations. For example, a significant 
change in customer preferences may impact sales volumes, 
revenue and customer satisfaction.

AMP has programs in place aimed at anticipating and responding 
to threats and opportunities that arise from changing customer 
preferences and competitor strategies and capabilities. We are 
investing in digital technology and using behavioural insights  
to understand our customers’ motivations and life experiences, 
and help them realise their financial goals.

Cyber security threats
Cyber risk continues to be a threat in a rapidly changing 
technological environment and the magnitude and costs of 
cybercrime vary depending on the nature of the attack. While  
we are committed to enhancing our cyber security network,  
we recognise it is inevitable that cyber-attacks will occur.

32

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018AMP continues to invest in enhancing our cyber security 
network and we have several detective, preventative and 
responsive controls to protect our assets and networks. In 
assessing and mitigating cybercrime, AMP regularly considers 
vulnerabilities and potential ways to mitigate failures of 
people, processes and technology.

Organisational change
AMP’s promise to ‘help people own tomorrow’ requires 
continuous updating of products, services and customer 
experiences. Managing continuous change can place  
significant pressure on our employees and business partners.

AMP has invested heavily in developing new approaches,  
models and ways of working to drive efficiency and improve  
our practices. We recognise that failure to appropriately manage 
the implementation of these changes can cause disruption to 
AMP’s business operations. To manage this, AMP has dedicated 
resources with appropriate skills and expertise who establish 
change programs and manage transition.

Regulatory environment
AMP operates in multiple jurisdictions across the globe. Each 
one of these jurisdictions has its own legislative and regulatory 
requirements. The financial services industry both globally and 
in Australia and New Zealand continues to undergo a significant 
level of regulatory change. The Australian federal government 
has released the final report of the Royal Commission and while 
the government has responded, indicating how it will act on the 
recommendations, the process for these to become legislation 
will take time. The extent or manner in which any legislation is 
enacted may impact AMP’s future strategy.

AMP has established internal policies, frameworks and 
procedures to seek to ensure our domestic and international 
regulatory obligations, and changes in the obligations, are met 
in each jurisdiction. Regulatory and compliance risks, breaches, 
consultations and general interactions are reported as part of our 
internal risk and compliance reporting process, and to the relevant 
regulators as and when required. A number of investigations, 
consultations and general interactions may be in progress with 
our key regulators. We actively participate in these interactions, 
and cooperate with regulators on such matters.

The environment
In the normal course of its business operations, AMP is subject 
to a range of environmental regulations of which there have 
been no material breaches during the year. You can find further 
information about AMP’s environment policy and activities at 
amp.com.au/corporatesustainability.

Significant changes to the state of affairs
Apart from elsewhere disclosed in this report, there were no 
significant changes in the state of affairs during the year.

Events occurring after the reporting date
In December 2017, the Australian Government established a Royal 
Commission into ‘Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation 

and Financial Services Industry’ to investigate conduct, practices, 
behaviour or business activities by financial services entities, 
including AMP, that may amount to misconduct or that may have 
fallen below community standards and expectations. During the 
course of 2018, the Royal Commission has conducted a number of 
public hearings and required the production of documents as part 
of its inquiry.

The final report of the Royal Commission was publicly released on 
4 February 2019 and made:

– 

– 

 76 policy recommendations which may result in legislative 
and regulatory change; and

 a number of findings of actual or possible misconduct 
(including breaches of law) or conduct which does or may fall 
below community standards and expectations in relation to 
participants in the financial services industry, including AMP.

AMP is considering the various matters raised in the 
Commissioner’s final report.

Other than this matter, as at the date of this report, the directors 
are not aware of any matters or circumstances that have arisen 
since the reporting date that has significantly affected, or may 
significantly affect the group’s operations; the results of those 
operations; or the group’s state of affairs in future periods.

The AMP Limited board of directors
The management of AMP is overseen by a board of directors  
who are elected by shareholders.

The directors of AMP Limited during the year ended  
31 December 2018 and up to the date of this report are listed 
below. Directors were in office for this entire period except  
where stated otherwise: 
– 
– 

 David Murray AO (Chairman) (appointed 21 June 2018)
 Catherine Brenner (former Chairman)  
(resigned 30 April 2018)
 Francesco De Ferrari (Chief Executive Officer and  
Managing Director) (appointed 31 January 2019)
 Craig Meller (former Chief Executive Officer and  
Managing Director) (resigned 20 April 2018)
 Patricia Akopiantz (resigned 31 December 2018)
 John Fraser (appointed 20 September 2018)
 Andrew Harmos 
 Holly Kramer (resigned 8 May 2018)
 Trevor Matthews
 John O’Sullivan (appointed 20 June 2018)
 Geoff Roberts
 Peter Varghese AO
 Vanessa Wallace (resigned 8 May 2018)
 Mike Wilkins AO

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

As announced on 31 January 2019, Andrea Slattery will become 
a director of AMP Limited on 15 February 2019 (after the date of 
this report).

Details of the current directors’ qualifications, experience, special 
responsibilities and directorships of other listed companies are 
given in the Our board section of our annual report. 

33

AMP 2018 annual reportAttendance at board and committee meetings 
The table below shows details of attendance by directors of AMP Limited at meetings of boards and committees of which they were 
members during the year ended 31 December 2018. The Chairman and directors also attended other meetings, including board 
committee meetings, management meetings and meetings of subsidiary boards and committees of which they were not a director  
or member during the year (those voluntary attendances are not included in the table below).

AMP Limited 
Board Meetings1

Audit 
Committee

Risk Committee

Nomination 
Committee2

Remuneration 
Committee3

Board/committee

Held/attended

David Murray AO 
(appointed 21 June 2018)6

Catherine Brenner 
(resigned 30 April 2018)7

A

13

B

13

8

8

Patricia Akopiantz (resigned 
31 December 2018)8

26

26

John Fraser (appointed  
20 September 2018)9

Andrew Harmos 

Holly Kramer  
(resigned 8 May 2018)10

Trevor Matthews

Craig Meller  
(resigned 20 April 2018)11

7

7

26

9

26

6

25

8

25

6

John O’Sullivan  
(appointed 20 June 2018)12

13

13

Geoff Roberts

Peter Varghese AO

Vanessa Wallace  
(resigned 8 May 2018)13

26

26

9

26

24

9

Mike Wilkins AO14

26

25

A

–

–

–

–

4

1

4

–

–

4

–

–

1

B

–

–

–

–

3

1

4

–

–

4

–

–

1

A

–

–

4

–

4

–

4

–

–

4

4

–

1

B

–

–

4

–

3

–

4

–

–

4

4

–

1

A

2

1

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

B

2

1

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

A

2

3

6

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

3

1

B

2

3

6

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

3

1

Ad hoc 
committees/
workshops4

A

10

B

10

8

8

Subsidiary  
board and 
committee 
meetings/ 
workshops5

A

–

–

B

–

–

16

15

16

16

8

4

–

–

9

9

11

9

12

12

3

–

8

3

–

8

13

13

4

6

4

4

14

13

4

7

5

4

7

5

11

10

12

13

1

12

9

1

15

14

Column A – indicates the number of meetings held while the director was a member of the board/committee. 
Column B – indicates the number of those meetings attended. 
1  

 During the Royal Commission, directors attended frequent telephone briefings from senior management. These briefings were not board meetings 
and are therefore not included in the table above. 
Previously called the Nomination and Governance Committee.
Previously called the People and Remuneration Committee. 
 Ad hoc committees were convened during the year in relation to matters including major corporate transactions, advice remediation and 
compliance, and financial results. The AMP Limited Board also held workshops in relation to various matters. 
 Subsidiary board and committee meetings refer to meetings of the boards and committees of the following key subsidiaries: AMP Life Limited  
(AMP Life), The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited (NMLA), AMP Bank Limited and AMP Capital Holdings Limited. Where  
board and committee meetings of AMP Limited, AMP Life and NMLA were held concurrently, only one meeting has been recorded in the above 
table. Similarly, where concurrent meetings of AMP Life and NMLA were held, only one meeting has been recorded.
 David Murray was appointed as a director and AMP Limited Chairman effective 21 June 2018. David was also appointed Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee on that date. 
 Catherine Brenner resigned as AMP Limited Chairman and as a director effective 30 April 2018. Prior to her resignation, Catherine was Chairman  
of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee. 
 Patricia Akopiantz resigned as a director effective 31 December 2018. Throughout the year, Patricia was Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
and a member of the Risk Committee and Nomination Committee. 
John Fraser was appointed as a director on 20 September 2018. 
 Holly Kramer resigned as a director effective 8 May 2018. Prior to her resignation, Holly was a member of the Audit Committee. She was also a 
member of the Remuneration Committee from 30 April 2018 until her resignation – no meetings of that committee were held during this period. 
 Craig Meller resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director effective 20 April 2018. 
 John O’Sullivan was appointed as a director effective 20 June 2018.
 Vanessa Wallace resigned as a director on 8 May 2018. Prior to her resignation, she was a member of the Remuneration Committee. She was  
also a member of the Audit Committee from 20 April 2018, and of the Nomination Committee from 30 April 2018, until her resignation –  
no meetings of those committees were held while she was a member.
 Mike Wilkins held the role of acting Chief Executive Officer from 20 April to 30 November 2018 and was interim Executive Chairman from  
30 April to 20 June 2018. Prior to his appointment as acting Chief Executive Officer, Mike was Chairman of the Risk Committee and a member  
of the Audit Committee. Mike was Chairman of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee from 30 April to  
21 June 2018. No meetings of the Nomination Committee were held while he was a member.

2 
3 
4  

5  

6 

7  

8 

9  
10  

11  
12  
13  

14  

34

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018Company secretaries’ details
Details of each company secretary of AMP Limited as at 
the date of this report, including their qualifications and 
experience, are set out below.

David Cullen 
Group General Counsel
BCom, LLB, LLM, GradDipAppFin, PGCert Mgmt

David joined AMP in September 2004 and was appointed 
Group General Counsel in May 2018. David has group-wide 
responsibility for AMP’s legal and governance functions. David 
has almost 25 years’ experience in the legal profession, with 
extensive experience in the areas of M&A, corporate law and 
corporate governance, having worked in law firms in Perth and 
Sydney and with the ASX. Prior to his appointment as Group 
General Counsel, David was the Group Company Secretary and 
General Counsel, Governance at AMP, which included acting 
as Company Secretary for AMP Limited. David also worked full-
time on AMP’s merger with AXA APH. David holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce and Bachelor of Laws from the University of WA and 
a Master of Laws from the University of Sydney. He is a Fellow  
of the Governance Institute of Australia.

Vicki Vordis
Company Secretary
BEc, LLB (Hons), GradDipAppCorpGov, FGIA

Vicki joined AMP in December 2000 and has held various legal 
roles in the AMP group before moving into the Group Corporate 
Governance team. She is the lead Company Secretary for 
AMP Limited and secretary of a number of other AMP group 
companies. Prior to 2000, Vicki worked as a lawyer focusing  
on litigation in several Sydney private legal practices. She is a 
Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia.

Indemnification and insurance of directors 
and officers
Under its constitution, the company indemnifies, to the extent 
permitted by law, all current and former officers of the company 
(including the non-executive directors) against any liability 
(including the costs and expenses of defending actions for an 
actual or alleged liability) incurred in their capacity as an officer 
of the company. This indemnity is not extended to current or 
former employees of the AMP group against liability incurred in 
their capacity as an employee, unless approved by or on behalf 
of the AMP Limited Board.

During, and since the end of, the financial year ended 
31 December 2018, the company maintained, and paid 
premiums for, directors’ and officers’ and company 
reimbursement insurance for the benefit of all of the officers 
of the AMP group (including each director, secretary and 
senior manager of the company) against certain liabilities as 
permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. The insurance policy 
prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liabilities covered, the 
amount of the premium payable and the limit of liability. 

In addition, the company and each of the current and former 
directors are parties to deeds of indemnity, insurance and access. 
Those deeds provide that:

– 

– 

– 

– 

 the directors will have access to board papers and specified 
records of the company (and of certain other companies) 
for their period of office and for at least ten (or, in some 
cases, seven) years after they cease to hold office (subject 
to certain conditions);

 the company indemnifies the directors to the extent 
permitted by law, and to the extent and for the amount  
that the relevant director is not otherwise entitled to be,  
and is not actually, indemnified by another person;

 the indemnity covers liabilities (including legal costs) 
incurred by the relevant director in their capacity as a current 
or former director of the company, or director, officer or 
specified representative of another AMP group company 
or, in certain cases, an external company (where the person 
holds the relevant external position at the AMP group’s 
request); and 

 the company will maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance 
cover for the directors, to the extent permitted by law, for 
the period of their office and for at least ten years after they 
cease to hold office.

During, and since the end of, the financial year ended 
31 December 2018, in accordance with the deeds of indemnity, 
insurance and access provided to the former directors named 
below, the following legal costs were paid by the AMP group for 
legal advice obtained by those former directors in connection 
with matters relating to the conduct of the AMP group, during 
their term of office, raised during the Royal Commission:

– 

– 

 legal costs totalling $122,066.23 were paid for legal  
advice obtained by former AMP Limited Chairman,  
Catherine Brenner; and

 legal costs totalling $194,637.38 were paid for legal advice 
obtained by former Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director, Craig Meller.

Indemnification of auditors
To the extent permitted by law, the company has agreed to 
indemnify its auditor, Ernst & Young, as part of the terms of its 
audit engagement agreement, against claims by third parties 
arising from the audit, other than where the claim is determined 
to have resulted from breach or any negligent, wrongful or wilful 
act or omission by or of Ernst & Young. No payment has been 
made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or since the financial 
year ended 31 December 2018.

Rounding 
In accordance with the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191, amounts in  
this directors’ report and the accompanying financial report have 
been rounded off to the nearest million Australian dollars, unless 
stated otherwise.

35

AMP 2018 annual reportAuditor’s independence declaration to the directors of AMP Limited
The directors have obtained an independence declaration from the company’s auditor, Ernst & Young, for the financial year ended 
31 December 2018.

Ernst & Young
200 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

Tel:  +61 2 9248 5555
Fax:  +61 2 9248 5959
ey.com/au

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of AMP Limited
As lead auditor for the audit of AMP Limited for the financial year ended 31 December 2018, I declare to the best of my knowledge  
and belief, there have been:
a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 
b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of AMP Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial year.

Ernst & Young

Andrew Price
Partner
Sydney, 14 February 2019

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

Non-audit services
The Audit Committee has reviewed details of the amounts paid or payable for non-audit services provided to the AMP group during  
the year ended 31 December 2018, by the company’s auditor, Ernst & Young.

The directors are satisfied that the provision of those non-audit services by the auditor is compatible with the general standard of 
independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and did not compromise the auditor independence requirements  
of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

– 

– 

– 

 All non-audit assignments were approved by the CFO, or his nominated delegate, or the Chairman of the Audit Committee;

 No non-audit assignments were carried out which were specifically excluded by the AMP Charter of Audit Independence; and

 The level of fees for non-audit services amounted to 14% (ie $2.4 million) of the total fees paid to the auditors, compared with  
12% (ie $1.9 million) for the prior year, as disclosed in note 7.4 to the financial report.

Remuneration disclosures
The remuneration arrangements for AMP directors and senior executives are outlined in the remuneration report which forms part  
of the directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Directors’ and senior executives’ interests in AMP Limited shares, performance rights and options are also set out in the remuneration 
report on the following pages.

36

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018 Remuneration report (audited)

for the year ended 31 December 2018

Overview of 2018 
2018 was a very difficult year for AMP. 

The Financial Services Royal Commission highlighted misconduct 
across the financial services industry with significant ramifications  
for AMP, not least of which was the damage to its reputation and  
loss of value for our shareholders. 

Following various revelations at the Royal Commission, the former 
Chairman and three other non-executive directors left the board  
and four new directors, including myself as the new Chairman, have 
been appointed (with the fourth to commence on 15 February 2019).  
Both the former CEO and the General Counsel left AMP in April 2018.

Our new CEO Francesco De Ferrari was appointed and began in 
December 2018. Since then he has announced changes to the  
senior leadership team.

2018 remuneration outcomes
Remuneration outcomes for 2018 are reflective of the difficult 
circumstances of the year. Apart from the CEO of AMP Capital, there 
were no allocations of incentives to the AMP executive leadership 
team for 2018. 

The board determined that the unvested allocations of equity that 
were due to vest be forfeited for Mr Meller (former CEO) and Mr 
Caprioli (formerly, the Group Executive, Advice and Banking who 
left the business in December 2016). The total face value of the 
unvested incentives for Mr Meller and Mr Caprioli is approximately 
$10.8 million (based on the original award value). This reflects their 
overall accountability for the ‘fee for no service’ issues that AMP 
had previously disclosed to ASIC and which were addressed during 
the Financial Advice hearing block of the Royal Commission. The 
board also exercised discretion which resulted in the forfeiture of 
incentive holdings for some other former executives and employees 
in connection with the ‘fee for no service’ issues. 

As announced on 30 April 2018, the AMP Limited Board reduced 
directors’ fees by 25% for the remainder of the 2018 calendar year, 
applicable to those who held office at that time. In addition,  
further changes to board responsibilities and fees have been 
implemented for 2019. With the aim of constraining the cost of 
governance arrangements from 2020, after separation of the Life  
and Mature businesses to Resolution Life, the Chairman’s fees will  
be reduced in 2020.

Board review of remuneration model
At the May 2018 AGM, AMP received a first strike against its 2017 
remuneration report. The board recognises this first strike was in 
response to wider business issues as well as other concerns about 
the remuneration framework. 

Acknowledging the views of our shareholders, the first strike  
against the 2017 remuneration report, ongoing regulatory 
developments and the changes occurring within the AMP business, 
the board has reviewed AMP’s remuneration arrangements.

There is no one ‘right’ remuneration model that can be applied as 
suitable for all businesses across all situations, and we recognise 
there are different views about remuneration practices. We 
consider and attempt to balance the expectations or requirements 
of our customers, employees, shareholders, proxy advisers and 
regulators, which are increasingly less aligned.

Remuneration arrangements are one part of the framework 
that drives behaviours and expected outcomes for customers, 
shareholders and employees. Unless remuneration sits alongside 
well-designed business and employment systems, a realistic 
strategy and appropriate risk management and internal controls, 
it will not be effective in delivering the desired outcomes. Most 
importantly for AMP, the systems of remuneration must be 

accompanied by consequences for unsatisfactory behaviours and 
an acknowledgement that our reputation in the wider community  
is fundamental to our future as a financial services business. 

I would like to stress that your board has ensured there have  
been consequences for people at AMP as a result of the  
circumstances of 2018. I would also like to stress, however, that  
any remuneration arrangements must be designed to attract and 
retain the people needed at all levels of work to conduct AMP’s 
business. Accordingly, the board has been mindful not to unduly 
penalise the majority of employees who continue to do their jobs.

2019 remuneration approach
The board is very pleased to have welcomed Francesco De Ferrari 
as CEO in December 2018. Mr De Ferrari will set a new strategy 
for the business, and AMP’s remuneration framework for 2019 
onwards will be considered within the context of this strategy.  
At this stage, arrangements for 2019 are advanced but have not 
been finalised. However, the Executive Performance Incentive  
Plan (EPI Plan) introduced for 2018 will not continue. Instead 
AMP will be adopting an approach more suited to the significant 
change and transformation AMP will be undergoing. This will 
include a greater emphasis on long-term incentives linked to 
transformation objectives.

The board recognised that, given the circumstances of the Royal 
Commission, at the time it was unlikely we could appoint an 
executive from within Australia. In the appointment of finance 
executives internationally, it is common to have to make significant 
buy-out payments, requiring the board to consider the costs and 
benefits of doing so. As part of attracting Mr De Ferrari to AMP, we 
took account of his previous remuneration package. The recovery 
and buy-out incentives awarded to Mr De Ferrari represent amounts 
forgone at his previous employer as a result of his joining AMP and 
reflect a higher equity component and some additional challenging 
hurdles to meet before amounts will vest. These remuneration 
arrangements are designed to drive the recovery of AMP and 
recognise the degree of challenge in the task ahead. The incentives 
were agreed and advised to the market in August 2018 and both  
the AMP share price and the ASX 100 have declined in the period  
from that time to Mr De Ferrari’s start date. No adjustments have 
been made to reflect these market movements.

We have recently introduced the AMP Employee Share Plan,  
which now gives all employees the opportunity to become owners 
in AMP and share in the growth and success we are striving to 
achieve. Because these shares are bought on market there is no 
dilution to shareholders.

Remuneration Committee’s focus for 2019
Some of the priorities for 2019 include:
– 
– 

Responding to Royal Commission recommendations
 Further reviewing AMP’s remuneration framework in response to 
the Royal Commission, shareholder feedback and a new strategy
Revisiting the use of any remaining sales incentive plans
 Together with the investment in strengthening risk 
management, internal controls and governance, reviewing  
the application of consequences for misconduct.

– 
– 

We appreciate the feedback we have received and the board  
will continue to engage with our shareholders.

David Murray
Chairman

37

AMP 2018 annual reportRemuneration report
This remuneration report details the remuneration arrangements for our key management personnel (KMP) in 2018.
This report has been prepared and audited against the disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

New CEO remuneration arrangements
Francesco De Ferrari commenced as Chief Executive Officer effective 1 December 2018. His remuneration arrangements are 
summarised in the sections below.

CEO incentives on appointment
On commencement, Mr De Ferrari received a one-off ‘Buy-out’ and ‘Recovery’ incentive package in consideration for incentives forgone 
from his previous employer that he would have otherwise been entitled to receive. The package is structured with a higher proportion 
of the overall award delivered in equity compared to the incentives forgone. This is designed to maximise the incentive to drive the 
recovery of AMP and maintain alignment with the interests of shareholders.

A portion of the incentive package will be delivered in cash in February 2019. The remainder of the value to Mr De Ferrari is variable 
with a significant portion at risk, to be earned over the next four years through deferred equity awards. The equity awards will vest  
over time according to the schedules and conditions summarised in the tables below. 

For the period 1 December to 31 December 2018, Mr De Ferrari did not participate in any AMP incentive plan. 

Buy-out incentive

Remuneration type

Value

Grant date

Vesting schedule

Vesting conditions

Cash

$1.7m

To be paid on or around 
21 February 2019

Must be in employment 
at payment date

Continuous employment

Restricted shares

Share rights

1,453,488 AMP shares 
with a face value of 
approximately $5.0m

1,453,488 AMP share 
rights with a face value 
of approximately $5.0m

21 August 2018 

21 August 2018

60% on 15 August 2019  
20% on 15 August 2020  
20% on 15 August 2021

50% on 15 February 2020  
30% on 15 February 2021  
20% on 15 February 2022

Continuous employment

Continuous employment

Recovery incentive

Remuneration type

Value

Grant date

Vesting schedule

Vesting conditions

Options

Performance rights

8,000,000 AMP options 
with a fair value of 
approximately $300,000

1,656,976 AMP share 
rights with a face value 
of approximately $5.7m

14 December 2018

Exercise price of $5.50 

Continuous employment

21 August 2018

Vesting 15 February 2023 

Expiration 31 March 2024

Tested by the board on 
15 February of each of 
2021, 2022 and 2023

Must be in employment  
on relevant testing date. 

On first testing date,  
25% will vest if share  
price is $4.50. 

On second testing date,  
50% or 75% (including any 
that have vested already) 
will vest if share price is 
$4.75 or $5.00 (respectively). 

On third testing date, the 
balance will vest if share 
price is $5.25. If share price 
is between $4.50 and $5.25, 
between 25% and 100% 
(including any that have 
vested already) will vest,  
as determined on a  
straight-line basis. 

The tables above reflect Mr De Ferrari’s total holdings of rights and options over, and contractual entitlements to, AMP Limited shares  
as at the date of this report. He does not otherwise hold any relevant interests in AMP Limited shares at the date of this report.

38

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018New CEO remuneration arrangements (continued)
CEO fixed remuneration
A number of factors were taken into consideration when setting the fixed remuneration for Mr De Ferrari including the former  
CEO’s fixed remuneration, external market practice and common practice in a period of transformation. This resulted in a fixed 
remuneration of $2,200,000 per annum.

CEO incentive arrangements for 2019
Mr De Ferrari will be eligible to participate in the following incentive arrangements for the performance year 1 January 2019 to  
31 December 2019:

Short-term incentive (STI) – maximum STI opportunity of 120% of fixed remuneration with the same terms as other participants  
in 2019.

Long-term incentive (LTI) – maximum LTI of 159% of fixed remuneration with the same terms as other participants. 

The specific terms of the 2019 incentives are being finalised and will be outlined in the 2019 remuneration report.

The table below reflects an overall decrease in quantum of the total remuneration package for Mr De Ferrari compared with  
that of Mr Meller in 2017.

Mr De Ferrari

Deferred 
61%

Deferred incentive  
61%

Mr Meller

Deferred 
58%

Deferred incentive  
58%

Cash 
39%

Cash incentive  
13%

Fixed remuneration 
26%

Cash 
42%

Cash incentive  
23%

Fixed remuneration 
19%

Incentive outcomes
No 2018 short-term incentive awards have been made to executives with the exception of Adam Tindall (CEO AMP Capital) who 
participates in the AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share (EPS) plan. These outcomes reflect the overall accountability of the executive 
leadership team.

The following table shows the remuneration awarded to executives (excluding Mr De Ferrari who did not participate in an incentive 
plan for 2018) based on the 2018 performance year.

This table differs from the statutory table in section 7.3.1 which is prepared according to Australian Accounting Standards. 

Fixed 
remuneration
$’000

Cash  
incentive
awarded
$’000

Deferred 
incentive
awarded
$’000

Total 
remuneration 
awarded for 
2018
$’000

% of target 
incentive 
opportunity 
awarded

% of target 
incentive 
opportunity  
not awarded

Megan Beer 
Sally Bruce 
David Cullen 
Jenny Fagg 
Gordon Lefevre 
Helen Livesey 
Jack Regan 
Craig Ryman 
Paul Sainsbury 
Adam Tindall1 
Fiona Wardlaw 

Total 

 900  
 750  
700 
900 
 965  
 700 
 900  
 800  
 965  
 950  
 800 

9,330 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
785 
– 

785 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,178 
– 

900 
750 
700 
900 
965 
700 
900 
800 
965  
2,913 
800 

1,178 

11,293 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
n/a 
0 

1 

 The percentage of target incentive opportunity awarded for Adam Tindall is not applicable because his opportunity is uncapped under the  
AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share plan.

100 
100
100
100
100
100 
100
100
100
n/a
100

39

AMP 2018 annual report  
   
Remuneration consequences for risk and reputation matters
In 2018 the board exercised discretion to apply remuneration consequences to executives reflecting their overall accountability for  
the ‘fee for no service’ issues. The consequences determined by the board were:
– 

 Former CEO: the board will not make any incentive payments to Mr Meller for the 2018 financial year. The board also determined 
that unvested allocations of equity that were made to Mr Meller under previous incentive awards that were due to vest through  
to 2021 are forfeited.
 Former Group Executive, Advice and Banking: the board determined that the unvested incentives of Mr Caprioli that were due  
to vest in 2019 are forfeited.
Forfeit unvested incentives for other select former executives and employees in connection with the ‘fee for no service’ issues.
There were no 2018 short-term incentive allocations to the senior leadership team (excluding the CEO AMP Capital).

– 

– 
– 

Executive exit arrangements
The table below outlines the exit arrangements for executives disclosed as key management personnel (KMP) during 2018.  
Further detail is provided in the statutory disclosure table in section 7.3.1.

Executive

Exit arrangement

Craig Meller  
(ceased as KMP  
20 April 2018)

Saskia Goedhart  
(ceased as KMP  
9 February 2018)

Brian Salter  
(ceased as KMP  
30 April 2018)

–    Employment formally ended on 31 December 2018 
–    Payment in lieu of balance of notice 
–    All unvested LTI and STI Deferral incentives lapsed or were forfeited 
–    Provision of other benefits required by law

–    Employment formally ended on 24 February 2018 
–    All unvested STI Deferral incentives retained subject to the same vesting conditions 
–    All unvested LTI awards lapsed or were forfeited upon cessation of employment 
–    Provision of benefits required by law

–    Employment formally ended on 30 April 2018 
–    Payment in lieu of 12-months’ notice period 
–    All unvested LTI and STI Deferral incentives lapsed or were forfeited upon cessation of employment 
–    Provision of other benefits required by law

Board response to concerns raised in relation to the 2017 remuneration report 
Following feedback from shareholders with regards to the 2017 remuneration report, the board has undertaken a review of our 
executive remuneration strategy and framework for 2019 and beyond to focus executives on AMP’s recovery. 

The following table provides a summary of responses to comments and concerns raised at our 2018 annual general meeting:

Element

Concern raised 

Response

Fixed  
remuneration

Quantum of CEO pay

Incentives

Short-term focus of incentives 

Incentives not aligned with 
shareholders – consistent payouts 
not reflective of share price 

Uncapped incentives

Clawback/malus

NED  
remuneration

Retirement benefits for NEDs

40

Remuneration for the CEO is regularly benchmarked against the 
market to ensure it is not out of line with peers. 

The remuneration for the new CEO was set taking into consideration 
the fixed remuneration for the former CEO, external market practice 
and common practice in a period of transformation. 

The arrangements for 2019 have not been finalised but are 
expected to reduce the short-term focus.

The CEO remuneration package for 2019 is heavily weighted to LTI.

The arrangements for 2019 have not been finalised but are 
expected to create better alignment with shareholder experience.

The uncapped incentive opportunity is related to the Enterprise 
Profit Share plan within AMP Capital. This is an appropriate 
incentive plan for a global investment management business.  
Adam Tindall is the only member of the AMP executive leadership 
team who participates in this plan.

The clawback provisions have been strengthened in the Equity 
Incentive Plan (EIP) to provide extra flexibility for the board to 
determine that securities lapse or be forfeited.

AMP does not pay retirement benefits to non-executive directors 
(NEDs). Details of all payments made to these NEDs are disclosed in 
the NED remuneration table.

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018Remuneration report
Contents
1.   Who is covered by this report
2.   2018 remuneration framework
3.   Remuneration governance
4.   2018 remuneration outcomes
5.   Executive shareholding
6.   Non-executive director remuneration
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures

1.  Who is covered by this report
KMP are the individuals who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of AMP. This includes 
the chief executive officer (CEO), nominated direct reports of the CEO and AMP’s non-executive directors (NEDs). In this report, the term 
‘executive’ means the CEO and the other executives who are KMP. 2018 KMP are detailed below.

Current executives 
Francesco De Ferrari1 
Megan Beer 
Sally Bruce 
David Cullen2 
Jenny Fagg3 
Gordon Lefevre 
Helen Livesey 
Jack Regan 
Craig Ryman 
Paul Sainsbury 
Adam Tindall 
Fiona Wardlaw 

Former executives 
Craig Meller4 
Saskia Goedhart5 
Brian Salter6 

Chief Executive Officer  
Group Executive, Insurance  
Group Executive, AMP Bank  
Group General Counsel 
Chief Risk Officer  
Chief Financial Officer 
Group Executive, Public Affairs and Chief of Staff  
Group Executive, Advice and New Zealand 
Group Executive, Technology and Operations 
Group Executive, Wealth Solutions and Customer 
Chief Executive Officer, AMP Capital 
Group Executive, People and Culture 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
Chief Risk Officer 
Group General Counsel  

Current non-executive directors  
David Murray7 
Patricia Akopiantz8 
John Fraser9 
Andrew Harmos 
Trevor Matthews 
John O’Sullivan10 
Geoff Roberts 
Peter Varghese  
Mike Wilkins11 

Former non-executive directors 
Catherine Brenner12 
Holly Kramer13 
Vanessa Wallace13 

Chairman  
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director  
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director  
Non-executive Director  
Non-executive Director  

Chairman 
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director 

Term as KMP  
in 2018

One month
Full Year
Full Year
Seven months
Eleven months
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year

Four months
One month
Four months

Six months
Full Year
Three months
Full Year
Full Year
Six months
Full Year
Full Year
Full Year

Four months
Four months
Four months

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 

Francesco De Ferrari was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 1 December 2018.
David Cullen was appointed as Group General Counsel on 24 May 2018. This is the date he became KMP. 
Jenny Fagg was appointed as Chief Risk Officer on 9 February 2018.
Craig Meller stepped down from the role of Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director effective 20 April 2018.
Saskia Goedhart resigned from the role as Chief Risk Officer effective 9 February 2018.
Brian Salter ceased employment as Group General Counsel effective 30 April 2018.
David Murray was appointed as Chairman of the AMP Limited Board on 21 June 2018. 
Patricia Akopiantz resigned from the AMP Limited Board on 31 December 2018.
John Fraser was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 20 September 2018.
John O’Sullivan was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 20 June 2018.
 Mike Wilkins held the role of acting Chief Executive Officer for the period 20 April to 30 November 2018 and was interim Executive Chairman  
from 30 April to 20 June 2018. Effective 1 December 2018 Mike returned to his role of non-executive director. 

12  Catherine Brenner resigned as Chairman of the AMP Limited Board on 30 April 2018.
13  Holly Kramer and Vanessa Wallace resigned from the AMP Limited Board effective 8 May 2018.

41

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
2.  2018 remuneration framework
The table below outlines the remuneration framework in place for the executives in 2018.

Executive remuneration objective: 
To attract and retain the people required to achieve AMP’s corporate objectives through its chosen business model and associated strategy

–    Differentiate – remuneration outcomes should differentiate for performance taking into account risk management and compliance  

Remuneration arrangements at AMP should be informed by our guiding principles:

with our policies

–    Behaviour – remuneration should drive behaviour that is legal, authorised, productive and reputable

–    Clarity and consistency – employees should have clarity around remuneration and remuneration arrangements should be applied consistently

–    Governance – remuneration arrangements should be supported by a proper system of internal controls, dealing with: separation of roles, 

conflicts of interests, with appropriate checks and balances

–    Judgement – the remuneration framework should allow directors to exercise independent judgement and discretion

–   Reward – reward people for their work on terms consistent with the markets in which they are employed

Delivered through the following remuneration components:
2016 executive remuneration structure

Fixed 

At risk

Fixed remuneration

Cash salary, superannuation and  
any salary sacrificed benefits 

Variable remuneration – Executive Performance Incentive (EPI) Plan

Annual incentive award where a minimum of 60% of the allocation  
is deferred in restricted equity for five years

Supported by the remuneration governance, risk management and consequence management frameworks: 

–   The scope of the role is taken into 

account when setting fixed pay levels

–   Roles are benchmarked against data 

provided by the board’s remuneration 
adviser for similar type roles in 
companies of a similar size, publicly 
available data for peer organisations  
and published remuneration surveys 
eg FIRG 

–    The Chief Risk Officer reports to the Remuneration Committee on risk outcomes 

–    Risk is a key consideration for individual performance assessments

–    Risk is a key measure in the pool scorecard

–    The board may adjust the pool down (to zero) if executives have operated outside  
risk appetite levels or for extraordinary events which impact shareholder value

–    Vesting of deferred incentives is subject to a conduct and risk review and the board  
has discretion to adjust outcomes downwards with malus and clawback provisions  
in certain circumstances (eg misconduct, participant acting fraudulently, dishonestly  
or in a manner that brings AMP into disrepute, protect financial soundness of AMP)

–   Hedging of AMP shares (including unvested rights) is prohibited

As outlined in the 2017 annual report, the Executive Performance Incentive (EPI) Plan was introduced for executives effective  
1 January 2018. 

The EPI Plan was designed to be delivered in two components:
– 
– 

EPI cash award (minimum 40% of the award), and
EPI equity award (minimum 60% of the award) granted as restricted equity subject to a five-year holding lock. 

The award of restricted equity is made as rights to AMP shares which remain subject to dealing restrictions for the five-year period. 

The board determined that there would be no allocations under the EPI Plan for executives. A portion of Adam Tindall’s 2018 allocation 
under the Enterprise Profit Share plan will be deferred for five years and granted in AMP equity in line with the EPI Plan.

42

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 20182.  2018 remuneration framework (continued)
2.1   Remuneration mix
The following illustration shows the remuneration mix for the executives in 2018 (excluding both the CEO AMP who did not participate 
in any incentive plans during 2018 and the CEO AMP Capital who participates in the AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share plan). 
Outcomes have been modelled based on the average of the executives’ target opportunities.

2018 Remuneration mix based on target incentive opportunity

Executives

Deferred incentive  
37%

Cash incentive  
25%

At risk 
62%

Fixed 
38%

Fixed remuneration 
38%

2.2  Changes to executive remuneration for 2019
Since the introduction of the EPI Plan, AMP has experienced a period of significant change, impacted by internal and external factors.

Following the review of the remuneration arrangements for 2019, the board is proposing a different approach to deriving a group 
incentive pool. This will move away from a formulaic scorecard approach and instead will create an incentive pool for delivering upon 
a set of agreed priorities and the 2019 financial plan. To the extent targets are exceeded and financial results are above plan, an 
incremental amount will flow through to the group incentive pool.

The board will continue to exercise discretion when assessing performance to determine the final incentive pool result. The board may 
choose to exercise this discretion to take into account other factors (such as those factors not fully reflected in the results) to ensure 
that the outcome is appropriate and aligned to shareholder experience.

The CRO would continue to recommend risk related adjustments to the board. This would form part of the overall adjustment to the 
pool considered by the board rather than a separate standalone adjustment.

The board has determined that the EPI Plan will not continue in 2019 and will be replaced by new arrangements. Development 
of the new arrangements is well advanced but not yet finalised. The arrangements will have a much greater emphasis on equity 
with a challenging LTI plan for driving and delivering the transformation agenda. We intend to consult with shareholders and their 
representatives in coming months to ensure their feedback is considered.

2.3  Culture and risk management in remuneration
Culture, effective risk practices and consequence management are important considerations at AMP. AMP believes that culture is an 
enabler of strategic execution over the long term. AMP is committed to a culture that values integrity, help and performance. Employee 
beliefs about risk taking or risk reducing behaviours that are valued and expected at AMP (ie our risk culture) are important aspects of 
AMP’s overall culture. 

During 2018, there have been continued enhancements to the remuneration framework to embed risk into multiple layers of goal 
setting and performance assessment both for executives and the broader employee population. 

Effective risk management is embedded into the remuneration principles and framework (outlined in the diagram in section 2) and is a key 
consideration in our performance assessment at both a company and individual level. Conduct is also a key consideration in the design 
of remuneration and evaluation of performance. Before remuneration is awarded or vests, risk and conduct are specifically considered.

Further detail on how risk is considered for each reward element is outlined in section 7. 

43

AMP 2018 annual report3.   Remuneration governance
There are a number of governance and oversight processes in place for remuneration at AMP, primarily through the AMP Limited Board, 
subsidiary boards and the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee supports the boards to fulfil their remuneration 
obligations by overseeing AMP’s remuneration strategy and policy. 

AMP’s remuneration policy provides a framework for the implementation, assessment and maintenance of remuneration 
arrangements throughout AMP in line with the remuneration guiding principles adopted by the Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee is made up of non-executive directors (NEDs). More information on the role of the Remuneration 
Committee can be found in the terms of reference at corporate.amp.com.au/about-amp/corporate-governance.

The board believes that to make good remuneration decisions it needs both a robust framework and the ability to exercise  
judgement. Therefore, the board retains discretion to adjust remuneration outcomes in certain cases to ensure that awards are 
appropriate and aligned to shareholder experience. We recognise that shareholders place a significant degree of trust in the board  
to exercise this discretion. 

Where an external perspective is needed, the Remuneration Committee seeks guidance from independent remuneration advisers. 
During the year, the Remuneration Committee engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers and received updates on market trends, regulatory 
changes, shareholder concerns regarding remuneration and advice. No specific remuneration recommendations were made to the 
Remuneration Committee by independent remuneration advisers in 2018.

The governance framework is illustrated in the chart below. 

AMP Limited Board

AMP subsidiary boards

AMP Limited Risk Committee

Assists the board 
with oversight of the 
implementation and 
operation of AMP’s risk 
management framework.

Recommends the risk 
adjustment factor for the 
group incentive pool to the 
Remuneration Committee.

Makes recommendations 
to the Remuneration 
Committee on risk related 
matters and endorses 
recommendations on 
the vesting of deferred 
remuneration.

Remuneration Committee

 Advises the AMP Limited Board and the boards of AMP subsidiaries  
in establishing and having oversight of AMP’s remuneration policy  
and practices. Key responsibilities include:

–   reviewing the remuneration arrangements, performance objectives, 
measures and outcomes for executives and senior management

–   reviewing the remuneration arrangements for non-executive directors

–   reviewing AMP’s remuneration policy including effectiveness  

and compliance with prudential standards

–  reviewing AMP’s remuneration disclosures

–  overseeing all incentive plans

–   reviewing and making recommendations in relation to  

equity-based plans including malus and clawback.

Independent 
remuneration 
advisers (PwC)

The 
Remuneration 
Committee 
engages 
remuneration 
advisers when it 
needs additional 
information 
to assist the 
AMP Limited 
Board in making 
remuneration 
decisions.

Management Remuneration Committee (MRC)

Management

Oversees the remuneration arrangements across AMP and  
provides objective input and assurance to the Remuneration Committee  
that remuneration practices, including the remuneration policy  
and incentive plans, have been examined from strategy, risk,  
finance, reward, market and governance perspectives. 

Reviews and recommends to the Remuneration Committee  
all new incentive and equity plan designs or material changes  
to the terms of existing plans.

The CEO makes recommendations  
to the Remuneration Committee on the  
performance and remuneration outcomes for his 
direct reports; the Remuneration Committee then 
seeks approval from the AMP Limited Board.

Management attend Remuneration Committee 
meetings when required to provide information  
and updates on remuneration items.

3.1  Regulatory change
Regulation of remuneration in the financial services industry continues to grow. In recent years there has been additional guidance 
from APRA and the Financial Stability Board (FSB), Banking Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR), Sedgwick Review, Life Insurance 
Framework, ASIC review into mortgage broking remuneration, New Zealand Financial Markets Authority as well as further changes 
anticipated following the Royal Commission final report. The sentiment in the wider community around remuneration in financial 
services is also changing the view on acceptable market practice. 

The board endorses the spirit and sentiment of these regulatory changes and believes they support AMP’s desired culture of help, 
integrity and performance. As a diversified financial services organisation, different regulations around remuneration apply to  
different parts of the AMP group, however where possible, AMP has applied, and intends to apply, these remuneration changes  
across the entire group.

44

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 20183.   Remuneration governance (continued)
Consistent with this intention, the AMP remuneration arrangements for all executives and senior management meet the requirements 
of BEAR ahead of the required deadline.

Throughout 2018, AMP Bank has evaluated its practices in response to the Sedgwick Recommendations. Remuneration arrangements 
for front-line sales roles in AMP Bank have been reviewed, and a new suite of performance measures were introduced to align with the 
recommendations. Work will continue during 2019 and beyond to improve our performance measures, enhance governance and leader 
communication, and monitor the impact of these changes to ensure our culture prioritises conduct and customer outcomes.

4.   2018 remuneration outcomes
4.1   Summary of 2018 company performance 
The challenges faced during 2018 are reflected in the financial results of the company and the remuneration outcomes for executives 
and employees overall. 2018 underlying profit of $680 million is down from $1,040 million in 2017. Underlying return on equity 
decreased to 9.6% reflecting reduced operating earnings in the Australian wealth protection business.

The table below illustrates AMP’s performance over the last five years and the remuneration outcomes.

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Financial results 
Profit (loss) after tax attributable to shareholders ($m) 
Underlying profit ($m) 
Cost to income ratio (%) 

884 
1,045  
44.8 

972 
1,120  
43.8 

Shareholder outcomes 
Total dividend (cents per share) 
Share price at 31 December ($) 

STI/Group incentive pool1 
STI/Group incentive pool ($m)2 
STI/Group incentive pool as % of underlying profit (%) 
Average STI received as % of maximum opportunity for executives (%) 

LTI performance 
Relative TSR percentile3 
Return on Equity (%)4 
LTI vesting outcome (% of grant vested during the year) 

26 
5.50 

118 
11.3 
70 

26th  
12.7 
0 

28 
5.83 

105 
9.4 
54 

41st 
13.2 
0 

(344) 
486 
63.7 

28 
5.04 

34 
7.1 
0 

31st 
5.6 
22 

848 
1,040 
46.2 

29 
 5.19  

75 
7.2 
58 

27th 
14.3 
0 

28
680
55.8

14
 2.45 

33
4.8
0

8th 
9.6
0

1 

2 

3 

4 

 For 2018, the pool value is inclusive of the STI and EPI plans. For 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the pool value reflects the amount available under  
the STI plan.
 The 2016, 2017 and 2018 STI/Group incentive pool excludes AMP Capital as this part of the business has separate remuneration arrangements  
that were introduced in 2016. 
 TSR percentile ranking as at 31 July 2014, 28 February 2015, 6 March 2016, 5 March 2017 and 4 March 2018 respectively. See section 4.3 Long-term 
incentive outcomes and section 7.1 AMP Long-term incentive plan.
 The RoE outcomes are the unadjusted outcomes. For 2015, the adjusted outcome was 13.5% to take into account the impact of the investment  
in the China Life Pension Company. This resulted in partial vesting of the RoE tranche as disclosed in the 2016 remuneration report. 

The following sections detail how these outcomes were determined for 2018.

4.2  Incentive outcomes
The board engages in a rigorous and deliberate process in setting scorecard measures and personal goals for each executive at the 
beginning of the year. This section describes the board’s philosophy around the scorecard measures and provides specific detail on  
how the board assessed performance.

4.2.1 Group incentive scorecard
The board believes that both financial and strategic measures are key to delivering our strategy and through this, shareholder value.  
In 2018, 70% of the group incentive scorecard was weighted to financial measures and 30% to strategic measures. The financial 
measures are focused on driving profitability and growth. The strategic measures are focused on building and strengthening critical 
capabilities to deliver on AMP’s strategy. 

The first strategic measure in the scorecard is Strategy execution (20% of scorecard) and the second is Net Promoter Score (NPS),  
which is designed to drive customer advocacy (10% of scorecard). Strengthening our risk culture was previously a separate measure  
in the scorecard in addition to the risk outcomes overlay. In 2018 the risk measure was removed from the scorecard and instead the  
risk overlay was strengthened in order to remove duplication and provide clarity on the four key risk goals:
1.  Strengthen Risk Culture
2.  Operate within RAS (Risk Appetite Statement)
3. 
4.  Embed ERM Framework 

Issues management in line with AMP’s culture and values 

The four goals are used consistently in the executive scorecards and in the risk overlay applied to the group incentive scorecard.  
If the four goals are not met satisfactorily, the risk overlay is used to reduce the group incentive pool. The risk overlay is recommended 
by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), reviewed by the AMP Limited Board Risk Committee, and approved by the AMP Limited Board.

45

AMP 2018 annual report  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
4.   2018 remuneration outcomes (continued)
4.2.2 Group incentive outcome
The board assessed AMP’s performance against the scorecard and then applied discretion including risk considerations, to determine 
an incentive pool for 2018 of $32.9 million (compared to an incentive pool of $75 million in 2017). The 2018 group incentive pool again 
excludes AMP Capital as this part of the business has separate remuneration arrangements.

Metrics

Underlying profit 
less cost of capital 
(50%)

Link to  
strategy

Performance  
outcome

Performance  
commentary

Above threshold 
but below target

Underlying profit less 
cost of capital assesses 
management’s ability to 
deliver real economic value to 
shareholders by considering 
how effectively capital is 
deployed to generate profit. 

The metric encourages 
management to invest in 
projects and grow business 
lines that deliver returns 
above the cost of capital, and 
actively manage both the  
cost and usage of capital. 

In 2018, the group delivered underlying profit of 
$680 million, down from $1,040 million in 2017.
– 

 Australian wealth management earnings decline 
of 7% was driven by elevated margin compression 
from MySuper repricing, lower revenues from 
weaker investment markets and impairments  
to the carrying value of client registers.
 AMP Capital and AMP Bank’s growth momentum 
continued with operating earnings up 7% and  
6% respectively. 
 New Zealand wealth management and advice 
operating earnings decreased in 2018 primarily 
due to favourable advice income largely driven 
by growth in general insurance premiums, 
offset by lower wealth management income 
predominantly from a decline in AUM margins. 
 Operating loss of sold businesses was driven  
by higher capitalised losses and negative  
claims experience. 

– 

– 

– 

Controllable costs decreased 4% (excluding  
AMP Capital) for the year. The cost to income  
ratio was 55.8%. 

AMP remains well capitalised at the end of 
2018, with a surplus over minimum regulatory 
requirements of $1.6 billion. 

Underlying Return on Equity decreased to 9.6%, 
reflecting reduced operating earnings in the 
Australian wealth protection business.

Net cashflows were significantly down in wealth 
management reflecting the impact of AMP’s 
appearance at the Royal Commission in 2018. 

Other income growth did not meet the threshold.

AMP Bank total loans increased but growth was 
below threshold. 

AMP Capital fee income increased 7% to 
$708 million in 2018 from $659 million in 2017, 
exceeding threshold but did not meet the target.

Strategic execution milestones were set at the 
beginning of 2018 and were not adjusted during the 
year, despite changing priorities. The board made a 
holistic assessment against all strategic objectives 
following input from the CEO and determined the 
overall result was close to target with a score of 
around 50% of maximum.

The 2018 NPS target required an increase of 10% 
against the 2017 result. NPS declined sharply at the 
end of the first quarter, coinciding with the second 
round of Royal Commission hearings. The score 
partially recovered throughout the remainder of the 
year, finishing at approximately 55% of the target, 
which is well below the minimum threshold.

One measure 
below target 

Three measures 
below threshold

At target

Below threshold

We orient capital and 
resources to grow our core 
Australian businesses. 

We consider metrics  
specific to various  
businesses including: 
–   Value of net cashflow 
–   Other income growth
–   Value of net mortgage 

growth 

–   Net revenue of AMP Capital 

Strategic execution included 
in the scorecard created focus 
on key projects and milestones 
linked to the strategy. 

Measures related to finalising 
the portfolio review, potential 
separation and transition of 
the insurance business.

Improved customer 
experiences, through goals-
based experiences and 
solutions will drive long-term 
value and a sustainable 
competitive advantage.

Growth measures 
(20%)

Strategy execution 
(20%)

Customer advocacy 

Net Promoter  
Score (NPS) 

(10%) 

46

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 20184.   2018 remuneration outcomes (continued)
4.2.3 Executive outcomes
In 2018, executives had individual scorecards that incorporated the relevant measures from the group incentive scorecard based on 
their contribution to the priorities and business unit specific measures along with their own personal objectives for the year. In 2018, 
all financial measures were removed from the CRO scorecard to ensure independence.

Based on company and individual performance, the CEO recommends to the board for approval the executive incentive allocations.  
In 2018, no incentives were awarded to executives (other than Adam Tindall). 

4.2.4 AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share plan
AMP Capital operates under separate remuneration arrangements. AMP Capital’s Enterprise Profit Share plan is in line with market 
practice in the investment management industry and supports AMP Capital’s talent management goal of attracting, motivating and 
retaining investment management talent in all markets in which AMP Capital operates.

Adam Tindall (CEO AMP Capital) participates in the AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share plan. This plan delivers a total bonus pool 
calculated as a set proportion of profit (adjusted for cost of capital). The AMP Limited Board approves the allocation of the profit  
share pool for a performance period for AMP Capital’s CEO, based on a recommendation from the AMP Limited CEO. 

4.3   Long-term incentive outcomes
AMP did not operate an LTI plan for executives in 2018 due to the introduction of the EPI Plan. 

The vesting outcomes that reflect 2017 and 2018 performance are detailed below, along with the approved performance measures  
and targets for all unvested LTI grants. 

Grant date

Performance 
period  
start date

Performance 
period  
end date

Measure

Threshold  
target  
(50% vests)

Maximum  
target  
(100% vests)

Board  
approved 
performance 
outcome 

Vesting 
outcome 
(portion of 
tranche vested)

Grants that were tested for vesting

4 Jun 2015

4 Jun 2015

2 Jun 2016

1 Jan 2017

31 Dec 2017

5 Mar 2015

4 Mar 2018

1 Jan 2018

31 Dec 2018

Grants to be tested for vesting in the future

2 Jun 2016

3 Mar 2016

3 Mar 2019

19 May 2017

1 Jan 2017

31 Dec 2020

RoE

TSR

RoE

TSR

TSR

15.3%

17.2%

14.3%

50th percentile 75th percentile

8th percentile

15.9%

18.0%

9.6%

50th percentile 75th percentile

50th percentile 75th percentile

TBA

TBA

0%

0%

0%

TBA

TBA

Under the LTI plan rules the board may exercise discretion when assessing performance to determine vesting of LTI awards. 
Adjustments are considered at the sole discretion of the board when RoE outcomes are impacted by material items and strategic 
matters that were not known or planned for when the performance targets were set or were not controllable by management,  
and/or are not in the ordinary course of business. The board will not adjust for items that are controllable by management and  
occur in the ordinary course of business. The calculations for any adjustments made by the board are externally validated. 

The board did not make any adjustments to any LTI awards that were tested and eligible for vesting during the 2018 financial year. 

2015 LTI award
The performance hurdles were not met and as a result 100% of both the RoE and TSR tranches lapsed. 

2016 LTI award
RoE measured for the year ended 31 December 2018 was not sufficient to meet the required performance threshold and 100%  
of this tranche also lapsed at the performance end date. 

The current relative TSR performance indicates that AMP is not likely to meet the performance target of outperforming at least  
50% of the peer group. If this is the case when this hurdle is tested in March 2019, 100% of this tranche will also lapse.

Details of the 2016 LTI award are included to provide transparent disclosure on outcomes relating to 2018 performance, despite  
the final TSR outcome not being confirmed at the time of publication. The final outcome of the 2016 LTI award will be included  
in the 2019 report.

47

AMP 2018 annual report5.   Executive shareholding
5.1   Minimum shareholding
All executives are required to accumulate a minimum number of AMP Limited shares and/or share rights within five years of their 
appointment. The minimum numbers are:
–   CEO: 300,000
–   Other executives: 60,000

AMP includes the following equity holdings to determine whether an executive meets this requirement:
–   AMP Limited shares: ordinary AMP Limited shares registered in the executive’s name or a related party.
–  

 AMP share rights: granted to executives through AMP’s employee share plans, for example, through the STI Deferral plan  
or EPI Plan.

Share rights that are allocated to executives through the STI Deferral plan or the EPI Plan are included to meet their minimum holding 
requirement only where future vesting is not subject to any further performance condition (other than a continued service condition). 

AMP Limited shares and/or share rights cannot be hedged.

All executives currently meet their minimum shareholding requirements through a combination of shares and share rights.

5.2  Executive shares and share rights holding
The following table shows the number of shares and share rights held by executives or their related parties during 2018. A related party 
is typically a family member of the executive and/or is an entity in which the executive has direct or indirect control. The definition of 
units includes AMP Limited shares and share rights which are not subject to any future performance conditions.

Holding at 1 Jan 2018

Holding at 31 Dec 2018

Shares

Share  
rights1

Total 
number 
of units at 
1 Jan 2018

Share rights 
granted 
during  
20182

Share rights 
converted 
to shares3

Share rights 
forfeited  
or lapsed

Other  
market 
transactions4

Shares

Total  
number 
of units at 
31 Dec 2018

Share  
rights

Francesco De Ferrari5 
Megan Beer 
Sally Bruce 
David Cullen 
Jenny Fagg6 
Gordon Lefevre 
Helen Livesey 
Jack Regan 
Craig Ryman 
Paul Sainsbury 
Adam Tindall7 
Fiona Wardlaw 

 –  
 39,566  
 41,667  
 64,367  
 –  
 69,449  
 11,858  
 279,224  
 32,674  
 65,475  
 179,363  
 220,451  

 –  
 90,321  
 62,922  
 48,754  
 –  
 83,886  
 48,718  
 74,597  
 45,485  
 78,898  
 340,867  
 53,066  

 –   1,453,488  
 73,389  
 55,593  
 –  
 –  
 91,949  
 66,271  
 83,415  
 69,491  
 91,949  
 207,748  
 64,830  

 129,887  
 104,589  
 113,121  
 –  
 153,335  
 60,576  
 353,821  
 78,159  
 144,373  
 520,230  
 273,517  

 –  
26,923  
 8,097  
 –  
 –  
83,886  
 –  
44,834  
45,485  
78,898  
 153,846  
53,066  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 66,489  
 49,764  
 –  
 64,367  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –    153,335  
 11,858  
 –  
 –    324,058  
 32,674  
 65,475  
(175,802)   157,407  
(96,813)   176,704  

(45,485) 
(78,898) 

 –   1,453,488    1,453,488 
 203,276 
 160,182 
 113,121 
 – 
 245,284 
 126,847 
 437,236 
 102,165 
 157,424 
 552,176 
 241,534 

 136,787  
 110,418  
 48,754  
 –  
 91,949  
 114,989  
 113,178  
 69,491  
 91,949  
 394,769  
 64,830  

Shares

Share  
rights1

Total 
number 
of units at 
1 Jan 2018

Share rights 
granted 
during  
20182

Share rights 
converted 
to shares3

Share rights 
forfeited  
or lapsed

Other  
market 
transactions4

Shares

Total number 
of units on 
date ceased 
as KMP

Share  
rights

Former executives
Craig Meller8 
Saskia Goedhart9 
Brian Salter 

 688,119  
 24,469  
 107,687  

 170,040  
 76,549  
 59,510  

 858,159  
 101,018  
 167,197  

 181,949  
 –  
 65,423  

 170,040  
–  
 59,510  

–  
–  
(65,423) 

 –    858,159  
 –  
 24,469  
 –    167,197  

 181,949    1,040,108 
 101,018 
 167,197 

 76,549  
–  

 Share rights give the participant the right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited after a specified service period. Rights are granted 
at no cost to the participant and carry no dividend or voting rights until they vest. Rights may be settled through an equivalent cash payment at the 
discretion of the board.
The number of share rights granted on 2 April 2018 under the STI Deferral plan was determined using the fair value price of $4.72 per share right.
Unless otherwise stated, the share rights converted during 2018 relate to the vesting of the 2015 STI Deferral grants. 
Other market transactions are a result of executives or their related parties trading AMP Limited shares on the open market.
 The grant of Francesco De Ferrari’s share rights relates to the buy-out incentive award to compensate for incentives forgone from the CEO’s previous 
employer.
 Jenny Fagg was appointed 9 February 2018. For the remainder of 2018, there has been no subsequent permitted opportunity under the AMP 
Limited Trading Policy for executives to purchase shares on market.
 The number of share rights granted on 2 April 2018 to Adam Tindall under the Enterprise Profit Share plan was determined using the fair value price 
of $4.72 per share right for the first tranche (50% of award) and $4.46 for the second tranche (remaining 50% of the award). 
Craig Meller’s 181,949 share rights under the 2017 STI Deferral award were subsequently lapsed on 9 May 2018.
 Saskia Goedhart was awarded 20,000 share rights in April 2018 under the 2017 STI Deferral plan. The 2015 STI Deferral award (11,099 share rights) 
vested in February 2018 after Saskia ceased to be a KMP and the share rights (total of 55,128) relating to the 2015 and 2016 LTI awards were lapsed.

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 

6 

7 

8 
9 

48

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018  
6.   Non-executive director remuneration
For NEDs other than the AMP Limited Chairman, their remuneration consists of three components:
–   AMP Limited Board base fee
–   AMP Limited committee fees
–   AMP subsidiary board and committee fees.
As detailed below, the AMP Limited Chairman receives a base fee which covers all of the chairman’s responsibilities.
All board and committee fees are set and paid inclusive of superannuation, with NEDs able to elect the total amount of superannuation 
they are paid each year, subject to statutory minimum amounts.
With effect from 1 May 2018, the AMP Limited Board reduced the fees for all AMP Limited NEDs who held office at that time by 25% for 
the remainder of the 2018 calendar year. This reduction was made in recognition of collective governance accountability for the issues 
raised in the Royal Commission and their impact on AMP’s reputation. It applied to all components of the remuneration of the NEDs 
who held office when the reduction took effect. 
NEDs receive fixed remuneration for completing their duties and do not receive any remuneration linked to their or AMP’s performance. 
This supports the independence and impartiality of their roles in making decisions about the future direction of the group. No 
retirement benefits are paid to NEDs.
During 2018, the AMP Limited Board initiated a review of the group’s governance model and approved certain changes to strengthen 
AMP Limited Board oversight of AMP’s main subsidiaries. These changes, details of which are provided in section 6.3, mean streamlined 
governance and strengthened oversight by the board whilst also reducing the overall cost of governance arrangements at AMP.
To align the interests of NEDs with the long-term interests of shareholders, all NEDs are required to hold AMP shares and are 
encouraged to increase their holding further over the course of their tenure (for details see section 6.4).

6.1  Non-executive director fees
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing NED fees for AMP Limited and its main subsidiaries.
In reviewing these fees the committee has regard to a range of factors, including:
the complexity of AMP’s operations and those of its main subsidiaries
–  
fees paid to board members of other Australian corporations of a similar size and complexity
–  
the responsibilities and workload requirements of each board and committee.
–  
The Remuneration Committee commissions market data analysis and matching services from external remuneration advisers where  
it considers necessary.
Non-executive director fees are recommended by the Remuneration Committee to the AMP Limited Board for approval.
The aggregate annual remuneration received by AMP Limited NEDs must not exceed the maximum aggregate fee pool approved by 
shareholders from time to time. The maximum aggregate fee pool is currently $4,620,000, which was approved by shareholders at 
the 2015 annual general meeting (AGM). The aggregate annual remuneration paid to AMP Limited NEDs for all services performed as 
directors and members of boards and committees of AMP and its subsidiaries must not exceed this amount.
During 2018, the total remuneration paid to AMP Limited NEDs was $3,003,604 being 65% of the shareholder-approved fee pool.

6.1.1 Base fees
All NEDs receive a base fee as a director on the AMP Limited Board. 
The fee payable to the AMP Limited Chairman is $850,000 per annum (inclusive of superannuation contributions). This fee covers all 
responsibilities, including his appointment as the chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration Committees and as a member of the 
Risk Committee. While not a member of the Audit Committee, he attends the meetings of this committee and is excluded as necessary. 
From 15 February 2019, the chairman will be appointed as chairman of the AMP Bank Limited Board and no additional fees will be 
payable to the chairman for his responsibilities associated with AMP Bank Limited.
AMP employees, including the CEO, do not receive fees for any directorships of AMP group companies. 

6.1.2 Committee and subsidiary board and committee fees
AMP Limited NEDs generally also serve on the boards and committees of one or more of AMP’s main subsidiaries. NEDs, excluding 
the AMP Limited Chairman, generally receive additional fees for their time and effort in serving as members of AMP Limited Board 
committees, as directors of AMP’s main subsidiaries and members of committees of the boards of those subsidiaries, and as members 
of other special purpose committees formed from time to time. 
With effect from 1 January 2018, the fees paid for chairmanship and membership of the AMP Limited Audit, Risk and Remuneration 
Committees were reviewed and aligned. In particular:
–  

 The fee for members of the AMP Limited Remuneration Committee was brought into line with the fees for members of the AMP 
Limited Audit and Risk Committees (being $25,400 per annum). This represented a 7.2% increase in the fee paid to members of the 
AMP Limited Remuneration Committee. 
 A common fee of $55,000 per annum was adopted for the chairmen of the three committees. This represented an 8.3% increase in 
the fee for the chairmen of the AMP Limited Audit and Risk Committees and a 16% increase in the fee for the chairman of the AMP 
Limited Remuneration Committee. 

–  

The fee increases outlined above were considered appropriate having regard to:
–  

 Increased workloads and additional time commitments of the chairmen of these committees and the members of the 
Remuneration Committee
 The fees paid to non-executive directors of other major ASX-listed financial services companies.

–  
These were the first increases in AMP Limited Board committee fees since 2015. 
Further changes have been made for 2019 as outlined in section 6.3.

49

AMP 2018 annual report6.   Non-executive director remuneration (continued)
6.2   2018 non-executive director remuneration
The following table shows the annual NED fees for the board and permanent committees of AMP Limited and its main subsidiaries  
for 2018. 

AMP Limited 
Board 
Audit Committee 
Risk Committee 
Nomination Committee2 
Remuneration Committee3 

AMP Bank 
Board 
Audit Committee 
Risk Committee 

AMP Capital Holdings 
Board 
Audit and Risk Committee 

AMP Life Limited and NMLA 
Board 
Audit Committee 
Risk Committee 

Chairman base fee1 
effective 
1 January 2018 
$

Chairman base fee1 
effective 
21 June 2018 
$

Member base fee1 
effective 
1 January 2018 
$

659,800 
55,000 
55,000 
– 
55,000 

90,300 
27,700 
27,700 

124,000 
28,200 

90,300 
10,000 
10,000 

850,000 
55,000 
55,000 
– 
55,000 

90,300 
27,700 
27,700 

124,000 
28,200 

90,300 
10,000 
10,000 

198,300
25,400
25,400
13,100
25,400

56,300
15,300
15,300

78,900
16,900

56,300
5,000
5,000

1 
2 

3 

The total fees shown above are inclusive of superannuation contributions. 
 During 2018, no fee was payable to any chairman of the committee as each chairman was also the chairman of the AMP Limited Board at the time 
and therefore did not receive any additional fee for this appointment. As noted earlier, effective 1 January 2019, no fee will be payable for  
any director’s membership or chairmanship of the Nomination Committee.
 No fee is currently payable to a member of the committee who is also chairman of the AMP Limited Board. During 2018, each chairman of the  
AMP Limited Board was currently a member of the committee and therefore received no additional fee for this appointment. Effective 1 January 
2019, the AMP Limited Chairman was appointed chairman of the Remuneration Committee and will receive no additional fee in this capacity.

The fees shown above are the total fees payable before the 25% fee reduction that applied to certain NEDs from 1 May to  
31 December 2018. Refer to section 6 above. 

For 2019, the board has approved a number of changes to the NED fees shown above. Details of these changes are provided in  
section 6.3 below.

Additional fees are paid (on a per diem basis) for membership of certain special purpose committees formed from time to time.

50

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.   Non-executive director remuneration (continued)
The following table shows the remuneration earned by AMP Limited NEDs for 2018. Please note that the 2018 total includes remuneration 
for Mike Wilkins earned in his capacity as acting CEO. The total fees earned for NED duties for 2018 was lower than for 2017.

Short-term benefits

Post-
employment 
benefits

AMP Limited 
Board and 
committee fees
$’000

Fees for other 
group boards
$’000

Additional 
board duties1
$’000

Other 
short-term 
benefits2
$’000

Non-
monetary 
benefits3
$’000

Super- 
annuation4
$’000

Total
$’000

Current NEDs

David Murray5 
Chairman 

Patricia Akopiantz6 
Non-executive Director 

John Fraser7 
Non-executive Director 

Andrew Harmos 
Non-executive Director 

Trevor Matthews 
Non-executive Director 

John O’Sullivan8 
Non-executive Director 

Geoff Roberts  
Non-executive Director 

Peter Varghese 
Non-executive Director 

Mike Wilkins9 
Non-executive Director 

Former NEDs 

Catherine Brenner10 
Former Chairman 

Holly Kramer11 
Former Non-executive Director 

Vanessa Wallace11 
Former Non-executive Director 

Total for 201812 

Total for 2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

 438  
 –  

 223  
 261  

50  
 –  

 203  
 134  

 199  
 229  

 101  
 –  

 212  
 229  

 177  
 204  

 156  
 245  

 213  
 640  

70  
 204  

71  
 205  

 2,113  

 2,351  

 –  
 –  

101  
121  

 –  
 –  

62  
42  

105  
119  

 –  
 –  

32  
 –  

107  
96  

38  
104  

 –  
 –  

37  
81  

57  
141  

539  

704  

 –  
 –  

25  
11  

 –  
 –  

16  
14  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

11  
14  

 8  
 –  

27  
24  

 –  
 –  

19  
11  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

1,276  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 3  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 2  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 1  

 –  
 –  

 4  
 –  

 2  
 –  

 2  
 –  

11  
 –  

20  
20  

 6  
 –  

20  
12  

20  
20  

11  
 –  

20  
20  

20  
28  

19  
20  

 7  
20  

 8  
20  

 9  
20  

106  

74  

1,276  

–  

11  

 3  

171  

180  

449 
 – 

372 
413 

56 
 – 

301 
204 

324 
368 

112 
 – 

275 
263 

312 
329 

1,516
393 

224 
660 

136 
316

139 
366 

4,216 

3,312 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

Additional work for special committees and projects.
Fixed remuneration paid to Mike Wilkins in his capacity as acting Chief Executive Officer for the period 20 April to 30 November 2018.
Non-monetary benefits and the related fringe benefit tax (FBT) on each item. 
Superannuation contributions have been disclosed separately in this table but are included in the base NED fees disclosed elsewhere in this report.
David Murray was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 21 June 2018 and his remuneration reflects time in role.
Patricia Akopiantz resigned from the AMP Limited Board on 31 December 2018 and her remuneration reflects the full year in role.
John Fraser was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 20 September 2018 and his remuneration reflects time in role.
John O’Sullivan was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 20 June 2018 and his remuneration reflects time in role.
 Mike Wilkins was appointed Executive Chairman of the AMP Limited Board for the period 30 April to 20 June 2018. Chairman fees for this period  
are included within the AMP Limited Board and committee fees above.

10  Catherine Brenner ceased to be a director of AMP Limited effective 30 April 2018 and her remuneration reflects time in role.
11  Holly Kramer and Vanessa Wallace ceased to be directors of AMP Limited effective 8 May 2018 and their remuneration reflects time in role.
12 

 Total fees paid to NEDs of $2.933 million in relation to board and committee memberships. This excludes fixed remuneration and superannuation 
paid to Mike Wilkins in his capacity as acting CEO and is lower than the 2017 total.

51

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 
 
  
  
6.   Non-executive director remuneration (continued)
6.3  Changes to non-executive director remuneration for 2019 and 2020
A new feature of AMP’s conglomerate-based governance model is the appointment of all AMP Limited NEDs to the board of each 
of AMP’s main ongoing subsidiaries, with the exception of AMP Capital Holdings Limited (AMPCHL) where two AMP Limited NEDs 
are appointed. The AMP Limited Board considers this enhances its oversight of the group and achieves both governance and cost 
efficiencies in the operation of the boards, as the AMP Limited NEDs replace external directors at a lower cost to the AMP group.  
The main ongoing subsidiary boards are AMP Bank Limited (AMP Bank) and AMPCHL. AMP Bank is APRA regulated. The boards of  
AMP Bank and AMPCHL have significant regulatory and oversight responsibilities for the businesses of those subsidiaries. 

6.3.1 AMP Limited Chairman fee 
The AMP Limited Board has given in principle approval to reduce the fee payable to the AMP Limited Chairman with effect from 
1 January 2020. The board made this decision in anticipation of:
–  

 The reduced size and complexity of the group following the expected completion, in the second half of 2019, of the sale of  
AMP’s Australian and New Zealand wealth protection and mature businesses to Resolution Life,
 The expected completion this year of the board renewal process commenced in 2018, and 

–  
–   The refinement of our strategy in 2019. 
The reduced fee (inclusive of superannuation) is expected to be in the order of $660,000 (currently $850,000) per annum.  
The specific amount of the reduced fee will be determined by the board in the second half of 2019.

6.3.2 Other NED fees 
(a)  Nomination Committee fees
With effect from 1 January 2019, the board withdrew the fees previously payable to AMP Limited NEDs for membership of the 
Nomination Committee ($13,100 per annum). 
(b)  AMP Capital Holdings Limited NED fees
The AMP Limited Board has also resolved to reduce the fees payable to AMP Limited NEDs for serving on the board of AMP Capital 
Holdings Limited (from $78,900 to $56,300 per annum) and for membership of its Audit and Risk Committees (from $16,900 to 
$10,000 per annum). These changes will have the effect of reducing by $29,500 per annum the total fees that would otherwise have 
been payable to an AMP Limited NED who is also a member of the AMP Capital Holdings Board and Audit and Risk Committees. 
The reduced fees are aligned with the fees currently payable to AMP Limited NEDs for membership of the boards of our life  
companies (AMP Life and NMLA) and their Audit and Risk Committees. The reductions will apply from 15 February 2019. 
(c)  AMP Bank Limited NED fees
Effective 15 February 2019:
–  

 All directors of AMP Limited will be appointed to the AMP Bank Board and all previous directors of AMP Bank, who are not also  
AMP Limited directors, will step down from the AMP Bank Board 
 The AMP Limited Chairman, David Murray, will become the chairman of AMP Bank 
 All AMP Limited NEDs will be appointed to the AMP Bank Risk Committee, and 
 All AMP Limited NEDs (other than the AMP Limited Chairman) will be appointed to the AMP Bank Audit Committee.

–  
–  
–  
The boards of AMP Limited and AMP Bank (and their respective Audit and Risk Committees) will meet concurrently going forward (where 
appropriate), with a view to improving decision-making efficiency, reducing duplication and streamlining management reporting. 
As a consequence of the AMP Limited Chairman assuming the role of AMP Bank Chairman, the separate fee ($90,300 per annum) 
previously paid for that role will no longer be payable. In conjunction with these changes, the board has also decided to withdraw  
the separate fees (shown in section 6.2 above) previously payable to AMP Limited NEDs for their services as chairman or a member  
of the AMP Bank Board and its Audit and Risk Committees (respectively). 
Instead, in recognition of the increased workload and additional supervisory and regulatory responsibilities for AMP Limited NEDs 
associated with membership of the AMP Bank Board and its Audit and Risk Committees, the AMP Limited NED base fee will be 
increased from $198,300 to $240,000 (inclusive of superannuation) per annum, effective 15 February 2019. 
Despite this increase, the total fees will reduce. These changes will have the net effect of reducing by $45,200 per annum the total  
fees that would otherwise have been payable to an AMP Limited NED who is also a member of the AMP Bank Board and each of its 
Audit and Risk Committees. For an AMP Limited NED who acted as chairman of one of these committees, this net effect would be a 
$57,600 reduction in fees per annum. 

6.4  Non-executive director minimum shareholding
Pursuant to a minimum shareholding policy adopted by the board, AMP Limited NEDs are required to hold a minimum value of  
AMP Limited shares to ensure their interests are closely aligned with the long-term interests of AMP shareholders. As at the date  
of this report, these minimum values are:
–   AMP Limited Chairman: $850,000 – the equivalent of the AMP Limited Chairman base fee
–   Other AMP Limited NEDs: $198,300 – the equivalent of the AMP Limited NED base fee.
NEDs are ordinarily expected to achieve these levels within four years of appointment and are encouraged to increase their ownership 
over their tenure. 
At the beginning of 2018, all of the NEDs then in office held sufficient AMP shares to satisfy the minimum shareholding policy having 
regard to their tenure on the board and the value of their holdings at that time. However, this value fell during the year due to the 
decline in the AMP share price since April 2018. In some instances, this resulted in the value of directors’ holdings falling below the  
level ordinarily expected under this policy. Since this decline in value occurred (and until the date of this report), there has been 
no permitted opportunity under the AMP Limited Trading Policy for NEDs to purchase additional AMP shares on market. In these 
exceptional circumstances, affected directors have been allowed additional time to increase their holdings. They are expected to  
do so when appropriate and permitted in accordance with the AMP Limited Trading Policy.

52

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 20186.   Non-executive director remuneration (continued)
6.5  Non-executive director shareholdings and other interests
The following table shows the number of ordinary shares in AMP Limited held directly, indirectly or beneficially by AMP Limited NEDs  
or their related parties as at 31 December 2018 and movements in those holdings during the year. For this purpose, a NED’s related 
parties are their close family members (as defined in the applicable accounting standard) and any entities over which the NED  
(or a close family member) has control, joint control or significant influence (whether direct or indirect).

Current NEDs 
David Murray4,6 
Patricia Akopiantz5,6 
John Fraser7 
Andrew Harmos8 
Trevor Matthews 
John O’Sullivan6,9 
Geoff Roberts  
Peter Varghese10 
Mike Wilkins 

Former NEDs
Catherine Brenner 
Holly Kramer 
Vanessa Wallace 

Holding at  
1 Jan 2018 

Changes  
during  
the year

Holding at  
31 Dec 20181,2

Value of  
holding at  
31 Dec 20182,3 
$ 

–  
65,009 
–  
2,000 
63,763 
–  
42,540 
28,100 
31,500 

139,463 
56,112 
70,000 

2,000 
(4,000) 
2,500 
5,064 
–  
2,000 
–  
2,000 
–  

2,000 
61,009 
2,500 
7,064 
63,763 
2,000 
42,540 
30,100 
31,500 

–  
–  
–  

139,463 
56,112 
70,000 

4,900
149,472
6,125
17,307
156,219
4,900
104,223
73,745
77,175

563,431
230,620
287,700

1 

2 

3 

4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

 As at the date of this report, each of the current NEDs held a ‘relevant interest’ (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001) in the number of 
AMP shares disclosed above for that NED, except Peter Varghese.
– 

 Peter Varghese held a relevant interest in 27,500 shares as at the date of this report, with the balance of the holdings disclosed above held 
directly and beneficially by a close family member. 

 Value as at 31 December using the closing price of AMP shares on the ASX of $2.45 (or, in the case of former directors, the closing price on the date 
they ceased to be an AMP Limited director).
 The closing balances for Catherine Brenner, Holly Kramer and Vanessa Wallace reflect the position on the date that each ceased to be a director  
of AMP Limited, being 30 April 2018 for Catherine Brenner and 8 May 2018 for each of Holly Kramer and Vanessa Wallace. 
David Murray was appointed to the AMP Limited Board as Chairman effective 21 June 2018.
Patricia Akopiantz resigned from the AMP Limited Board effective 31 December 2018.
 During the year, Patricia Akopiantz sold 2,000 shares to each of David Murray and John O’Sullivan, (respectively), by way of an off-market transfer.  
The purpose of the transfers was to facilitate the acquisition by those directors of their director’s share qualification in accordance with clause  
53.4 of the AMP Limited Constitution. 
 John Fraser was appointed to the AMP Limited Board effective 20 September 2018. 
 Movements in Andrew Harmos’ relevant interests in AMP shares during the year resulted from his acquisition of a relevant interest in: 
–  59 shares under our dividend reinvestment plan; and
– 

 5,005 shares by reason of the grant of probate in the estate of a close relative. Andrew’s relevant interest in those shares arose by reason of 
him being a joint executor of the estate, and notwithstanding that he is not a beneficiary of the estate. 

9 
10 

John O’Sullivan was appointed to the AMP Limited Board effective 20 June 2018. 
 A close family member of Peter Varghese purchased 2,000 AMP shares on market during the year. Peter Varghese does not hold a relevant interest  
in those shares. 

7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures
Our executive arrangements are structured to ensure that each individual’s remuneration is linked to both their performance  
and the performance of the company as a whole.

7.1  Executive 2018 remuneration arrangements
Fixed remuneration includes cash salary, superannuation and any salary sacrificed benefits.

AMP generally positions fixed remuneration at the median of the market, compared to like roles in Australian listed companies  
of comparable size, both within the financial services sector and across the general market. 

Executive fixed remuneration is reviewed (but not necessarily increased) annually by the Remuneration Committee and approved  
by the board, taking into account: 
– 
– 
– 

external market remuneration ranges for the role
the individual’s experience and their criticality to the role, and
the available budget for remuneration increases.

AMP’s incentive plans are designed to reward executives for achieving financial and strategic performance at both a business and 
individual level. 

During 2018, executives (with the exception of Mr De Ferrari and Mr Meller) participated in the EPI Plan. AMP Capital’s CEO participated 
in the EPI Plan (with a reduced target of 56% to compensate for previous LTI participation) and the AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share 
plan, which is an appropriate incentive plan for the executives of AMP’s investment management business. No EPI allocations were 
made to these executives for 2018.

53

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

For 2019 Mr De Ferrari and the executives will participate in a combination of STI and LTI plans. 

2018 AMP Executive Performance Incentive (EPI) Plan

Who

All executives, excluding the CEO AMP and CEO AMP Capital.

Format of reward

60% of the EPI allocation is delivered in rights to AMP Limited shares, deferred for five years. 

The executive does not receive dividends and voting rights until the rights vest and have been converted  
to shares. However, dividends that have accrued will be paid as additional shares after vesting.

How individual 
performance is 
measured

Individual performance is measured against the performance of each executive’s business area and their 
performance against their personal objectives. Executive performance scorecards and objectives are agreed 
with the board at the start of each year.

How the incentive 
pool is calculated

The board determines the size of the incentive pool, based on performance against the incentive scorecard 
(see section 4.2.1), taking into account AMP’s financial results, business leadership and progress of AMP’s 
strategic objectives. 

The Chief Risk Officer reports to the Remuneration Committee annually on risk outcomes across AMP.  
The board considers this report and as a result may adjust the incentive pool up or down if they believe  
the management team has operated outside board-approved risk appetite levels, or if there have been  
other extraordinary events which have a broader impact on shareholder value. 

How the awards  
are allocated

The CEO distributes the incentive pool between business areas based on their contribution to AMP’s 
performance. The CEO recommends to the board for their approval incentive payments for his direct  
reports based on their performance and the performance of the company against the incentive scorecard. 

Incentive deferral 

60% of the EPI award is paid in the form of rights to AMP Limited shares that have no exercise price and  
no exercise period. The rights will be delivered as: 
–  

 Share rights that will convert to AMP Limited shares (vest) after five years, subject to the available 
trading window. 

Vesting is subject to ongoing employment and compliance with AMP policies and is at the board’s discretion. 

Upon vesting the executive receives one fully paid ordinary AMP Limited share for each right held. 

It is AMP’s practice to buy the shares on market. 

If the executive 
leaves AMP

If an executive resigns from their employment during the first year of the five-year vesting period, any unvested 
rights will lapse. If they resign after the first year any unvested rights may be retained and vesting will 
continue subject to the same vesting conditions as would apply if they had remained in AMP employment. 

If an executive is terminated from AMP for misconduct during the first year of the five-year vesting period, 
any unvested rights will lapse. If they are terminated for misconduct during the rest of the vesting period,  
any unvested rights will be forfeited. 

If an executive leaves AMP due to retirement or redundancy any unvested rights may be retained and  
vesting will continue subject to the same vesting conditions as would apply if they had remained in  
AMP employment.

If there is a change  
in control of AMP

If AMP is subject to a takeover or change of control, the board will determine the treatment of any  
unvested rights.

Board discretion

Vesting is at the board’s discretion with malus and clawback provisions. The provisions allow the board  
to reduce or clawback awards in certain circumstances, such as: 

–   The participant’s employment is terminated for misconduct 

–  

–  

 –  

 The participant acting fraudulently, dishonestly or in a manner which brings the AMP group  
into disrepute or being in material breach of their obligations to the group 

 To protect the financial soundness or position of AMP 

 To respond to a material change in the circumstances of, or a significant unexpected or unintended 
consequence affecting AMP that was not foreseen by the Remuneration Committee (including any 
misstatement of financial results), and/or 

–  

 To ensure no unfair benefit to the participant.

54

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 20187.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

2018 arrangements for CEO AMP Capital

Format of reward

The total variable pay award is made up of an AMP Capital Enterprise Profit Share (EPS) award and a reduced 
EPI eligibility (to compensate for previous LTI participation). 

How individual 
performance is 
measured

How the incentive 
pools are calculated

A minimum of 60% of any total variable pay award is deferred into a combination of rights to AMP Limited 
shares deferred for five years, and cash notionally invested into a general portfolio of AMP Capital-managed 
funds for four years. 

For the rights to AMP Limited shares, no dividends are received and there are no voting rights until they vest 
and have been converted to shares. However, dividends that have accrued will be allocated as additional 
shares in AMP Limited post vesting.

Individual performance is measured against the performance of AMP Capital and performance against 
personal objectives. Performance scorecards and objectives are agreed with the board at the start of each year.

EPS pool 
A set percentage of AMP Capital pre-tax profit is made available for the Enterprise Profit Share plan.  
The percentage is determined by the board at the start of the performance year. It is not disclosed because  
it is commercially sensitive. 

The board may adjust the pool up or down at its discretion to recognise non-profit-related performance, 
including changes in market conditions and broader financial factors or if AMP Capital management 
operates outside board-approved risk appetite levels. 

EPI pool 
As above for the other executives.

How the awards  
are allocated

EPS portion 
Based on a recommendation from the CEO, the board approves any allocation to the CEO AMP Capital based 
on performance against the AMP Capital scorecard. Following this allocation, AMP Capital’s CEO allocates  
the remaining enterprise profit share pool to participants on a discretionary basis subject to final approval  
by the CEO AMP Limited. 

Incentive deferral

EPI portion 
As above for the other executives.

A minimum of 60% of the total variable pay award is deferred into a combination of rights to AMP Limited 
shares that have no exercise price and carry no dividend or voting rights, and a deferred cash component that 
is notionally invested into a general portfolio of AMP Capital Funds. The deferred portion of the EPS allocation 
is deferred equally between the AMP share rights and notional investment. Any EPI allocation is fully deferred 
into AMP share rights. 

Rights to AMP Limited shares (under EPI Plan terms) 
Any entitlement to AMP Limited shares will be delivered as: 
–   Share rights that will convert to AMP Limited shares (vest) after five years, subject to AMP’s trading policy. 

Vesting is subject to ongoing employment and compliance with AMP policies and is at the board’s discretion. 

Upon vesting the executive receives one fully paid ordinary AMP Limited share in exchange for each right held. 

It is AMP’s practice to buy the shares on market. 

Notional investment 
The deferred cash portion is notionally invested into a general portfolio of AMP Capital-managed funds.  
This investment is described as ‘notional’ because the CEO AMP Capital does not directly hold securities in 
relation to this investment. However, the value of the retained amount will vary as if these amounts were 
directly invested in AMP Capital-managed funds, giving the CEO AMP Capital an effective economic exposure 
to the performance of the securities over the four-year period. 

Vesting is subject to ongoing employment and compliance with AMP policies and is at the board’s discretion. 

Upon vesting the executive receives the cash amount adjusted for any notional return generated by the 
portfolio of AMP Capital Funds.

Treatment if he 
leaves AMP

If there is a change  
in control of AMP

As above for the other executives.

As above for the other executives.

Board discretion

As above for the other executives.

55

AMP 2018 annual report7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

Prior to the introduction of the EPI Plan in 2018, executives participated in an LTI plan. The details of the 2017 LTI plan are outlined below.

2017 AMP long-term incentive plan

Who

All executives, including CEO AMP Capital. 

Format of reward

How the awards 
are allocated

Rights to AMP Limited shares: the performance rights vest four years after they have been awarded if 
the vesting conditions have been met. The performance rights have no exercise price and no exercise 
period. Upon vesting the executive receives one fully paid ordinary AMP Limited share in exchange for 
each right held. 

The executive does not receive dividends and voting rights until the rights vest and have been converted  
to shares.

Annually, the Remuneration Committee recommends to the board a total grant value, which is a percentage 
of the executive’s fixed remuneration. This allocation of performance rights is provided to each executive 
annually based on the executive’s contractual entitlements. Shareholders are asked to approve the CEO’s 
allocation each year at the annual general meeting (AGM). 

Once the total grant value is determined and approved, this total value is converted into a number of 
performance rights. 

The total grant value is calculated as follows: 

Total grant value  

Face value of an AMP share

=  Total number of rights to be allocated

The face value of an AMP share is the volume-weighted average price of AMP shares on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) during the 10-day trading period preceding the valuation date of the award 
(1 January 2017 for the 2017 awards). 

100% of the rights are subject to a relative total shareholder return (TSR) hurdle.

The performance 
hurdle

TSR measures the value delivered to shareholders over four years including dividend payments, capital 
returns and movement in the share price. 

This hurdle was chosen because it requires AMP to outperform major ASX-listed companies before the plan 
generates any value. 

To meet this hurdle, AMP needs to generate a TSR greater than that achieved by 50% of a comparator group 
of companies over four years. The more companies AMP outperforms on this measure, the greater the 
percentage of rights that vest. The comparator group is made up of the top 50 industrial companies in the 
S&P/ASX 100 Index (based on market capitalisation).

How performance 
is measured

At the end of the vesting period the rights are tested against the performance hurdle set at the start of the 
performance period. If the rights pass the performance hurdle, they will be converted into AMP ordinary 
shares according to the following diagram. If the rights do not pass the performance test they will lapse  
and will not be retested. 

% of TSR 
performance 
rights that vest

% of RoE 
performance 
rights that vest

100%

100%

50%

50%

AMP’s TSR 
ranking against 
the comparator 
group

RoE 
performance 
level

50th 
percentile

75th 
percentile

Threshold

Maximum

56

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018 
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

2017 AMP long-term incentive plan

How the rights are 
converted to shares

At the end of the four-year period, any rights that have vested are converted into AMP Limited ordinary 
shares on behalf of participants. Participants then become entitled to shareholder benefits, including 
dividends and voting rights.

Source of the 
shares

It is AMP’s practice to buy the shares on market. 

If the executive 
leaves AMP

If any rights have not yet vested and an executive resigns from AMP or their employment is terminated for 
misconduct, their rights will lapse. 

If an executive leaves AMP due to retirement or redundancy, any unvested rights may be retained and vesting 
will continue subject to the same vesting conditions as if the person had remained in AMP employment.

If there is a change 
in control of AMP

If AMP is subject to a takeover or change of control, the board will determine the treatment of any unvested 
rights.

Board discretion

Vesting is at the board’s discretion with malus and clawback provisions. The provisions allow the board to 
reduce or clawback awards in certain circumstances, such as: 
–   The participant’s employment is terminated for misconduct 
–  

 The participant acting fraudulently, dishonestly or in a manner which brings the AMP group into 
disrepute or being in material breach of their obligations to the group 
 To protect the financial soundness or position of AMP 
 To respond to a material change in the circumstances of, or a significant unexpected or unintended 
consequence affecting AMP that was not foreseen by the Remuneration Committee (including any 
misstatement of financial results), and/or 
 To ensure no unfair benefit to the participant.

–  
–  

–  

7.2  Executive employment contracts

Contract term

CEO

Length of contract

Open-ended

Executives

Open-ended

Notice period

6 months by AMP 
6 months by Francesco De Ferrari

6 or 12 months by AMP 
6 or 12 months by the executive

Entitlements  
on termination

–  Accrued fixed pay, superannuation and other statutory requirements
– 

 Executives eligible for incentives may be awarded on a pro-rata basis for the current period in the case of 
death, disablement, redundancy, retirement or notice without cause, subject to the original performance 
periods and hurdles 
 Unvested deferred incentive awards may continue in the case of death, disablement, redundancy, 
retirement or notice without cause, subject to the original performance periods and hurdles
 Vested deferred incentive awards will be retained except in the case of serious misconduct or breach of 
contract, and
 In the case of redundancy, the AMP Redundancy, Redeployment and Retrenchment Policy in place at the 
time will be applied. This is the same policy that applies to all employees at AMP.

– 

– 

– 

Restrictions on 
termination benefits

AMP will not make payments on termination that require shareholder approval or otherwise breach the 
Corporations Act. Where this is not detailed in the contract, the same approach would be taken to ensure 
compliance with the Corporations Act.

Post-employment 
restraint

6-month or 12-month restraint on entering employment with a competitor and solicitation of AMP clients 
and employees.

57

AMP 2018 annual report 
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)
7.3   Other executive remuneration disclosures
The following disclosures provide additional information and/or are required under the Corporations Act. This includes the 2018 
executive remuneration that is prepared according to Australian Accounting Standards. 

7.3.1 Statutory disclosure
The table below shows the remuneration that was received by executives in 2018 as well as any incentive rewards that have been 
awarded but not yet received. This includes fixed remuneration and the value of current and previous incentive payments which  
have not yet vested.

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment 
benefits

Share-based 
payments5

Long-term benefits

Termination  
payments

Cash  
salary1
$’000

Cash 
short-term 
incentive2
$’000

Other 
short-term 
benefits3
$’000

Super- 
annuation 
benefits
$’000

Other post-
employ-
ment 
benefits4 
$’000

Rights  
and  
options
$’000

Restricted 
shares 
$’000

Deferred 
incentive6 
$’000

Other7 
$’000

Cash 
payments
$’000

Total
$’000

 341  
–  

45  
34  

 232  
(2) 

29  
–  

 159  
–  

 121  
61  

55  
–  

 207  
 223  

54  
15  

35  
67  

41  
44  

43  
40  

5  
 –  

 25  
 25  

 25  
27  

 15  
 –  

 57  
 –  

 22  
 21  

22  
46  

 25  
45  

25  
 27  

 25  
 30  

 25  
27  

 25  
25  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

375  
 –  

618  
303  

526  
274  

 45  
 –  

330  
 –  

790  
775  

507  
185  

707  
222  

575  
456  

778  
740  

–   1,272  
898  
–  

–  
–  

538  
549  

399  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
–  

 –  
 –  

9  
9  

5  
4  

 88  
 –  

2  
 –  

 10  
4  

8  
5  

(32) 
102 

 52  
 12  

–   1,276 
– 
–  

–   1,558 
–   1,749 

–   1,513 
–   1,426  

–  
–  

 603 
– 

–   1,345 
– 
–  

–   1,882 
–   2,451 

–   1,258 
–   1,308 

–   1,782 
–   2,039  

–   1,461 
–   1,714 

(26) 
 18  

–   1,709 
–   2,379 

262  
–  

–  
–  

 71  
 35  

 29  
 43  

–   3,309 
–   3,190 

–   1,392 
–   1,775 

156  
– 

861  
858  

725  
729  

426  
– 

797  
– 

939  
939  

666  
603  

875  
856  

755  
712  

–  
–  

–  
 520  

–  
 394  

–  
–  

–  
–  

–  
 651  

–  
 469  

–  
 591  

–  
 492  

Current disclosed executives

Francesco De Ferrari 
Chief Executive Officer 

Megan Beer 
Group Executive,  
Insurance 

Sally Bruce 
Group Executive, 
AMP Bank 

David Cullen 
Group General Counsel 

Jenny Fagg 
Chief Risk Officer 

Gordon Lefevre 
Chief Financial Officer 

Helen Livesey 
Group Executive,  
Public Affairs and  
Chief of Staff 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

2018 
2017 

Jack Regan 
2018 
Group Executive, Advice  2017 
and New Zealand 

2018 
2017 

Craig Ryman 
Group Executive,  
Technology  
and Operations 

Paul Sainsbury 
Group Executive,  
Wealth Solutions  
and Customer 

2018 
2017 

897  
873  

–  
 651  

Adam Tindall 
Chief Executive Officer,  
AMP Capital 

Fiona Wardlaw 
Group Executive,  
People and Culture 

2018 
2017 

853  
756  

 785  
 1,430  

2018 
2017 

757  
659  

–  
 459  

58

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment 
benefits

Share-based 
payments5

Long-term benefits

Termination  
payments

Cash  
salary1
$’000

Cash 
short-term 
incentive2
$’000

Other 
short-term 
benefits3
$’000

Super- 
annuation 
benefits
$’000

Other post-
employ-
ment 
benefits4 
$’000

Rights  
and  
options
$’000

Restricted 
shares 
$’000

Deferred 
incentive6 
$’000

Other7 
$’000

Cash 
payments
$’000

Total
$’000

Former disclosed executives 

Craig Meller 
Former Chief  
Executive Officer and  
Managing Director 

2018 
2017 

573  
1,862  

–  
 1,288  

101 
24  

 91  
679  

261  
740  

–  
 142  

–  
 463  

5 
32  

53 
56  

Saskia Goedhart 
2018 
Former Chief Risk Officer  2017 

2018 
2017 

Brian Salter 
Former Group  
General Counsel 

2018 total 

2017 total 

 33  
 25  

5  
21  

10  
 31  

–   (2,417) 
–   2,028  

148  
–  

–  
–  

(339) 
269  

(692) 
618  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

–  
–  

(126) 
 44  

 1,882  

46 
–   5,271 

–  
–  

–  
–  

(5) 
3  

(5) 
 49  

–  
(95) 
–   1,146 

797  

 424 
–   1,957 

9,632  

 785  

 1,521  

 344  

148  

 3,613  

399  

 262  

80  

 2,680  19,464 

 10,266  

 7,550  

 594  

 350  

–  

 7,317  

 –  

 –  

328  

–   26,405 

1 
2 
3 

4 

5 

6 
7 

Includes base salary and short-term compensated absences.
No 2018 short-term incentive allocations were made to executives (excluding the CEO AMP Capital). 
 Other short-term benefits include non-monetary benefits and any related FBT, for example, relocation costs, short term allowances, taxation 
arrangements and the net change in annual leave accrued. Amounts for 2017 have been restated to include the net change in annual leave accrued.
 Other post-employment benefits relates to previously granted deferred equity awards that remain unvested following cessation of employment. 
The amount reflects the expense for all future years brought forward and disclosed in total for the 2018 year.
 Amounts reflect the accounting expense on a fair value basis for unvested equity awards. The minimum future value for these awards is nil and 
the maximum amount expensed is the fair value at grant date. All awards made in any year are amortised over the vesting period and adjusted to 
reflect the number of instruments expected to vest over the period. To determine the fair values, AMP engages external consultants to calculate 
these as at the grant date. 
 The fair value of any share rights and restricted share awards is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique, where the share price is 
discounted for dividends forgone. For any performance rights, the fair values are calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation for the TSR component 
and a discounted cash flow methodology for the RoE component. These are discounted for dividends forgone and the risk of performance 
conditions not being met. To determine the fair value of rights awards with share price targets, assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes 
methodology are used to produce a Monte Carlo simulation model, allowing for the share price target hurdles to be incorporated. For options 
awards, the fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes methodology and AMP’s actual historic data. 
 For Craig Meller, Saskia Goedhart and Brian Salter, negative amounts indicate previously recognised expenses reversed during the year on cessation 
of employment.
Amount reflects the accounting expense for cash incentive notionally invested as part of deferred incentive arrangements in AMP Capital.
Other long-term benefits represents net change in long service leave accrued. 2017 amounts have been restated to reflect the same basis.

59

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)
7.3.2 Executive performance rights holdings
The following table shows the performance rights which were granted, exercised or lapsed during 2018. 

Name

Grant  
date

Performance 
condition

Fair 
value per 
performance 
right  
$

Holding at  
1 Jan 2018

Rights 
granted in 
20181

Rights 
exercised 
in 2018

Rights 
forfeited 
or lapsed 
in 2018

Vested and 
exercisable 
at  
31 Dec 2018

Holding at  
31 Dec 2018

Francesco De Ferrari 

21/08/18  Share Price  
Targets 

 0.82  

–   1,656,976  

–   1,656,976  

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 13,845  
 9,231  
 20,513  
13,675  
 180,000  

237,264  

 11,423  
 7,615  
 10,256  
 6,837  
 180,000  

 216,131  

 7,384  
 4,923  
 7,179  
 4,786  

 24,272  

 128,077  
 85,384  
 148,461  
 98,974  
 289,500  

 750,396  

 13,845  
 9,231  
 15,385  
 10,256  
 172,500  

 221,217  

 78,230  
 52,154  
 86,923  
 57,948  
 210,000  

 485,255  

 83,077  
 55,384  
 100,000  
 66,666  
 225,000  

 530,127  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Total 

Megan Beer 

Total 

Sally Bruce 

Total 

David Cullen2 

Total 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

Gordon Lefevre 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

Total 

Helen Livesey 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

Total 

Jack Regan 

Total 

Craig Ryman 

Total 

60

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –   1,656,976  

 –   1,656,976  

(13,845) 
(9,231) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 20,513  
 13,675  
 180,000  

(23,076) 

 214,188  

(11,423) 
(7,615) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 10,256  
 6,837  
 180,000  

(19,038) 

 197,093  

(7,384) 
(4,923) 
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 7,179  
 4,786  

(12,307) 

 11,965  

(128,077) 
(85,384) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 148,461  
 98,974  
 289,500  

 –  

(213,461) 

 536,935  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 – 

(13,845) 
(9,231) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 15,385  
 10,256  
 172,500  

(23,076) 

 198,141  

(78,230) 
(52,154) 
 –  
 –  
 – 

–  
–  
 86,923  
 57,948  
 210,000  

 –  

(130,384) 

 354,871  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 – 

(83,077) 
(55,384) 
 –  
 –  
–  

–  
–  
 100,000  
 66,666  
 225,000  

 –  

(138,461) 

 391,666  

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)

Rights 
granted in 
20181

Rights 
exercised 
in 2018

Rights 
forfeited 
or lapsed 
in 2018

Vested and 
exercisable 
at  
31 Dec 2018

Holding at  
31 Dec 2018

Name

Grant  
date

Performance 
condition

Paul Sainsbury 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

Total 

Adam Tindall 

Total 

Fiona Wardlaw 

04/06/15 

Total 

Former Executives 
Craig Meller 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

Total 

Saskia Goedhart 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

04/06/15 

02/06/16 

19/05/17 

Total 

Brian Salter 

Total 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

TSR 
RoE 
TSR 
RoE 
TSR 

Fair 
value per 
performance 
right  
$

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

Holding at  
1 Jan 2018

 120,461  
 80,308  
 133,846  
 89,230  
 289,500  

 713,345  

 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 123,076  
 82,051  
 240,000  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 445,127  

 96,923  
 64,615  
 107,692  
 71,794  
 210,000  

 551,024  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 363,461  
 242,308  
 438,462  
 292,307  
 855,000  

   2,191,538  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 2.82  
 5.39  
 2.37  
 4.81  
 2.24  

 20,769  
 13,846  
 12,307  
 8,205  
 180,000  

 235,127  

 108,692  
 72,461  
 120,769  
 80,512  
 235,500  

 617,934  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 – 

(120,461) 
(80,308) 
 –  
 –  
–  

–  
–  
 133,846  
 89,230  
 289,500  

 –  

(200,769) 

 512,576  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 123,076  
 82,051  
 240,000  

– 

 445,127  

(96,923) 
(64,615) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
–  
 107,692  
 71,794  
 210,000  

 –  

(161,538) 

 389,486  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
–  

(363,461) 
(242,308) 
(438,462) 
(292,307) 
(855,000) 

 –   (2,191,538) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

(20,769) 
(13,846) 
(12,307) 
(8,205) 
(180,000) 

 –  

(235,127) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
–  

(108,692) 
(72,461) 
(120,769) 
(80,512) 
(235,500) 

 –  

(617,934) 

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

1 

2 

 Performance rights give the participant the right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited upon meeting specific performance 
hurdles. Rights are granted at no cost to participants and carry no dividend or voting rights until they vest. Performance rights may be settled 
through an equivalent cash payment at the discretion of the board.
The performance rights granted to David Cullen under the 2015 and 2016 LTI awards were made prior to his appointment as KMP. 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–

61

AMP 2018 annual report  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
7.   Further detail on executive arrangements and statutory disclosures (continued)
7.3.3 Executive options holdings
The following table shows the options that were granted, exercised or lapsed during 2018.

Name

Grant  
date

Exercise price  
$

Holding at  
1 Jan 2018

Options 
granted in 
20181

Options 
exercised in 
2018

Options 
forfeited or 
lapsed in 
2018

Holding at  
31 Dec 2018

Vested and 
exercisable at  
31 Dec 2018

Francesco De Ferrari 

14/12/18 

5.50 

–  

 8,000,000  

Total 

–  

 8,000,000  

–  

–  

–  

 8,000,000  

–  

8,000,000  

– 

– 

1 

 Options give the participant the right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited at a predetermined price. Options are granted at no 
cost to participants and carry no dividend or voting rights, however, are subject to an exercise price at the time the options are converted to shares. 
Options may be settled through an equivalent cash payment at the discretion of the board.

7.3.4 Loans and other transactions
AMP provides home loans to Australians to help them buy, build or renovate properties. The table below includes loans offered to 
executives in the ordinary course of business. These loans are equivalent to those offered to other employees and shareholders.

Balance at 
1 Jan 2018
$’000

Written off
$’000

Net 
advances
(repayments)
$’000

Balance at 
31 Dec 2018
$’000

Interest 
charged
$’000

Interest not 
charged
$’000

Highest 
indebtedness 
during year
$’000

Number in 
group

Total loans to KMP
KMP and their related parties 

Loans to KMP exceeding $100,000
Craig Meller 
Sally Bruce 
Gordon Lefevre 
Helen Livesey 
Craig Ryman 
Adam Tindall 
Fiona Wardlaw 

 12,453  

 1,894  
 262  
 1,357  
 2,032  
 1,958  
 2,560  
 2,400  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

51  

 12,504  

 361  

 –  

 16,283  

9 

(45) 
783  
(11) 
(92) 
(55) 
(348) 
(200) 

 1,849  
 1,046  
 1,345  
 1,940  
 1,904  
 2,212  
 2,200  

 69  
9  
 46  
 52  
 67  
 25  
 87  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 2,007 
 1,049 
 1,363 
 2,032 
 2,219 
 2,561 
 2,414 

Other transactions
During 2018, the executives and their related parties may have access to other AMP products. Again, these products are provided to 
executives within normal employee terms and conditions. The products may include:
–   Personal banking with AMP Bank
–   The purchase of AMP insurance and investment products, and
–  

Financial investment services.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

David Murray 
Chairman 

Sydney, 14 February 2019

Francesco De Ferrari
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

62

AMP 2018 annual reportDirectors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2018  
  
 
 
 
 Analysis of shareholder profit

for the year ended 31 December 2018

All amounts are after income tax

Profit and loss
Australian wealth management1 
AMP Capital2  
AMP Bank  
New Zealand wealth management1  
Retained businesses’ operating earnings 

Australian wealth protection 
New Zealand wealth protection and mature 
Australian mature 
Sold businesses’ operating earnings3 

Business unit operating earnings  
Group Office costs  

Total operating earnings  
Underlying investment income2 
Interest expense on corporate debt  

Underlying profit  
Advice remediation and related costs 
Royal Commission 
Portfolio review and related costs  
Risk management, governance and controls 
Other items  
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets2  

Profit (loss) before market adjustments and accounting mismatches  
Market adjustment – investment income2  
Market adjustment – annuity fair value  
Market adjustment – risk products  
Accounting mismatches  

Profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited  

2018
$m

363 
167 
148 
53 
731 

(176) 
39 
134 
(3) 

728 
(76) 

652 
96  
(68) 

680 
(469) 
(32) 
(48) 
(8) 
(74) 
(79) 

(30) 
(28) 
12 
24 
50 

28 

2017
$m

391
156
140
54
741

110
71
150
331

1,072

(74) 

998
95
(53) 

1,040
–
–
(24) 
–
(21) 
(80)

915
(39) 
4 
(18) 
(14) 

848

1 

2  

3 

 The operating earnings of Australian wealth management and New Zealand wealth management businesses include internal distribution fees  
and product revenues that are for the benefit of Resolution Life from 1 July 2018.
 AMP Capital is 15% owned by Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation (MUFG: Trust Bank). The AMP Capital business unit results and any 
other impacted line items are shown net of minority interests.
 AMP has entered into a sale and purchase agreement with Resolution Life for AMP Life. This includes the Australian and New Zealand wealth 
protection and mature business units. Operating earnings for these sold businesses, adjusted for risk sharing arrangements and a retained economic 
interest in the mature business, accrue to Resolution Life from 1 July 2018. AMP will continue to report these earnings until the sale completes.

63

AMP 2018 annual report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Financial report

for the year ended 31 December 2018

Contents

Main	statements	
Consolidated	income	statement
Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income
Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	equity
Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows

About	this	report	
(a)		 Understanding	the	AMP	financial	report
(b)		Basis	of	consolidation
(c)		 Significant	accounting	policies
(d)		Critical	judgements	and	estimates

Section	1:	Results	for	the	year	
1.1		Segment	performance	
1.2		Earnings	per	share
1.3		Taxes
1.4		Dividends

Section	2:	Investments,	intangibles	and	working	capital	
2.1		Investments	in	financial	instruments	
2.2		Intangibles	
2.3		Receivables	
2.4		Payables
2.5		Fair	value	information

Section	3:	Capital	structure	and	financial	risk	management	
3.1		Contributed	equity	
3.2		Interest-bearing	liabilities	
3.3		Financial	risk	management	
3.4		Derivatives	and	hedge	accounting
3.5		Capital	management

Section	4:	Life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	
4.1		Accounting	for	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	
4.2		Life	insurance	contracts	–	premiums,	claims,	expenses	and	liabilities
4.3		Life	insurance	contracts	–	assumptions	and	valuation	methodology
4.4		Life	insurance	contracts	–	risk
4.5		Other	disclosure	–	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts

Section	5:	Employee	disclosures	
5.1		Key	management	personnel	
5.2		Defined	benefit	plans
5.3		Share-based	payments

Section	6:	Group	entities	
6.1		Controlled	entities
6.2		Acquisitions	and	disposals	of	controlled	entities
6.3		Investments	in	associates
6.4		Parent	entity	information

Section	7:	Other	disclosures
7.1		Notes	to	Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
7.2		Commitments	
7.3		Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities
7.4		Auditors’	remuneration
7.5		New	accounting	standards	
7.6		Events	occurring	after	reporting	date

Directors’	declaration
Independent	auditor’s	report

65	
66	
67	
68	
69	

70	
71	
71	
72	

72	
76	
77	
79	

80	
83	
85	
85	
86	

90	
91	
92	
99	
101	

102	
104	
105	
111	
114	

117	
118	
121	

129	
130	
130	
131	

132	
133	
133	
136	
136	
138	

139	
140	

64

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Consolidated income statement 
for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018

Income	and	expenses	of	shareholders,	policyholders,		
external	unitholders	and	non-controlling	interests1	
Life	insurance	contract	related	revenue	
Life	insurance	claims	recovered	from	reinsurers	
Fee	revenue	
Other	revenue	
Interest	income,	dividends	and	distributions	and	net	gains	or	losses	on	financial	assets	

and	liabilities	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	
Interest	income	earned	using	the	effective	interest	method	
Share	of	profit	or	loss	of	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	
Life	insurance	contract	claims	expense	
Life	insurance	contract	premium	ceded	to	reinsurers	
Fees	and	commission	expenses	
Staff	and	related	expenses	
Other	operating	expenses	
Finance	costs	
Movement	in	external	unitholder	liabilities	
Change	in	policyholder	liabilities	
life	insurance	contracts	
–		
–		
investment	contracts	
Income	tax	credit	(expense)	

Profit	for	the	year	

Profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	
Profit	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests	

Profit	for	the	year	

Earnings	per	share
Basic	
Diluted		

Note

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

4.2(a)	
4.2(b)	
1.1(b)	

6.3	
4.2(b)	
4.2(a)	

4.2(e)	

1.3	

Note

1.2	
1.2	

2,653		
487		
3,083		
167		

955		
899		
42		
(2,254)	
(989)	
(1,701)	
(1,136)	
(1,887)	
(611)	
(208)	

79		
55		
417		

51		

28		
23		

51		

2018	
cents

1.0		
1.0		

2,997	
234	
3,115	
176	

11,069	
819	
29	
(2,046)
(635)
(1,697)
(1,078)
(1,054)
(585)
(1,481)

(1,069)
(7,158)
(763)

873	

848	
25	

873	

2017	
cents

29.3	
29.1	

1		

	Income	and	expenses	include	amounts	attributable	to	shareholders’	interests,	policyholders’	interests	in	AMP	Life’s	statutory	funds	and	controlled	
entities	of	those	statutory	funds,	external	unitholders’	interests	and	non-controlling	interests.

65

AMP 2018 annual report		
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
		
		
	
	
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018

Profit	for	the	year	

Other	comprehensive	income	

Items	that	may	be	reclassified	subsequently	to	profit	or	loss	
Fair	value	reserve1	
–		 net	gain	(loss)	on	fair	value	asset	reserve		
–		

tax	effect	on	fair	value	asset	reserve	gain	or	loss	

Cash	flow	hedges	
–		 net	(loss)	gain	on	cash	flow	hedges	
tax	effect	on	cash	flow	hedge	gain	or	loss	
–		
–		 amount	transferred	to	profit	for	the	year	
–		

tax	effect	on	amount	transferred	to	profit	for	the	year	

Translation	of	foreign	operations	and	revaluation	of	hedge	of	net	investments	

Items	that	will	not	be	reclassified	subsequently	to	profit	or	loss	
Fair	value	reserve	–	equity	instruments	held	by	AMP	Foundation	

Defined	benefit	plans	
–		 actuarial	(losses)	gains	
–		

tax	effect	on	actuarial	gains	or	losses	

Other	comprehensive	income	(loss)	for	the	year	

Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year	

Total	comprehensive	income	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	
Total	comprehensive	income	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests	

Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year	

Note

2018	
$m

51		

2017	
$m

873	

22		
(7)	

15		

(37)	
11		
11		
(3)	

(18)	

78		

78		

(4)	

(4)	

(43)	
12		

(31)	

40		

91		

68		
23		

91		

(1)
	–	

(1)

4	
(1)
10	
(3)

10	

(54)

(54)

	–	

	–	

7	
(2)

5	

(40)

833	

808	
25	

833	

5.2	

1		

	Following	the	adoption	of	AASB	9,	debt	securities	held	by	AMP	Bank,	previously	classified	as	held-to-maturity	and	measured	at	amortised	cost,	have	
been	classified	as	financial	instruments	measured	at	fair	value	through	other	comprehensive	income.

66

AMP 2018 annual reportFinancial report for the year ended 31 December 2018		
		
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
	
	
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
	
	
		
	
	
		
		
		
	
	
		
	
	
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
Consolidated statement of financial position
as	at	31	December	2018

Assets	 		
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Receivables	
Current	tax	assets	
Planner	registers	held	for	sale	and	prepayments	
Investments	in	financial	assets	
Investment	properties	
Investments	in	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	
Property,	plant	and	equipment	
Deferred	tax	assets	
Reinsurance	asset	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	
Intangibles	

Total	assets	of	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited,	policyholders,		
external	unitholders	and	non-controlling	interests	

Liabilities	
Payables	
Current	tax	liabilities	
Employee	benefits	
Other	financial	liabilities	
Provisions	
Interest-bearing	liabilities	
Deferred	tax	liabilities	
External	unitholder	liabilities	
Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Investment	contract	liabilities	
Reinsurance	liability	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	
Defined	benefit	plan	liabilities	

Total	liabilities	of	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited,	policyholders,		
external	unitholders	and	non-controlling	interests	

Net	assets	of	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	and	non-controlling	interests	

Equity	 	
Contributed	equity	
Reserves	
Retained	earnings	

Total	equity	of	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	
Non-controlling	interests	

Note

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

7.1	
2.3	

2.1	

6.3	

1.3	
4.2	
2.2	

2.4	

2.1	
7.3	
3.2	
1.3	

4.2	
4.5	
4.2	
5.2	

3.1	

3,932		
2,608		
213		
101		
132,103		
145		
924		
95		
876		
1,073		
3,208		

3,602	
2,151	
7	
138	
136,675	
134	
749	
75	
686	
804	
3,218	

145,278		

148,239	

2,032		
73		
316		
1,389		
807		
21,650		
1,633		
17,059		
23,257		
68,742		
1,452		
77		

1,752	
71	
325	
591	
153	
21,009	
2,190	
14,468	
23,683	
75,235	
1,450	
29	

138,487		

140,956	

6,791		

7,283	

9,502		
(1,931)	
(886)	

6,685		
106		

9,376	
(2,010)
(164)

7,202	
81	

Total	equity	of	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	and	non-controlling	interests	

6,791		

7,283	

67

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018

Equity	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited

Contributed	
equity
$m

Demerger	
reserve1
$m

Share-	
based	
payment	
reserve2
$m

Capital		
profits	
reserve3
$m

Fair		
value		
reserve
$m

Foreign	
currency	
translation	
and	hedge	
of	net	
investments	
reserves
$m

Cash		
flow		
hedge		
reserve
$m

Total	
reserves
$m

Retained	
earnings
$m

Total	
shareholder	
equity
$m

Non-
controlling	
interest	
$m

Total		
equity
$m

2018	

Balance	at	the	beginning		
of	the	year	

Impact	of	adoption	of	new		
accounting	standards		

Balance	at	the	beginning		
of	the	year	–	restated	

Profit		

Other	comprehensive	income	

Total	comprehensive	income	

Share-based	payment	expense	

Share	purchases	

Net	sale	(purchase)	of		
treasury	shares	
Dividends	paid4	
Dividends	paid	on	treasury	shares4	
New	capital	from	shares	issued		
under	dividend	reinvestment	plan	

Sales	and	acquisitions	of		
non-controlling	interests	

9,376		

(2,566)	 100		

329		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

9,376		

(2,566)	 100		

329		

–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

63		

	–		

	–		

63		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

26		

(21)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

7		

3		

10		

	–		

11		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

9,502		

(2,566)	 105		

329		

21		

2017	

Balance	at	the	beginning		
of	the	year	

Profit	

Other	comprehensive	income	

Total	comprehensive	income	

Share-based	payment	expense	

Share	purchases	

Net	sale	(purchase)	of		
treasury	shares	
Dividends	paid4	
Dividends	paid	on	treasury	shares4	
Sales	and	acquisitions	of		
non-controlling	interests	

9,619		

(2,566)	

93		

329		

–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

(200)	

(43)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

27		

(20)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

9,376		

(2,566)	 100		

329		

8		

	–		

(1)	

(1)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

7		

26		

	–		

(18)	

11		

(18)	

26		

94		 (2,010)	

(164)	 7,202		

81		 7,283	

	–		

	–		

3		

(1)	

2		

	–		

2	

94		 (2,007)	

(165)	 7,204		

81		 7,285	

23		

	–		

23		

1		

(3)	

51	

40	

91	

27	

(24)

	–		

	–		

	–		

57	

(715)

7	

28		

(31)	

(3)	

	–		

	–		

28		

40		

68		

26		

(21)	

(6)	

57		

(715)	

(715)	

7		

7		

	–		

	–		

78		

78		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

71		

71		

26		

(21)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

63		

	–		

63	

(4)	

(4)	

4		

	–	

172		 (1,931)	

(886)	 6,685		

106		 6,791	

148		 (1,972)	

(185)	 7,462		

79		 7,541	

	–		

	–		

848		

(54)	

(45)	

5		

(45)	

27		

(20)	

853		

	–		

	–		

848		

(40)	

808		

27		

25		

873	

–		

(40)

25		

833	

1		

28	

(220)	

(1)	

(221)

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

(3)	

(46)	

	–		

(46)

(837)	

(837)	

(22)	

(859)

8		

	–		

8		

	–		

	–		

8	

(1)	

(1)

(54)	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

8		

16		

	–		

10		

10		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

26		

94		 (2,010)	

(164)	 7,202		

81		 7,283	

	Reserve	to	recognise	the	additional	loss	and	subsequent	transfer	from	shareholders’	retained	earnings	on	the	demerger	of	AMP’s	UK	operations		
in	December	2003.	The	loss	was	the	difference	between	the	pro-forma	loss	on	demerger	and	the	market-based	fair	value	of	the	UK	operations.
	The	Share-based	payment	reserve	represents	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	relation	to	equity-settled	share-based	payments	less	the	cost		
of	shares	purchased	on	market	in	respect	of	entitlements.
	The	Capital	profits	reserve	represents	gains	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	on	the	sale	of	minority	interests	in	controlled	entities	to	entities	
outside	the	AMP	group.
	Dividends	paid	include	dividends	paid	on	treasury	shares.	Dividends	paid	on	treasury	shares	are	required	to	be	excluded	from	the	consolidated	
financial	statements	by	adjusting	retained	earnings.	

1		

2		

3		

4		

68

AMP 2018 annual reportFinancial report for the year ended 31 December 2018		
		
		
		
		
		
	
		
	
		
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018

Cash	flows	from	operating	activities1	
Cash	receipts	in	the	course	of	operations	
Interest	received	
Dividends	and	distributions	received2	
Cash	payments	in	the	course	of	operations	
Finance	costs	
Income	tax	paid	

Note

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

14,871		
2,140		
2,236		
(22,100)	
(613)	
(515)	

18,067	
2,041	
2,137	
(22,605)
(519)
(519)

Cash	flows	from	(used	in)	operating	activities	

7.1	

(3,981)	

(1,398)

Cash	flows	from	investing	activities1	
Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	(payments	to	acquire):	
investments	in	financial	assets3	
–		
–		 operating	and	intangible	assets	
(Payments	to	acquire)	proceeds	from	disposal	of	operating	controlled	entities		
and	investments	in	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	

Cash	flows	from	(used	in)	investing	activities	

Cash	flows	from	financing	activities	
Net	movement	in	deposits	from	customers	
Proceeds	from	borrowings	–	non-banking	operations1	
Repayment	of	borrowings	–	non-banking	operations1	
Net	movement	in	borrowings	–	banking	operations	
On-market	share	buy-back	
Proceeds	from	issue	of	subordinated	debt	
Repayment	of	subordinated	debt	
Dividends	paid4	

Cash	flows	from	(used	in)	financing	activities	

Net	increase	(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Effect	of	exchange	rate	changes	on	cash	and	cash	equivalents	

4,355		
(37)	

(2,614)
(46)

(113)	

(293)

4,205		

(2,953)

1,357		
289		
(216)	
(724)	
	–		
250		
(325)	
(708)	

1,003	
391	
	–	
2,305	
(200)
250	
(150)
(828)

(77)	

2,771	

147		
7,222		
13		

(1,580)
8,810	
(8)

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	end	of	the	year1	

7.1	

7,382		

7,222	

1		

2		

3		

4		

	Cash	flows	and	cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	amounts	attributable	to	shareholders’	interests,	policyholders’	interests	in	AMP	Life’s	statutory	
funds	and	controlled	entities	of	those	statutory	funds,	external	unitholders’	interests	and	non-controlling	interests.	Cash	equivalents	for	the	
purpose	of	the	Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows	includes	short-term	bills	and	notes.
	Dividends	and	distributions	received	are	amounts	of	cash	received	mainly	from	investments	held	by	AMP	life	insurance	entities’	statutory	funds		
and	controlled	entities	of	the	statutory	funds.	Dividends	and	distributions	reinvested	have	been	treated	as	non-cash	items.	
	Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	(payments	to	acquire)	investments	in	financial	assets	also	includes	loans	and	advances	made	(net	of	payments)	and	
purchases	of	financial	assets	(net	of	maturities)	during	the	period	by	AMP	Bank.
The	Dividends	paid	amount	is	presented	net	of	dividends	on	treasury	shares.

69

AMP 2018 annual report	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
About this report
This	section	outlines	the	structure	of	the	AMP	group,	information	useful	to	understanding	the	AMP	group’s	financial	report		
and	the	basis	on	which	the	financial	report	has	been	prepared.

(a)  Understanding the AMP financial report
The	AMP	group	is	comprised	of	AMP	Limited	(the	parent),	a	holding	company	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	Australia,	and	the	entities	
it	controls	(subsidiaries).	The	consolidated	financial	statements	of	AMP	Limited	include	the	financial	information	of	its	controlled	entities.

AMP	business	operations	are	carried	out	by	a	number	of	these	controlled	entities	including	AMP	Life	Limited	(AMP	Life)	–	a	registered	
life	insurance	entity	and	its	related	controlled	entities,	AMP	Bank	Limited	(AMP	Bank)	and	AMP	Capital	investment	management	
companies.	

The	business	of	AMP	Life	is	conducted	through	statutory	funds	and	relates	to	the	provision	of	wealth	management	and	life	insurance	
products	to	investors,	referred	to	as	policyholders.	The	investment	assets	of	the	statutory	funds	represent	the	majority	of	the	assets	
of	the	AMP	group,	a	large	proportion	of	which	is	held	on	behalf	of	policyholders.	The	corresponding	liabilities	to	policyholders	are	
classified	as	either	life	investment	or	life	insurance	contract	liabilities.	Under	Australian	Accounting	Standards,	some	assets	held	on	
behalf	of	policyholders	(and	the	related	tax	balances)	are	included	in	the	financial	statements	at	different	values	to	those	used	in	the	
calculation	of	the	liability	to	policyholders	in	respect	of	the	same	assets.	The	impact	of	these	differences	flows	through	to	shareholder	
profit	and	they	are	referred	to	as	accounting	mismatches	in	the	segment	disclosures	in	note	1.1(c).

AMP	Capital	operates	a	large	number	of	registered	managed	investment	schemes	and	other	pooled	investment	vehicles.	AMP	Life	
makes	significant	policyholder	investments	into	these	vehicles.	In	many	cases,	this	results	in	the	vehicle	being	controlled	and	therefore	
consolidated	in	its	entirety	into	the	AMP	group	financial	statements,	including	the	portion	that	represents	the	shareholdings	of	
external	parties,	known	as	non-controlling	interests.

As	a	consequence,	these	consolidated	financial	statements	include	not	only	the	assets	and	liabilities,	income	and	expenses	and		
cash	flows	attributable	to	AMP	Limited’s	shareholders	but	also	the	assets	and	liabilities,	income	and	expenses	and	cash	flows	of		
the	statutory	funds	attributable	to	policyholders	and	non-controlling	interests.	

Agreement	to	sell	wealth	protection	and	mature	businesses
On	25	October	2018,	AMP	announced	an	agreement	with	Resolution	Life	Australia	Pty	Ltd	(Resolution)	to	sell	its	Australian	and		
New	Zealand	wealth	protection	(WP)	and	mature	businesses.	The	sale	is	subject	to	regulatory	approvals	and	is	expected	to	complete		
in	the	second	half	of	2019.	

Consideration	for	the	sale	payable	on	transaction	completion	comprises	cash,	AT1	preference	shares	in	AMP	Life	Limited	and	non-cash	
consideration	comprising	an	economic	interest	in	the	future	earnings	of	the	mature	business	sold	to	Resolution	and	an	interest	in	
Resolution	Life	Group	Holdings	LP.

The	interests	received	as	non-cash	consideration	will	be	fair	valued	by	AMP	on	completion	and,	together	with	cash	proceeds,	will	be	
treated	as	the	accounting	purchase	price.	Under	the	terms	of	the	agreement,	Resolution	assumes	profit	and	loss	from	the	WP	and	
mature	businesses	from	1	July	2018,	subject	to	specific	risk	sharing	arrangements.	These	profit	impacts	are	transferred	to	Resolution		
as	an	adjustment	to	the	purchase	price	upon	completion.	Adjustments	to	the	purchase	price	will	affect	the	profit	or	loss	recognised		
by	AMP	at	completion.

The	businesses	subject	to	sale	were	controlled	by	the	AMP	group	throughout	the	reporting	period	and	as	a	result	the	income	and	
expenses,	assets	and	liabilities	and	cash	flows	of	these	businesses	are	consolidated	within	the	financial	report,	including	the	profits	
which	will	form	part	of	the	completion	purchase	price	adjustment.	

The	sale	is	subject	to	a	number	of	conditions,	including	the	separation	of	AMP’s	retained	wealth	management	business	from	the		
WP	and	mature	business	being	sold	to	Resolution.	As	the	WP	and	mature	businesses	subject	to	the	sale	do	not	meet	the	AASB	5		
Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations criteria,	the	results	of	those	businesses	have	not	been	presented	
separately	in	the	financial	report.

	The	financial	report:
–	
–	

	is	a	general	purpose	financial	report;
	has	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Corporations	Act	2001,	Australian	Accounting	Standards	including	
Australian	Accounting	Interpretations	adopted	by	the	Australian	Accounting	Standards	Board	(AASB)	and	International	Financial	
Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	as	issued	by	the	International	Accounting	Standards	Board;	
	is	presented	in	Australian	dollars	with	all	values	rounded	to	the	nearest	million	dollars	($m),	unless	otherwise	stated;	
	has	been	prepared	on	a	going	concern	basis	generally	using	an	historical	cost	basis;	however	where	permitted	under	accounting	
standards	a	different	basis	may	be	used,	including	the	fair	value	basis	for:
	assets	and	liabilities	associated	with	life	insurance	contracts;	and	
–	
–	
	assets	and	liabilities	associated	with	investment	contracts;	
	presents	assets	and	liabilities	on	the	face	of	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	in	decreasing	order	of	liquidity		
and	therefore	does	not	distinguish	between	current	and	non-current	items;	and	
	presents	reclassified	comparative	information	where	required	for	consistency	with	the	current	year’s	presentation	within	the	
annual	report.

–	
–	

–	

–	

AMP	Limited	is	a	for-profit	entity	and	is	limited	by	shares.	

The	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018	were	authorised	for	issue	on	14	February	2019	in	accordance		
with	a	resolution	of	the	directors.	

70

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
(b)  Basis of consolidation 
Entities	are	fully	consolidated	from	the	date	of	acquisition,	being	the	date	on	which	the	AMP	group	obtains	control,	and	continue		
to	be	consolidated	until	the	date	that	control	ceases.	Control	exists	where	the	AMP	group	is	exposed,	or	has	rights,	to	variable	returns	
from	its	involvement	with	the	entity	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	through	its	power	over	the	entity.

Income,	expenses,	assets,	liabilities	and	cash	flows	of	controlled	entities	are	consolidated	into	the	AMP	group	financial	statements,	
along	with	those	attributable	to	the	shareholders	of	the	parent	entity.	All	inter-company	transactions	are	eliminated	in	full,	including	
unrealised	profits	arising	from	intra-group	transactions.

When	a	controlled	managed	investment	scheme	is	consolidated,	the	share	of	the	unitholder	liability	attributable	to	the	AMP	group	is	
eliminated	but	amounts	due	to	external	unitholders	remain	as	liabilities	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.	The	share	
of	the	net	assets	of	controlled	entities	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests	is	disclosed	as	a	separate	line	item	on	the	Consolidated	
statement	of	financial	position.	

Materiality	
Information	has	only	been	included	in	the	financial	report	to	the	extent	that	it	has	been	considered	material	and	relevant	to	the	
understanding	of	the	financial	statements.	A	disclosure	is	considered	material	and	relevant	if,	for	example:
–	
–	
–	
–	

	the	amount	in	question	is	significant	because	of	its	size	or	nature;
	it	is	important	for	understanding	the	results	of	the	AMP	group;
	it	helps	explain	the	impact	of	significant	changes	in	the	AMP	group;	and/or
	it	relates	to	an	aspect	of	the	AMP	group’s	operations	that	is	important	to	its	future	performance.	

(c)  Significant accounting policies
The	significant	accounting	policies	adopted	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	report	are	contained	in	the	notes	to	the	financial	
statements	to	which	they	relate.	All	accounting	policies	have	been	consistently	applied	to	the	current	year	and	comparative	period,	
unless	otherwise	stated.	Where	an	accounting	policy	relates	to	more	than	one	note	or	where	no	note	is	provided,	the	accounting	
policies	are	set	out	below.

Interest,	dividends	and	distributions	income
Interest	income	is	recognised	when	the	AMP	group	obtains	control	of	the	right	to	receive	the	interest.	Revenue	from	dividends	and	
distribution	is	recognised	when	the	AMP	group’s	right	to	receive	payment	is	established.	

Foreign	currency	transactions
Transactions,	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	into	Australian	dollars	(the	functional	currency)	
using	the	following	applicable	exchange	rates:	

Foreign	currency	amount

Applicable	exchange	rate

Transactions		
Monetary	assets	and	liabilities	
Non-monetary	assets	and	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value	

Date	of	transaction	
Reporting	date
Date	fair	value	is	determined	

Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	from	translation	of	foreign	exchange	transactions	are	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	
income	statement,	except	for	qualifying	cash	flow	hedges,	which	are	deferred	to	equity.

On	consolidation	the	assets,	liabilities,	income	and	expenses	of	foreign	operations	are	translated	into	Australian	dollars	using	the	
following	applicable	exchange	rates:	

Foreign	currency	amount

Income	and	expenses		
Assets	and	liabilities		
Equity		
Reserves		

Applicable	exchange	rate

Average	exchange	rate	
Reporting	date	
Historical	date
Reporting	date

Foreign	exchange	differences	resulting	from	translation	of	foreign	operations	are	initially	recognised	in	the	foreign	currency	translation	
reserve	and	subsequently	transferred	to	the	Consolidated	income	statement	on	disposal	of	the	foreign	operation.

71

AMP 2018 annual report(d)  Critical judgements and estimates
Preparation	of	the	financial	statements	requires	management	to	make	judgements,	estimates	and	assumptions	about	future	events.	
Information	on	critical	judgements	and	estimates	considered	when	applying	the	accounting	policies	can	be	found	above	and	in	the	
following	notes:	

Accounting	judgements	and	estimates

Note

Tax	
Fair	value	of	financial	assets		
Impairment	
Goodwill	and	acquired	intangible	assets	
Life	insurance	and	investment	contract	liabilities	
Consolidation	
Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities	

Investments	in	financial	instruments	

1.3		 Taxes	
2.1	
2.1	 Expected	credit	losses	(ECLs)	
2.2		 Intangibles	
4.1	 Accounting	for	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	
6.1	 Controlled	entities	
7.3	 Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities	

Page

77
80
80
83
102
129
133

Section 1: Results for the year
This	section	provides	insights	into	how	the	AMP	group	has	performed	in	the	current	year	and	provides	additional	information	about	
those	individual	line	items	in	the	financial	statements	that	the	directors	consider	most	relevant	in	the	context	of	the	operations	of		
the	AMP	group.	

Statutory	measures	of	performance	disclosed	in	this	report	are:	
–	
Statutory	earnings	per	share	(EPS)	–	basic	and	diluted
–	 Annual	dividend
–	

Profit	after	tax	attributable	to	the	shareholders	of	AMP

Underlying	profit	is	AMP’s	key	measure	of	business	performance.	This	performance	measure	is	disclosed	by	the	AMP	operating	
segment	within	Segment	performance.

1.1		 Segment	performance	
1.2		 Earnings	per	share
1.3		 Taxes
	1.4		 Dividends

1.1  Segment performance 
The	AMP	group	identifies	its	operating	segments	based	on	separate	financial	information	that	is	regularly	reviewed	by	the	Chief	
Executive	Officer	and	his	immediate	team	in	assessing	performance	and	determining	the	allocation	of	resources.	The	operating	
segments	are	identified	according	to	the	nature	of	profit	generated	and	services	provided,	and	their	performance	is	evaluated	based		
on	a	post-tax	operating	earnings	basis.	

Following	the	completion	of	the	group’s	portfolio	review,	which	resulted	in	the	announced	sale	of	the	WP	and	mature	businesses	
to	Resolution	as	well	as	the	announced	intention	to	divest	the	New	Zealand	wealth	management	business,	the	manner	in	which	
management	monitors	the	group’s	operations	and	makes	decisions	about	those	operations	has	significantly	changed.	Consequently,	
the	composition	of	the	group’s	operating	segments	has	changed.	

Reportable	segment

Segment	description

Financial	advice	services	(through	aligned	and	owned	advice	businesses),	platform	and	software	
administration	(including	SMSF),	unit	linked	superannuation,	retirement	income	and	managed	
investment	products	business	in	Australia.	Superannuation	products	include	personal	and	employer	
sponsored	plans	with	insurance.

A	diversified	investment	manager	with	a	growing	international	presence	providing	investment	
services	for	domestic	and	international	customers.	AMP	Capital	manages	investments	across	
major	asset	classes	including	equities,	fixed	interest,	real	estate,	infrastructure	and	multi-manager	
and	multi-asset	funds.	AMP	Capital	also	provides	commercial,	industrial	and	retail	real	estate	
management	services.	

On	1	March	2012,	AMP	Capital	and	Mitsubishi	UFJ	Trust	and	Banking	Corporation	(MUFG:	Trust	Bank)	
formed	a	strategic	business	and	capital	alliance.	As	part	of	that	alliance,	MUFG:	Trust	Bank	acquired	
a	15%	ownership	interest	in	AMP	Capital.	The	initial	five-year	agreement	between	AMP	Capital	and	
MUFG:	Trust	Bank	was	renewed	in	the	first	quarter	of	2017.	

In	November	2013,	AMP	Capital	established	a	funds	management	company	in	China	with	China	
Life	called	China	Life	AMP	Asset	Management	Company	Limited	(CLAMP).	AMP	Capital	is	a	founding	
shareholder,	holding	a	15%	stake,	with	the	balance	held	by	China	Life	Asset	Management	Company,		
a	subsidiary	of	China	Life.

Australian	wealth	
management	(WM)

AMP	Capital	

72

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20181.1  Segment performance (continued)

Reportable	segment

Segment	description

AMP	Bank

Australian	retail	bank	offering	residential	mortgages,	deposits,	transaction	banking	and	SMSF	
products.	It	also	has	a	portfolio	of	practice	finance	loans.	AMP	Bank	distributes	through	AMP’s	aligned	
distribution	network	as	well	as	third	party	brokers,	and	direct	to	retail	customers	via	phone	and	online.

New	Zealand	wealth	
management	(NZWM)

Encompasses	the	wealth	management	and	financial	advice	and	distribution	business	in	New	
Zealand.	Customers	are	provided	with	a	variety	of	wealth	management	solutions	including	KiwiSaver,	
corporate	superannuation,	retail	investments	and	a	wrap	investment	management	platform.	

Australian	and	New	Zealand	
wealth	protection	(WP)	and	
mature

Australian	WP	includes	individual	and	group	term,	disability	and	income	protection	insurance	
products.	Products	can	be	bundled	with	a	superannuation	product	or	held	independently	of	
superannuation.	

Australian	mature	is	a	business	comprising	products	which	are	largely	closed	to	new	business	and	
are	in	run-off.	Products	within	Australian	mature	include	whole	of	life,	endowment,	investment	
linked,	investment	account,	Retirement	Savings	Account	(RSA),	Eligible	Rollover	Fund	(ERF),	annuities,	
insurance	bonds,	personal	superannuation	and	guaranteed	savings	accounts	(GSAs).	

New	Zealand	WP	and	mature	includes	risk	insurance	and	mature	book	(traditional	participating	
business).

Segment	information	is	not	reported	for	activities	of	the	AMP	group	office	companies	as	it	is	not	the	function	of	these	departments		
to	earn	revenue	and	any	revenues	earned	are	incidental	to	the	activities	of	the	AMP	group.	

(a)		 Segment	profit	

2018
Segment	profit	after	income	tax	

External	customer	revenue	
Intersegment	revenue3	

Segment	revenue2	

Other	segment	information
Income	tax	expense	
Depreciation	and	amortisation	

2017	
Segment	profit	after	income	tax	

External	customer	revenue	
Intersegment	revenue3	

Segment	revenue2	

Other	segment	information
Income	tax	expense	
Depreciation	and	amortisation	

WM
$m

AMP		
Capital1	
$m

363		

1,195		
114		

1,309		

153		
60		

391		

1,256	
115	

1,371		

165	
77	

167		

450		
258		

708		

59		
14		

156		

409	
250	

659		

58	
7	

AMP		
Bank	
$m

148		

401		
	–		

401		

63		
	–		

140		

365	
	–		

365		

60	
	–		

AUS	and	
NZ	WP	and	
mature	
$m

NZ	WM	
$m

53		

130		
	–		

130		

21		
	–		

54		

126	
	–		

126		

21		
	–		

(3)	

(3)	
	–		

(3)	

	–		
19		

331		

331	
	–		

331		

139	
35	

Total
$m

728	

2,173	
372	

2,545	

296	
93	

1,072	

2,487	
365	

2,852	

443	
119	

1		

2		

3		

	AMP	Capital	segment	revenue	is	reported	net	of	external	investment	manager	fees.	Segment	profit	after	income	tax	is	reported	net	of	15%	
minority	interest	attributable	to	MUFG:	Trust	Bank.
	Segment	revenue	and	other	segment	information	excludes	revenue,	expenses	and	tax	relating	to	assets	backing	policyholder	liabilities.	
Disaggregated	revenue	information	is	presented	in	note	1.1(b).
	Intersegment	revenue	represents	operating	revenue	between	segments	priced	on	a	market	related	basis	and	is	eliminated	on	consolidation.

73

AMP 2018 annual report1.1  Segment performance (continued) 
(b)		 	The	following	table	allocates	the	disaggregated	segment	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	to	the	group’s	operating	

segments	(see	note	1.1(a)):

2018
Investment	related	
Management	fees		
Performance	and	transaction	fees		
Net	interest	income		
Other	revenue		

Total	segment	revenue	per	segment	note	

Presentation	adjustments2	

Total	statutory	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	

2017	
Investment	related	
Management	fees		
Performance	and	transaction	fees		
Net	interest	income		
Other	revenue		

Total	segment	revenue	per	segment	note	

Presentation	adjustments2	

Total	statutory	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	

Statutory	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers
Fee	revenue	
	–		
	–		 Financial	advisory	fees3	

Investment	management	and	related	fees	

Other	revenue	

Total	statutory	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	

WM
$m

AMP		
Capital	
$m

	1,213		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	96		

	1,309		

	1,263		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	108		

	1,371		

	–		
	639		
	69		
	–		
	–		

	708		

	–		
	584		
	75		
	–		
	–		

	659		

AMP		
Bank	
$m

	–		
	–		
	–		
	388		
	13		

	401		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	355		
	10		

	365		

AUS	and	
NZ	WP	and	
mature1	
$m

NZ	WM	
$m

	130		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	130		

	126		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	126		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
(3)	

(3)	

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
331	

331	

Total
$m

	1,343	
	639	
	69	
	388	
	106	

	2,545	

	659	

3,204	

	1,389	
	584	
	75	
	355	
	449	

	2,852	

	376	

	3,228	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

2,221	
862	

3,083	
121	

	2,284	
	831	

	3,115	
	113	

3,204	

	3,228	

1		
2		

3		

	Disaggregated	revenue	information	does	not	exist	for	Aus	and	NZ	WP	and	mature	as	this	business	is	managed	on	an	operating	earnings	basis.
	Presentation	adjustments	primarily	reflect	the	difference	between	total	segment	revenue	and	statutory	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers,		
as	required	by	AASB	15.	These	adjustments	include	revenue	from	sources	other	than	contracts	with	customers	and	expense	items	which	are	
presented	net	in	the	segment	results,	but	presented	gross	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.
		A	substantial	majority	of	the	financial	advisory	fees	received	are	paid	to	advisers.	For	statutory	reporting,	financial	advisory	fees	are	presented	gross	
of	the	related	cost	which	is	presented	in	Fees	and	commission	expenses	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.

74

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
1.1  Segment performance (continued) 
(c)		 Reconciliations	
Segment	profit	after	income	tax	differs	from	Profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	due	to	the	exclusion	of	the	following	items:

Segment	profit	after	income	tax	
Group	office	costs	

Total	operating	earnings	
Underlying	investment	income1	
Interest	expense	on	corporate	debt	

Underlying	profit	
Advice	remediation	and	related	costs	
Royal	Commission	
Portfolio	review	and	related	costs	
Risk	management,	governance	and	controls	
Other	items2	
Amortisation	of	acquired	intangible	assets3	

Profit	(loss)	before	market	adjustments	and	accounting	mismatches	
Market	adjustment	–	investment	income1	
Market	adjustment	–	annuity	fair	value4	
Market	adjustment	–	risk	products5	
Accounting	mismatches6	

Profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	
Profit	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests	

Profit	for	the	year	

2018	
$m

728		
(76)	

652		
96		
(68)	

680		
(469)	
(32)	
(48)	
(8)	
(74)	
(79)	

(30)	
(28)	
12		
24		
50		

28		
23		

51		

2017	
$m

1,072	
(74)

998	
95	
(53)

1,040	
	–	
	–	
(24)
	–	
(21)
(80)

915	
(39)
4	
(18)
(14)

848	
25	

873	

1		

2		

3		

	Underlying	investment	income	consists	of	investment	income	on	shareholder	assets	invested	in	income	producing	investment	assets	normalised		
by	eliminating	the	impact	of	short-term	market	volatility	on	underlying	performance.	Underlying	returns	are	set	based	on	long-term	expected	
returns	for	each	asset	class,	except	for	a	short-term	return,	equivalent	to	a	one-year	government	bond,	set	annually	for	the	implicit	deferred	
acquisition	costs	(DAC)	component	of	shareholder	assets.	Market	adjustment	–	investment	income	is	the	excess	(shortfall)	between	the	underlying	
investment	income	and	the	actual	return	on	shareholder	assets	invested	in	income	producing	investment	assets.
	Other	items	largely	comprise	the	net	of	one-off	and	non-recurring	revenues	and	costs,	including	the	cost	of	implementing	significant	regulatory	
changes.
	Amortisation	of	acquired	intangibles	includes	amortisation	of	intangibles	acquired	through	business	combinations	and	notional	intangibles	
included	within	the	carrying	value	of	equity	accounted	associates	and	acquired	client	registers.	

4		 Market	adjustment	–	annuity	fair	value	relates	to	the	net	impact	of	investment	markets	on	AMP’s	annuity	portfolio.
5		

	Market	adjustment	–	risk	products	relates	to	the	net	impact	of	changes	in	market	economic	assumptions	(bond	yields	and	CPI)	on	the	valuation		
of	risk	insurance	liabilities.
	Under	Australian	Accounting	Standards,	some	assets	held	on	behalf	of	the	policyholders	(and	related	tax	balances)	are	recognised	in	the	financial	
statements	at	different	values	to	the	values	used	in	the	calculation	of	the	liability	to	policyholders	in	respect	of	the	same	assets.	Therefore,	
movements	in	these	policyholder	assets	result	in	accounting	mismatches	which	impact	profit	attributable	to	shareholders.	These	differences		
have	no	impact	on	the	operating	earnings	of	the	AMP	group.

6		

Total	segment	revenue	differs	from	Total	revenue	as	follows:

Total	segment	revenue	
Add	revenue	excluded	from	segment	revenue	
–		

Investment	gains	and	losses	–	shareholders	and	policyholders		
(excluding	AMP	Bank	interest	revenue)	

–		 Other	revenue	

Add	back	expenses	netted	against	segment	revenue	
–		 Claims,	expenses,	movement	in	insurance	contract	liabilities	and	tax	relating	to	

Australian	wealth	protection,	Australian	mature	and	New	Zealand	financial	services	
Interest	expense	related	to	AMP	Bank	

–		
–		 External	investment	manager	and	adviser	fees	paid	in	respect	of	certain	assets	under	management	

Remove	intersegment	revenue	

Total	revenue	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

2,545		

2,852	

913		
167		

11,019	
176	

3,013		
553		
1,467		

(372)	

2,774	
515	
1,468	

(365)

8,286		

18,439	

75

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
1.1  Segment performance (continued) 
(d)		 Segment	assets
Asset	segment	information	has	not	been	disclosed	because	the	balances	are	not	provided	to	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	or	his	
immediate	team	for	the	purpose	of	evaluating	segment	performance,	or	in	allocating	resources	to	segments.	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers
For	AMP,	revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	arises	primarily	from	the	provision	of	investment	management	and	financial	advisory	
services.	Revenue	is	recognised	when	control	of	services	is	transferred	to	the	customer	at	an	amount	that	reflects	the	consideration	
which	AMP	is	entitled	to	in	exchange	for	the	services	provided.	As	the	customer	simultaneously	receives	and	consumes	the	benefits		
as	the	service	is	provided,	control	is	transferred	over	time.	Accordingly,	revenue	is	recognised	over	time.	

Fee	rebates	provided	to	customers	are	recognised	as	a	reduction	in	fee	revenue.	

Investment management and related fees
Fees	are	charged	to	customers	in	connection	with	the	provision	of	investment	management	and	other	related	services.	These	
performance	obligations	are	satisfied	on	an	ongoing	basis,	usually	daily,	and	revenue	is	recognised	as	the	service	is	provided.

Financial advisory fees 
Financial	advisory	fees	consist	of	commissions	and	fee-for-service	revenue	and	are	earned	for	providing	customers	with	financial		
advice	and	performing	related	advisory	services.	These	performance	obligations	are	satisfied	over	time.	Accordingly,	revenue	is	
recognised	over	time.

A	substantial	majority	of	the	financial	advisory	fees	received	are	paid	to	advisers.	Financial	advisory	fees	are	presented	gross	of		
the	related	cost	which	is	presented	in	Fees	and	commission	expenses	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.	

1.2  Earnings per share
Basic	earnings	per	share
Basic	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	based	on	profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	(AMP)	and	the	weighted	average	
number	of	ordinary	shares	outstanding.	

Profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	($m)	
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	(millions)1	
Basic	earnings	per	share	(cents	per	share)	

2018

2017

28		
2,897		
1.0		

848	
2,896	
29.3	

Diluted	earnings	per	share
Diluted	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	(AMP)	and	the	weighted	average	number	
of	ordinary	shares	outstanding	after	adjustments	for	the	effects	of	all	dilutive	potential	ordinary	shares,	such	as	options	and	
performance	rights.	

Profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	($m)	
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	(millions)	–	diluted:	
	–		 Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares1	
	–		 Add:	potential	ordinary	shares	considered	dilutive2	
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	used	in	the	calculation	of	dilutive	earnings	per	share	
Diluted	earnings	per	share	(cents	per	share)	

2018

28		

2,897		
18		
2,915		
1.0		

2017

848	

2,896	
22	
2,918	
29.1	

1		

2		

	The	weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	outstanding	is	calculated	after	deducting	the	weighted	average	number	of	treasury	shares	held	
during	the	period.
	Performance	rights	have	been	determined	to	be	dilutive;	however,	if	these	instruments	vest	and	are	exercised,	it	is	AMP’s	policy	to	buy	AMP	shares	
on	market	so	there	will	be	no	dilutive	effect	on	the	value	of	AMP	shares.

76

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
1.3  Taxes
Our	taxes
This	sub-section	outlines	the	impact	of	income	taxes	on	the	results	and	financial	position	of	AMP.	In	particular:
–	
–	
–	

the	impact	of	tax	on	the	reported	result;
amounts	owed	to/receivable	from	the	tax	authorities;
	deferred	tax	balances	that	arise	due	to	differences	in	the	tax	and	accounting	treatment	of	balances	recorded	in	the	financial	
report;	and	
discussion	of	the	impacts	of	life	insurance	policyholder	tax.

–	

These	financial	statements	include	the	disclosures	relating	to	tax	required	under	accounting	standards.	Further	information	on		
AMP’s	tax	matters	can	be	found	in	the	AMP	Tax	Report	at	amp.com.au/shares.

(a)		 Income	tax	expense	
The	income	tax	expense	amount	reflects	the	impact	of	both	income	tax	attributable	to	shareholders	as	well	as	income	tax	attributable	
to	policyholders.	In	respect	of	income	tax	expense	attributable	to	shareholders,	the	tax	rate	which	applies	is	30%	in	Australia	and	28%	
in	New	Zealand.

Income	tax	attributable	to	policyholders	is	based	on	investment	income	allocated	to	policyholders	less	expenses	deductible	against	
that	investment	income.	The	impact	of	the	tax	is	charged	against	policyholder	liabilities.	A	number	of	different	tax	rate	regimes	apply	
to	policyholders.	In	Australia,	certain	classes	of	policyholder	life	insurance	income	and	superannuation	earnings	are	taxed	at	15%,	and	
certain	classes	of	income	on	some	annuity	business	are	tax-exempt.	The	rate	applicable	to	New	Zealand	life	insurance	business	is	28%.

The	following	table	provides	a	reconciliation	of	differences	between	prima	facie	tax	calculated	as	30%	of	the	profit	before	income	tax	
for	the	year	and	the	income	tax	expense	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	for	the	year.

Profit	(loss)	before	income	tax	
Policyholder	tax	credit	(expense)	recognised	as	part	of	the	change		
in	policyholder	liabilities	in	determining	profit	before	tax	

Profit	before	income	tax	excluding	tax	charged	to	policyholders	

Tax	at	the	Australian	tax	rate	of	30%	(2017:	30%)	

Shareholder	impact	of	life	insurance	tax	treatment	
Tax	concessions	including	research	and	development	and	offshore	banking	unit	
Non-deductible	expenses	
Non-taxable	income		
Other	items	
Over	provided	in	previous	years	
Utilisation	of	previously	unrecognised	tax	losses	
Differences	in	overseas	tax	rates	

Income	tax	credit	(expense)	attributable	to	shareholders	and	non-controlling	interest	
Income	tax	credit	(expense)	attributable	to	policyholders	

Income	tax	credit	(expense)	per	Income	statement	

(b)		 Analysis	of	income	tax	expense
Current	tax	expense	
Increase	in	deferred	tax	assets	
Decrease	(increase)	in	deferred	tax	liabilities	
Over	(under)	provided	in	previous	years	including	amounts	attributable	to	policyholders	

Income	tax	expense	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

(366)	

1,636	

399		

33		

(10)	

(2)	
7		
(23)	
6		
15		
8		
8		
9		

18		
399		

417		

(336)	
190		
557		
6		

417		

(472)

1,164	

(349)

(33)
8	
(27)
16	
24	
3	
53	
14	

(291)
(472)

(763)

(536)
23	
(244)
(6)

(763)

77

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
1.3  Taxes (continued)

(c)		 Analysis	of	deferred	tax	balances
Expenses	deductible	and	income	recognisable	in	future	years	
Unrealised	movements	on	borrowings	and	derivatives	
Unrealised	investment	losses	
Losses	available	for	offset	against	future	taxable	income	
Other	

Total	deferred	tax	assets	

Analysis	of	deferred	tax	liabilities	
Unrealised	investment	gains	
Other	

Total	deferred	tax	liabilities	

(d)		 Amounts	recognised	directly	in	equity
Deferred	income	tax	expense	related	to	items	taken	directly	to	equity	during	the	current	year	

(e)		 Unused	tax	losses	and	deductible	temporary	differences	not	recognised
Revenue	losses	
Capital	losses	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

702		
30		
41		
45		
58		

876		

470	
32	
40	
87	
57	

686	

1,174		
459		

1,736	
454	

1,633		

2,190	

13		

(6)

111		
706		

108	
117	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Income	tax	expense
Income	tax	expense	is	the	tax	payable	on	taxable	income	for	the	current	period	based	on	the	income	tax	rate	for	each	jurisdiction	and	
adjusted	for	changes	in	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities.	These	changes	are	attributable	to:
–	

	temporary	differences	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	
carrying	amounts;
	unused	tax	losses;	and
	the	impact	of	changes	in	the	amounts	of	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	arising	from	changes	in	tax	rates	or	in	the	manner	in	
which	these	balances	are	expected	to	be	realised.

–	
–	

Adjustments	to	income	tax	expense	are	also	made	for	any	differences	between	the	amounts	paid,	or	expected	to	be	paid,	in	relation		
to	prior	periods	and	the	amounts	provided	for	these	periods	at	the	start	of	the	current	period.

Any	tax	impact	on	income	and	expense	items	that	are	recognised	directly	in	equity	is	also	recognised	directly	in	equity.

Income	tax	for	investment	contracts	business	and	life	insurance	contracts	business
The	income	tax	expense	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	of	the	AMP	group,	which	arises	in	respect	of	AMP	Life,	
reflects	tax	imposed	on	shareholders	as	well	as	policyholders.	Investment	contracts	liabilities	and	life	insurance	contracts	liabilities	are	
established	in	Australia	net,	and	in	New	Zealand	gross,	of	the	policyholders’	share	of	any	current	tax	payable	and	deferred	tax	balances	
of	the	AMP	group.	Arrangements	made	with	some	superannuation	funds	result	in	AMP	Life	making	payments	to	the	Australian	
Taxation	Office	in	relation	to	contributions	tax	arising	in	those	funds.	The	amounts	paid	are	recognised	as	a	decrease	in	investment	
contract	liabilities	and	not	included	in	income	tax	expense.

Deferred	tax
Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	recognised	for	temporary	differences	and	are	measured	at	the	tax	rates	which	are	expected	to	
apply	when	the	assets	are	recovered	or	liabilities	are	settled,	based	on	tax	rates	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	for	
each	jurisdiction	at	the	reporting	date.	Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities,	including	amounts	in	respect	of	investment	contracts	and	life	
insurance	contracts,	are	not	discounted	to	present	value.

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	for	deductible	temporary	differences	and	unused	tax	losses	only	if	it	is	probable	that	future	taxable	
amounts	will	be	available	to	utilise	those	temporary	differences	and	losses.

Tax	consolidation
AMP	Limited	and	its	wholly-owned	Australian	controlled	entities	are	part	of	a	tax-consolidated	group,	with	AMP	Limited	being	the	head	
entity.	A	tax	funding	agreement	has	been	entered	into	by	the	head	entity	and	the	controlled	entities	in	the	tax-consolidated	group	and	
requires	entities	to	fully	compensate	the	company	for	current	tax	liabilities	and	to	be	fully	compensated	by	the	company	for	any	current	
or	deferred	tax	assets	in	respect	of	tax	losses	arising	from	external	transactions	occurring	after	30	June	2003,	the	implementation	date	
of	the	tax-consolidated	group.	

78

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
1.3  Taxes (continued)
Critical	accounting	estimates	and	judgements:
The AMP group is subject to taxes in Australia and other jurisdictions where it has operations. The application of tax law to the specific 
circumstances and transactions of the AMP group requires the exercise of judgement by management. The tax treatments adopted 
by management in preparing the financial statements may be impacted by changes in legislation and interpretations or be subject to 
challenge by tax authorities.

Judgement is also applied by management in determining the extent to which the recovery of carried forward tax losses is probable  
for the purpose of meeting the criteria for recognition as deferred tax assets. 

1.4  Dividends
Dividends	paid	and	proposed	during	the	year	are	shown	in	the	table	below:

2018	
Final

2018	
Interim

2017	
Final

2017	
Interim

Dividend	per	share	(cents)	
Franking	percentage		
Cost	(in	$m)	
Payment	date	

4.0		
90%	
117		
28	March	2019	

10.0		
50%	
292		
28	September	2018	

14.5		
90%	
423		
28	March	2018	

14.5	
90%
423	
29	September	2017

Dividends	paid		
Previous	year	final	dividend	on	ordinary	shares	
Interim	dividend	on	ordinary	shares	

Total	dividends	paid1	

2018	
$m

423		
292		

715	

2017	
$m

414
423

837

1		

Total	dividends	paid	includes	dividends	paid	on	Treasury	shares	$7m	(2017:	$8m).

Dividend	franking	credits	
Franking	credits	available	to	shareholders	are	$148m	(2017:	$275m),	based	on	a	tax	rate	of	30%.	This	amount	is	calculated	from	the	
balance	of	the	franking	account	as	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period,	adjusted	for	franking	credits	that	will	arise	from	the	settlement,	
after	the	end	of	the	reporting	date,	of	liabilities	for	income	tax	and	receivables	for	dividends.

The	company’s	ability	to	utilise	the	franking	account	credits	depends	on	meeting	Corporations	Act	2001	requirements	to	declare	
dividends.	The	impact	of	the	proposed	dividend	will	be	to	reduce	the	balance	of	the	franking	credit	account	by	$45m.

Franked	dividends	are	franked	at	a	tax	rate	of	30%.

79

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
	
	
Section 2: Investments, intangibles and working capital
This	section	highlights	the	AMP	group’s	assets	and	working	capital	used	to	support	the	AMP	group’s	activities.	

2.1		 Investments	in	financial	instruments
2.2		 Intangibles		
2.3		 Receivables	
2.4		 Payables		
	2.5		 Fair	value	information

2.1  Investments in financial instruments
(a)		 Investments	in	financial	instruments

Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss1	
Equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes	
Debt	securities2	
Investments	in	unlisted	managed	investment	schemes	
Derivative	financial	assets	
Other	financial	assets	

Total	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	

Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	other	comprehensive	income	
Debt	securities3	
Equity	securities	

Total	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	other	comprehensive	income	

Financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost4	
Loans	and	advances	
Debt	securities	

Total	financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost	

Total	financial	assets	

Other	financial	liabilities	
Derivative	financial	liabilities	
Collateral	deposits	held2	

Total	other	financial	liabilities	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

55,894		
32,577		
19,838		
1,059		
	–		

58,538	
32,457	
22,398	
1,092	
5	

109,368		

114,490	

2,355		
60		

2,415		

	–	
68	

68	

20,098		
222		

19,554	
2,563	

20,320		

22,117	

132,103		

136,675	

1,225		
164		

1,389		

489	
102	

591	

1		

2		
3		

4		

	Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	are	mainly	assets	of	the	AMP	life	insurance	entities’	statutory	funds	and	their	
controlled	entities.	
	Included	within	debt	securities	are	assets	held	to	back	the	liability	for	collateral	deposits.	
	Debt	securities	measured	at	fair	value	through	other	comprehensive	income	are	assets	of	AMP	Bank	and	were	previously	measured	at	amortised	
cost.	Refer	to	note	7.5	for	details	of	the	classification	change	resulting	from	the	adoption	of	AASB	9	Financial Instruments.	
Financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost	are	presented	net	of	expected	credit	losses	(ECLs)	of	$38m.

80

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2.1  Investments in financial instruments (continued)
(b)		 The	following	table	provides	the	changes	to	expected	credit	losses	(ECLs)	provisions	relating	to	loans	and	advances	during	the	year:

ECL	provisions	at	1	January	20181	
New	loans	originated	during	the	year	
Loans	derecognised	or	repaid	during	the	year	
Transfer	to	Stage	1	
Transfer	to	Stage	2	
Transfer	to	Stage	3	
Increase	in	provisions	during	the	year	
Loans	written	off	during	the	year	

ECL	Provisions	

Stage	1	
collective
$m

Stage	2	
collective
$m

Stage	3
$m

Total
$m

3		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
7		
	–		

10		

12		
1		
(1)	
1		
	–		
(2)	
	–		
	–		

11		

14		
	–		
(3)	
1		
3		
	–		
4		
(2)	

17		

29	
1	
(4)
2	
3	
(2)
11	
(2)

38	

1	

	Includes	$12m	opening	adjustment	due	to	implementation	of	AASB	9.	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Recognition	and	derecognition	of	financial	assets	and	liabilities	
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	at	the	date	the	AMP	group	becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	provisions	of	the	
instrument.	At	initial	recognition,	financial	assets	are	classified	as	subsequently	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss,	fair	value	
through	other	comprehensive	income	(OCI),	and	amortised	cost.	The	classification	of	financial	assets	at	initial	recognition	depends	on	
the	financial	asset’s	contractual	cash	flow	characteristics	and	the	group’s	business	model	for	managing	them.	

Financial	assets	are	derecognised	when	the	contractual	rights	to	the	cash	flows	from	the	financial	assets	expire,	or	are	transferred.		
A	transfer	occurs	when	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	the	financial	asset	are	passed	to	an	unrelated	third	party.	
Financial	liabilities	are	derecognised	when	the	obligation	specified	in	the	contract	is	discharged,	cancelled	or	expires.

Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	
Financial	assets	measured	on	initial	recognition	as	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	are	initially	recognised	
at	fair	value,	determined	as	the	purchase	cost	of	the	asset,	exclusive	of	any	transaction	costs.	Transaction	costs	are	expensed	as	incurred	
in	profit	or	loss.	Any	realised	and	unrealised	gains	or	losses	arising	from	subsequent	measurement	at	fair	value	are	recognised	in	profit	
or	loss	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.	

Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	OCI	–	debt	securities	
Debt	securities	are	measured	at	fair	value	through	OCI	when	both	of	the	following	conditions	are	met:
–	

	the	instrument	is	held	within	a	business	model,	the	objective	of	which	is	achieved	by	both	collecting	contractual	cash	flows	and	
selling	financial	assets;	and
	the	contractual	terms	of	the	financial	asset	give	rise	on	specified	dates	to	cash	flows	that	are	solely	payments	of	principal	and	
interest	on	the	principal	amount	outstanding.	

–	

Fair	value	through	OCI	instruments	are	subsequently	measured	at	fair	value	with	gains	and	losses	arising	due	to	changes	in	fair	value	
recognised	in	OCI.	Interest	income	and	foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	and	impairment	losses	or	reversals	are	recognised	in	profit		
or	loss	in	the	same	manner	as	for	financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost.	The	remaining	fair	value	changes	are	recognised	in	OCI.	
The	accumulated	gains	or	losses	recognised	in	OCI	are	recycled	to	profit	and	loss	upon	derecognition	of	the	assets.

The	group	classifies	debt	securities	held	by	AMP	Bank	under	this	category.

Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	OCI	–	equity	securities
Upon	initial	recognition,	the	group	can	elect	to	classify	irrevocably	its	equity	investments	as	equity	instruments	designated	at	fair	value	
through	OCI	when	they	meet	the	definition	of	equity	under	AASB	132	Financial Instruments: Presentation	and	are	not	held	for	trading.	
The	classification	is	determined	on	an	instrument-by-instrument	basis.	

Gains	and	losses	on	these	financial	assets	are	never	recycled	to	profit	or	loss.	Dividends	are	recognised	as	other	income	in	the	statement	
of	profit	or	loss	when	the	right	of	payment	has	been	established.	Equity	instruments	designated	at	fair	value	through	OCI	are	not	
subject	to	impairment	assessment.	

The	group	elected	to	classify	irrevocably	equity	investments	held	by	AMP	Foundation	Limited,	a	controlled	entity	of	the	AMP	group,	
under	this	category.	

81

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
2.1  Investments in financial instruments (continued)
Financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost	–	loans	and	advances	and	debt	securities
Loans	and	advances	and	debt	securities	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	when	both	of	the	following	conditions	are	met:
–	

	the	financial	asset	is	held	within	a	business	model	with	the	objective	to	hold	financial	assets	in	order	to	collect	contractual		
cash	flows;	and
	the	contractual	terms	of	the	financial	asset	give	rise	on	specified	dates	to	cash	flows	that	are	solely	payments	of	principal		
and	interest	on	the	principal	amount	outstanding.

–	

Financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	plus	transaction	costs	that	are	directly	attributable		
to	the	acquisition	or	issue	of	the	financial	asset.	These	assets	are	subsequently	recognised	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective		
interest	rate	method.	Gains	and	losses	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	when	the	asset	is	derecognised,	modified	or	impaired.	

Loans	and	advances	are	financial	assets	with	fixed	or	determinable	payments	that	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market.	They	arise		
when	AMP	Bank	provides	money	directly	to	a	customer,	including	loans	and	advances	to	advisers,	and	with	no	intention	of	trading		
the	financial	asset.	Loans	and	advances	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	including	direct	and	incremental	transaction	costs		
relating	to	loan	origination.	They	are	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method,	less	any		
provision	for	impairment.

Impairment	of	financial	assets
An	allowance	for	expected	credit	losses	(ECLs)	is	recognised	for	financial	assets	not	held	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss.		
ECLs	are	probability	weighted	estimates	of	credit	losses	and	are	measured	as	the	present	value	of	all	cash	shortfalls	discounted		
at	the	effective	interest	rate	of	the	financial	instrument.	The	key	elements	in	the	measurement	of	ECLs	are	as	follows:
–	
–	

	PD	–	The	probability	of	default	is	an	estimate	of	the	likelihood	of	default	over	a	given	time	horizon.
	EAD	–	The	exposure	at	default	is	an	estimate	of	the	exposure	at	a	future	default	date,	taking	into	account	expected	changes		
in	the	exposure	after	the	reporting	date.
	LGD	–	Loss	given	default	is	an	estimate	of	the	loss	arising	in	the	case	where	default	occurs	at	a	given	time.	It	is	based	on	the	
difference	between	cash	flows	due	to	the	group	in	accordance	with	the	contract	and	the	cash	flows	that	the	group	expects		
to	receive,	including	from	the	realisation	of	any	collateral.	

–	

The	group	estimates	these	elements	using	appropriate	credit	risk	models	taking	into	consideration	the	internal	and	external	credit	
ratings	of	the	assets,	nature	and	value	of	collaterals,	forward-looking	macro-economic	scenarios,	etc.

Other	than	ECL	on	trade	receivables	and	debt	securities,	where	a	simplified	approach	is	taken,	the	group	applies	a	three-stage		
approach	to	measure	the	ECLs	as	follows:

Stage 1 (12-month ECL)
The	group	collectively	assesses	and	recognises	a	provision	at	an	amount	equal	to	12-month	ECL	when	financial	assets	are	current		
and/or	have	had	a	good	performance	history.	It	includes	financial	assets	where	the	credit	risk	has	improved,	and	the	financial	assets	
have	been	reclassified	from	Stage	2	or	even	Stage	3	based	on	improved	performance	observed	over	a	predefined	period	of	time.		
A	financial	asset	is	considered	to	have	low	credit	risk	when	its	credit	risk	rating	is	equivalent	to	the	globally	understood	definition		
of	‘investment	grade’.

Stage 2 (Lifetime ECL – not credit impaired)
The	group	collectively	assesses	and	recognises	a	provision	at	an	amount	equal	to	lifetime	ECL	on	financial	assets	where	there	has	been	
a	significant	increase	in	credit	risk	since	initial	recognition	but	the	financial	assets	are	not	credit	impaired.	

The	quantitative	criteria	used	to	determine	a	significant	increase	in	credit	risk	is	a	series	of	relative	and	absolute	thresholds.	Financial	
assets	that	were	30	days	past	due	at	least	once	over	the	last	six	months	are	deemed	to	have	significant	increase	in	credit	risk	since	
initial	recognition.	For	loans	and	advances,	other	risk	factors	like	hardship,	loan	to	value	ratio	(LVR)	and	loan	to	income	ratio	(LTI)	are		
also	considered	in	order	to	determine	a	significant	increase	in	credit	risk.	

Stage 3 (Lifetime ECL – credit impaired)
The	group	measures	loss	allowances	at	an	amount	equal	to	lifetime	ECL	on	financial	assets	that	are	determined	to	be	credit	impaired	
based	on	objective	evidence	of	impairment.	Financial	assets	are	classified	as	impaired	when	payment	is	90	days	past	due	or	when	there	
is	no	longer	reasonable	assurance	that	principal	or	interest	will	be	collected	in	their	entirety	on	a	timely	basis.

Critical	accounting	estimates	and	judgements:
Financial assets measured at fair value
Where available, quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments are used to determine fair value. Where there is no market price 
available for an instrument, a valuation technique is used. Management applies judgement in selecting valuation techniques and setting 
valuation assumptions and inputs. Further detail on the determination of fair value of financial instruments is set out in note 2.5.

Impairment 
The impairment provisions (individual and collective) are outputs of ECL models with a number of underlying assumptions regarding  
the choice of variable inputs and their independencies. Elements of the ECL models that are considered accounting estimates and 
judgements include:
–  AMP group’s internal grading which assigns PDs to the individual grades
–  AMP group’s criteria for assessing if there has been a significant increase in credit risk
–  Development of ECL models, including the various formulas and choice of inputs; and
– 

 Determination of associations between macroeconomic scenarios and their probability weightings, to derive the economic inputs  
into the ECL models.

82

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20182.2  Intangibles 

Goodwill1
$m

Capitalised	
costs	
$m

Value	of	
in-force	
business
$m

Distribution	
networks
$m

Other	
intangibles
$m

2018
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Additions	through	acquisitions	of	controlled	entities		
Additions	through	separate	acquisitions	
Additions	through	internal	development	
Reductions	through	disposal	
Transferred	to	inventories	
Amortisation	expense	
Impairment	loss	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

Cost 	
Accumulated amortisation and impairment 	

2017	
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Additions	through	acquisitions	of	controlled	entities		
Additions	through	separate	acquisitions	
Additions	through	internal	development	
Reductions	through	disposal	
Transferred	from	inventories	
Amortisation	expense	
Impairment	loss	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

Cost  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment  

2,123		
7		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

2,130		

2,906  
(776) 

2,117		
6		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

2,123		

2,899  
(776) 

434		
	–		
	–		
189		
	–		
	–		
(118)	
	–		

505		

498		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
(78)	
	–		

420		

1,646  
(1,141) 

1,191  
(771) 

382		
	–		
	–		
191		
	–		
	–		
(138)	
(1)	

434		

600		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
(102)	
	–		

498		

1,457  
(1,023) 

1,191  
(693) 

147		
11		
36		
	–		
(11)	
(3)	
(23)	
(19)	

138		

393  
(255) 

99		
24		
26		
	–		
(13)	
46		
(31)	
(4)	

147		

360  
(213) 

Total
$m

3,218	
18	
36	
189	
(11)
(3)
(220)
(19)

3,208	

16		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
(1)	
	–		

15		

110  
(95) 

6,246 
(3,038)

1		
	–		
15		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

16		

3,199	
30	
41	
191	
(13)
46	
(271)
(5)

3,218	

110  
(94) 

6,017 
(2,799)

1		

	Total	goodwill	comprises	amounts	attributable	to	shareholders	of	$2,115m	(2017:	$2,108m)	and	amounts	attributable	to	policyholders	of	$15m	
(2017:	$15m).

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Goodwill
Goodwill	acquired	in	a	business	combination	is	recognised	at	cost	and	subsequently	measured	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	
impairment	losses.	The	cost	represents	the	excess	of	the	cost	of	a	business	combination	over	the	fair	value	of	the	identifiable	assets	
acquired	and	liabilities	assumed.	Goodwill	includes	balances	attributable	to	shareholders	and	balances	attributable	to	policyholders		
in	investment	entities	controlled	by	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds.

Capitalised	costs
Costs	are	capitalised	when	the	costs	relate	to	the	creation	of	an	asset	with	expected	future	economic	benefits	which	are	capable	of	
reliable	measurement.	Capitalised	costs	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	estimated	useful	life	of	the	asset,	commencing	
at	the	time	the	asset	is	first	put	into	use	or	held	ready	for	use,	whichever	is	the	earlier.

Value	of	in-force	business
The	value	of	in-force	business	represents	the	fair	value	of	future	business	arising	from	existing	contractual	arrangements	of	a	business	
acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination.	The	value	of	in-force	business	is	initially	measured	at	fair	value	and	is	subsequently	
measured	at	fair	value	less	amortisation	and	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.

Distribution	networks
Distribution	networks	such	as	customer	lists,	financial	planner	client	servicing	rights	or	other	distribution-related	rights,	either	acquired	
separately	or	through	a	business	combination,	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	measured	at	cost	less	amortisation	
and	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.

83

AMP 2018 annual report	
		
		
	
 
2.2  Intangibles (continued)
Amortisation	
Intangible	assets	with	finite	useful	lives	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	useful	life	of	the	intangible	asset.	The	estimated	
useful	lives	are	generally:	

Item

Capitalised	costs		
Value	of	in-force	business	–	wealth	management	and	distribution	businesses		
Value	of	in-force	business	–	wealth	protection	and	mature	business	
Distribution	networks	

Useful	life

Up	to	10	years	
10	years
20	years
2	to	15	years

The	useful	life	of	each	intangible	asset	is	reviewed	at	the	end	of	the	period	and,	where	necessary,	adjusted	to	reflect	current	assessments.	

Amortisation	on	the	grandfathered	commission	component	of	distribution	networks	was	adjusted	to	reflect	a	useful	life	which	will	
expire	by	31	December	2020.

Impairment	testing	
Goodwill	and	intangible	assets	that	have	indefinite	useful	lives	are	tested	at	least	annually	for	impairment.	Other	intangible	assets		
are	reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	

For	the	purposes	of	assessing	impairment,	assets	are	grouped	at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	there	are	separately	identifiable	cash		
flows	(cash-generating	units	or	CGUs).	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	when	the	goodwill	carrying	amount	exceeds	the	CGU’s	
recoverable	amount.

Goodwill	attributable	to	shareholders	
The	goodwill	attributable	to	shareholders	of	$2,115m	(2017:	$2,108m)	primarily	arose	from	the	acquisition	of	AMP	AAPH	Limited	
group	in	2011,	a	previous	Life	Act	Part	9	transfer	of	life	insurance	business	into	the	statutory	funds	of	AMP	Life	as	well	as	other		
business	combinations	where	the	AMP	group	was	the	acquirer.	

Consistent	with	the	changes	to	the	group’s	operating	segments,	as	disclosed	in	note	1.1,	the	composition	of	the	group’s	CGUs	has	
changed.	The	revised	CGUs	as	at	31	December	2018	and	the	goodwill	attributable	to	shareholders	allocated	to	each	CGU	are	disclosed	
in	the	table	below.	The	comparative	period	has	been	re-presented	to	be	consistent	with	current	year	presentation.	

Australian	wealth	management	(WM)	
Australian	and	New	Zealand	wealth	protection	(WP)	and	mature	
New	Zealand	wealth	management		
AMP	Capital	

2018	
$m

1,499	
459	
70	
87	

2,115	

2017	
$m

1,494
459
68
87

2,108

The	recoverable	amount	for	WM	has	been	determined	by	the	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal	based	on	the	estimated	embedded	value	
plus	the	value	of	one	year’s	new	business	times	a	multiplier	of	five	to	15.	The	estimated	embedded	value	is	a	calculation	that	represents	
the	economic	value	of	the	shareholder	capital	in	the	business	and	the	future	profits	expected	to	emerge	from	the	business	currently	
in-force	expressed	in	today’s	dollars.	

The	estimated	embedded	value	and	value	of	one	year’s	new	business	has	been	calculated	based	on	the	following	key	assumptions		
and	estimates:	
–	
–	
–	

	cash	flows	estimated	over	the	expected	life	of	the	in-force	products;	
	discontinuance	rates,	franking	credits,	risk	discount	rates,	investment	returns	and	inflation	rates;
	future	maintenance	and	investment	expenses	based	on	unit	costs	derived	from	budgeted	amounts	for	the	following	year	and	
increased	in	future	years	for	expected	rates	of	inflation;	and
	risk	discount	rate	based	on	an	annualised	10-year	government	bond	yield	plus	a	discount	margin	of	5%	(2017:	5%)	for	calculating	
the	value	of	in-force	and	new	business.

–	

The	Australian	Wealth	Management	(WM)	estimated	embedded	value	was	impacted	during	the	period	by	the	unwinding	of	internal	
distribution	arrangements,	adjustments	for	tax	and	product	revenue	transfers	in	anticipation	of	the	sale	of	the	Australian	and	
New	Zealand	wealth	protection	and	mature	businesses.	The	reduction	in	the	WM	estimated	embedded	value	did	not	result	in	an	
impairment	to	goodwill	and	no	reasonably	possible	change	to	a	key	assumption	used	in	the	embedded	value	model	would	result	in	an	
impairment	at	31	December	2018.	Nevertheless,	given	the	uncertainties	that	exist	in	the	current	industry	environment,	including	the	
prospect	of	legislative	change,	there	are	reasonably	possible	future	scenarios	which	could	give	rise	to	an	impairment	of	the	goodwill	
allocated	to	the	WM	CGU.

84

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2.2  Intangibles (continued)
The	recoverable	amount	of	Australian	and	New	Zealand	WP	and	mature	has	been	determined	by	reference	to	the	expected	sale	
proceeds	from	Resolution,	less	an	allowance	for	costs	of	disposal.	

The	recoverable	amount	of	New	Zealand	wealth	management	and	AMP	Capital	CGUs	has	been	determined	based	on	multiple	ranging	
from	13–15	times	adjusted	current	period	earnings,	which	approximates	the	fair	value	of	these	businesses	less	an	allowance	for	costs	
of	disposal.	

Goodwill	attributable	to	policyholders
Policyholder	cash-generating	units	were	allocated	$15m	goodwill	at	31	December	2018	(31	December	2017:	$15m).	

Impairment	loss
The	conclusion	from	the	goodwill	impairment	testing	is	that	there	has	been	no	impairment	to	the	amount	of	the	goodwill	recognised	
for	all	CGUs	for	the	year.

Critical	accounting	estimates	and	judgements:
Management applies judgement in selecting valuation techniques and setting valuation assumptions to determine the:
– 
– 
– 

acquisition date fair value and estimated useful life of acquired intangible assets;
allocation of goodwill to CGUs and determining the recoverable amount of goodwill; and
 assessment of whether there are any impairment indicators for acquired intangibles and, where required, in determining the 
recoverable amount.

2.3  Receivables

Investment	related	receivables	
Life	insurance	contract	premiums	receivable	
Reinsurance	receivables	
Trade	debtors	and	other	receivables	

Total	receivables1	

Current 	
Non-current 	

1		

Receivables	are	presented	net	of	ECL	of	$6m.	

2018	
$m

1,664		
330		
186		
428		

2017	
$m

1,376	
333	
81	
361	

2,608		

2,151	

2,603		
5		

2,129	
22	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Receivables
Investment	related	receivables	and	Life	insurance	contract	premium	receivables	backing	investment	contract	liabilities	and	life	
insurance	contract	liabilities	are	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss.	Reinsurance	receivables	and	Trade	debtors	
and	other	receivables	are	measured	at	amortised	cost,	less	any	allowance	for	ECLs.	

The	group	applies	a	simplified	approach	in	calculating	ECLs	for	receivables.	Therefore,	the	group	does	not	track	changes	in	credit	risk,	but	
instead	recognises	a	loss	allowance	based	on	lifetime	ECLs	at	each	reporting	date.	The	group	has	established	a	provision	matrix	that	is	
based	on	its	historical	credit	loss	experience,	adjusted	for	forward-looking	factors	specific	to	the	debtors	and	the	economic	environment.

2.4  Payables

Investment	related	payables	
Life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	in	process	of	settlement	
Accrued	expenses,	trade	creditors	and	other	payables		
Reinsurance	payables	

Total	payables	

Current		
Non-current 	

2018	
$m

762		
302		
965		
3		

2017	
$m

746	
311	
695	
	–	

2,032		

1,752	

1,908		
124		

1,635	
117	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Payables
Payables	are	measured	at	the	nominal	amount	payable.	Given	the	short-term	nature	of	most	payables,	the	nominal	amount	payable	
approximates	fair	value.

85

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2.5  Fair value information
The	following	table	shows	the	carrying	amount	and	estimated	fair	values	of	financial	instruments	and	investment	properties,	including	
their	levels	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy.	It	does	not	include	fair	value	information	for	financial	instruments	not	measured	at	fair	value	if	
the	carrying	amount	is	a	reasonable	approximation	of	fair	value.	

2018
Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value		
Equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes	
Debt	securities	
Investments	in	unlisted	managed	investment	schemes	
Derivative	financial	assets	
Investment	properties	

Carrying	
amount	
$m

55,954		
34,932		
19,838		
1,059		
145		

Level	1
$m

Level	2
$m

Level	3	
$m

52,821		
1,978		
–		
393		
–		

769		
32,837		
17,940		
666		
–		

2,364		
117		
1,898		
–		
145		

Total	fair	
value	
$m

55,954	
34,932	
19,838	
1,059	
145	

Total	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	

111,928		

55,192		

52,212		

4,524		

111,928	

Financial	assets	not	measured	at	fair	value		
Loans	and	advances	
Debt	securities		

Total	financial	assets	not	measured	at	fair	value	

Financial	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value
Derivative	financial	liabilities	
Collateral	deposits	held	
Investment	contract	liabilities	

Total	financial	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value	

Financial	liabilities	not	measured	at	fair	value
AMP	Bank
–	 Deposits	
–	 Other	
AMP	Corporate	entities	–	bonds	and	notes	
Borrowings	within	investment	entities		

controlled	by	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	

Total	financial	liabilities	not	measured	at	fair	value	

2017	
Financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value		
Equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes	
Debt	securities	
Investments	in	unlisted	managed	investment	schemes	
Derivative	financial	assets	
Investment	properties	
Other	financial	assets	

20,098		
222		

20,320		

1,225		
164		
68,742		

70,131		

11,012		
8,103		
2,154		

381		

21,650		

58,606		
32,457		
22,398		
1,092		
134		
5		

–		
–		

–		

225		
–		
–		

225		

–		
–		
–		

–		

–		

55,942		
1		
–		
210		
–		
–		

–		
225		

225		

20,101		
–		

20,101	
225	

20,101		

20,326	

1,000		
164		
1,810		

–		
–		
66,932		

1,225	
164	
68,742	

2,974		

66,932		

70,131	

11,012		
8,062		
2,177		

381		

21,632		

728		
32,344		
20,964		
882		
–		
5		

–		
–		
–		

–		

–		

1,936		
112		
1,434		
–		
134		
–		

11,012	
8,062	
2,177	

381	

21,632	

58,606	
32,457	
22,398	
1,092	
134	
5	

Total	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	

114,692		

56,153		

54,923		

3,616		

114,692	

Financial	assets	not	measured	at	fair	value	
Loans	and	advances	
Debt	securities	–	held	to	maturity	

Total	financial	assets	not	measured	at	fair	value	

Financial	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value
Derivative	financial	liabilities	
Collateral	deposits	held	
Investment	contract	liabilities	

Total	financial	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value	

Financial	liabilities	not	measured	at	fair	value
AMP	Bank:
–	 Deposits	
–	 Other	
Corporate	entity	borrowings	
Borrowings	within	investment	entities		

controlled	by	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	

Total	financial	liabilities	not	measured	at	fair	value	

86

19,554		
2,563		

22,117		

489		
102		
75,235		

75,826		

9,655		
8,819		
1,938		

597		

21,009		

–		
–		

–		

148		
–		
–		

148		

–		
–		
–		

–		

–		

19,549		
2,567		

22,116		

–		
–		

–		

341		
102		
2,028		

–		
–		
73,207		

19,549	
2,567	

22,116	

489	
102	
75,235	

2,471		

73,207		

75,826	

9,653		
8,867		
1,992		

597		

21,109		

–		
–		
–		

–		

–		

9,653	
8,867	
1,992	

597	

21,109	

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2.5  Fair value information (continued)
AMP’s	methodology	and	assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	are	described	below:

Listed equity securities 
and listed managed 
investment schemes

The	fair	value	of	listed	equity	securities	traded	in	an	active	market	and	listed	managed	investment	
schemes	reflects	the	quoted	bid	price	at	the	reporting	date.	In	the	case	of	equity	securities	and	listed	
managed	investment	schemes	where	there	is	no	active	market,	fair	value	is	established	using	valuation	
techniques	including	the	use	of	recent	arm’s	length	transactions,	references	to	other	instruments	that	
are	substantially	the	same,	discounted	cash	flow	analysis	and	option	pricing	models.

Debt securities

The	fair	value	of	listed	debt	securities	reflects	the	bid	price	at	the	reporting	date.	Listed	debt	securities	
that	are	not	frequently	traded	are	valued	by	discounting	estimated	recoverable	amounts.	

Loans

The	fair	value	of	unlisted	debt	securities	is	estimated	using	interest	rate	yields	obtainable	on	comparable	
listed	investments.	The	fair	value	of	loans	is	determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	recoverable	
amount	using	prevailing	interest	rates.

The	estimated	fair	value	of	loans	represents	the	discounted	amount	of	estimated	future	cash	flows	
expected	to	be	received,	based	on	the	maturity	profile	of	the	loans.	As	the	loans	are	unlisted,	the	
discount	rates	applied	are	based	on	the	yield	curve	appropriate	to	the	remaining	term	of	the	loans.		
The	loans	may	be	measured	at	an	amount	in	excess	of	fair	value	due	to	fluctuations	on	fixed	rate	loans.	
As	the	fluctuations	in	fair	value	do	not	represent	a	permanent	diminution	and	the	carrying	amounts	
of	the	loans	are	recorded	at	recoverable	amounts	after	assessing	impairment,	it	is	not	appropriate	to	
restate	their	carrying	amounts.

Unlisted managed 
investment schemes

The	fair	value	of	investments	in	unlisted	managed	investment	schemes	is	determined	on	the	basis	of	
published	redemption	prices	of	those	managed	investment	schemes	at	the	reporting	date.	

Derivative financial  
assets and liabilities

Corporate borrowings

AMP Bank deposits  
and other borrowings

Investment properties

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	active	markets	(such	as	publicly	traded	derivatives)	
is	based	on	quoted	market	prices	(current	bid	price	or	current	offer	price)	at	the	reporting	date.	The	
fair	value	of	financial	instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(eg	over-the-counter	derivatives)	is	
determined	using	valuation	techniques.	Valuation	techniques	include	net	present	value	techniques,	
option	pricing	models,	discounted	cash	flow	methods	and	comparison	to	quoted	market	prices	or	
dealer	quotes	for	similar	instruments.	The	models	use	a	number	of	inputs,	including	the	credit	quality	
of	counterparties,	foreign	exchange	spot	and	forward	rates,	yield	curves	of	the	respective	currencies,	
currency	basis	spreads	between	the	respective	currencies,	interest	rate	curves	and	forward	rate	curves	
of	the	underlying	instruments.	Some	derivatives	contracts	are	significantly	cash	collateralised,	thereby	
minimising	both	counterparty	risk	and	the	group’s	own	non-performance	risk.

Borrowings	comprise	commercial	paper,	drawn	liquidity	facilities,	various	floating-rate	and	medium-
term	notes	and	subordinated	debt.	The	estimated	fair	value	of	borrowings	is	determined	with	reference	
to	quoted	market	prices.	For	borrowings	where	quoted	market	prices	are	not	available,	a	discounted	cash	
flow	model	is	used,	based	on	a	current	yield	curve	appropriate	for	the	remaining	term	to	maturity.	For	
short-term	borrowings,	the	par	value	is	considered	a	reasonable	approximation	of	the	fair	value.	

The	estimated	fair	value	of	deposits	and	other	borrowings	represents	the	discounted	amount	of	
estimated	future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	paid	based	on	the	residual	maturity	of	these	liabilities.		
The	discount	rate	applied	is	based	on	a	current	yield	curve	appropriate	for	similar	types	of	deposits		
and	borrowings	at	the	reporting	date.	

The	fair	value	of	investment	properties	is	determined	by	independent	valuers,	having	appropriate	
recognised	professional	qualifications	and	recent	experience	in	the	location	and	category	of	the	
properties	being	valued.	The	valuers	apply	‘comparable	sales	analysis’	and	the	‘capitalised	income	
approach’	by	reference	to	annual	net	market	income,	comparable	capitalisation	rates	and	other	
property-specific	adjustments	as	well	as	‘discounted	cash	flow	analysis’,	where	the	expected	net	cash	
flows	are	discounted	to	their	present	value	using	a	market	determined	risk-adjusted	discount	rate.

Investment contract 
liabilities

See	note	4.1.

The	financial	assets	and	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value	are	categorised	using	the	fair	value	hierarchy	which	reflects	the	significance		
of	inputs	into	the	determination	of	fair	value	as	follows:
–	
–	

	Level	1:	the	fair	value	is	valued	by	reference	to	quoted	prices	and	active	markets	for	identical	assets;
	Level	2:	the	fair	value	is	estimated	using	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	
or	liability,	either	directly	(as	prices)	or	indirectly	(derived	from	prices);	and
	Level	3:	the	fair	value	is	estimated	using	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data.	

–	

87

AMP 2018 annual report2.5  Fair value information (continued)
There	have	been	no	significant	transfers	of	financial	assets	or	liabilities	measured	at	fair	value	between	Level	1	and	Level	2	during	the	
2018	and	2017	financial	years.	Loans	and	advances,	previously	categorised	as	Level	2,	has	been	transferred	to	Level	3	as	the	valuation	
methodology	has	updated	to	include	unobservable	inputs.	Transfers	to/from	Level	3	for	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	on	a	
recurring	basis	are	shown	in	the	Reconciliation	of	Level	3	values	table	later	in	this	note.	

Level	3	fair	values	
For	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	on	a	recurring	basis	and	categorised	within	Level	3	of	the	fair	value	hierarchy,	the	valuation	
processes	applied	in	valuing	such	assets	is	governed	by	the	AMP	Capital	asset	valuation	policy.	This	policy	outlines	the	asset	valuation	
methodologies	and	processes	applied	to	measure	non-exchange	traded	assets	which	have	no	regular	market	price,	including	
investment	property,	infrastructure,	private	equity,	alternative	assets	and	illiquid	debt	securities.	All	significant	Level	3	assets	are	
referred	to	the	appropriate	valuation	committee	who	meet	at	least	every	six	months,	or	more	frequently	if	required.

The	following	table	shows	the	valuation	techniques	used	in	measuring	Level	3	fair	values	of	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value		
on	a	recurring	basis,	as	well	as	the	significant	unobservable	inputs	used.	

Type

Valuation	technique	

Significant	unobservable	inputs	

Equity	securities	and	listed		
managed	investment	schemes

Discounted	cash	flow	approach		
utilising	cost	of	equity	as	the		
discount	rate.

Discount	rate.	
Terminal	value	growth	rate.		
Cash	flow	forecasts.

Debt	securities

Discounted	cash	flow	approach.

Investments	in	unlisted		
managed	investment	schemes

Investment	contract	liabilities

Investment	properties

Published	redemption	prices.

Published	unit	prices	and	the		
fair	value	of	backing	assets.

Comparable	sales	analysis.
Capitalised	income	approach.
Discounted	cash	flow	approach		
utilising	market	determined	risk		
adjusted	discount	rate.

Discount	rate.	
Cash	flow	forecasts.

Judgement	made	in		
determining	unit	prices.

Fair	value	of	financial	instruments.	
Cash	flow	forecasts.	
Credit	risk.

Capitalisation	rate.
Discount	rate.
Cash	flow	forecasts.

Sensitivity	
Reasonably	possible	alternative	assumptions	could	have	been	used	in	determining	the	fair	values	of	financial	instruments	measured	
at	fair	value	on	a	recurring	basis	and	categorised	as	Level	3	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy.	These	include	assumptions	such	as	credit	risk	
and	discount	rates	for	determining	the	valuation	range	on	an	individual	investment.	However,	the	impact	to	AMP	of	any	reasonable	
possible	alternative	assumptions	is	not	significant	as	any	movement	in	the	value	of	these	financial	assets	is	substantially	offset	by	a	
corresponding	increase	or	decrease	in	the	value	of	investment	contract	liabilities.	

AMP	Limited	is	not	exposed	to	any	impact	from	a	potential	change	in	the	fair	value	of	Debt	securities,	Investments	in	unlisted	managed	
investments	schemes	and	Investment	properties	which	are	categorised	as	Level	3	as	these	assets	solely	back	investment	linked	policy	
liabilities.	There	is	an	insignificant	exposure	to	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	Equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes	
categorised	as	Level	3.	AMP’s	sensitivity	to	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	these	Level	3	assets	is	disclosed	in	the	following	table:

Financial	assets	
Equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes1,2	

Financial	liabilities	
Investment	contract	liabilities2	

Net	sensitivity	

2018

(–)	
$m

(91)	

(92)	

1	

(+)	
$m

92	

94	

(2)	

2017

(+)	
$m

(–)	
$m

111	

114	

(3)	

(103)

(105)

2

1		

2		

	The	discount	rates	used	to	value	the	assets	range	from	7.3%	to	16.3%.	Sensitivities	have	been	determined	by	up	to	+/–	100	basis	point	change		
in	the	discount	rates.
	Investments	in	equity	securities	and	listed	managed	investment	schemes	are	predominantly	policyholder	assets.	Accordingly,	any	movements		
in	the	value	of	the	assets	are	largely	offset	by	a	corresponding	movement	in	investment	contract	liabilities.

88

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2.5  Fair value information (continued)
Reconciliation	of	Level	3	values
The	following	table	shows	movements	in	the	fair	values	of	financial	instruments	measured	at	fair	value	on	a	recurring	basis	and	
categorised	as	Level	3	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy:

Balance		
at	the		
beginning	of		
the	period	
$m

FX	gains	
or	losses1	
$m

Total		
gains/	
losses1	
$m

Purchases/
deposits
$m

Sales/
withdrawals
$m

Net		
transfers		
in/(out)2	
$m

Balance	at	
the	end	of	
the	period
$m

Total	gains	
and	losses	on	
assets	and	
liabilities	
held	at	
reporting	
date
$m

2018	
Assets	classified	as	Level	3

Equity	securities	and	listed		
	 managed	investment	schemes	
Debt	securities	
Investments	in	unlisted	managed		

investment	schemes	

Investment	properties	
Other	financial	assets	

Liabilities	classified	as	Level	3	
Investment	contract	liabilities	

2017	
Assets	classified	as	Level	3

Equity	securities	and	listed		
	 managed	investment	schemes	
Debt	securities	
Investments	in	unlisted	managed		

investment	schemes	

Investment	properties	
Other	financial	assets	

Liabilities	classified	as	Level	3
Investment	contract	liabilities	

1,936		
112		

1,434		
134		
–		

–		
–		

–		
–		
–		

179		
1		

55		
11		
–		

388		
21		

623		
–		
–		

(150)	
(15)	

(268)	
–		
–		

11		
(2)	

54		
–		
–		

2,364		
117		

1,898		
145		
–		

123	
2	

99	
11	
–	

73,207		

13		

(1,172)	

7,720		

(12,836)	

–		

66,932		

(1,172)

2,499		
19		

942		
127		
5		

–		
–		

–		
–		
–		

268		
(20)	

(159)	
–		
(1)	

439		
174		

(1,088)	
(50)	

1,392		
7		
(1)	

(955)	
–		
–		

(182)	
(11)	

214		
–		
(3)	

1,936		
112		

1,434		
134		
–		

271	
(20)

(163)
–	
(1)

69,327		

(17)	

6,010		

10,150		

(12,263)	

–		

73,207		

6,006	

1		
2		

	Gains	and	losses	are	classified	in	investment	gains	and	losses	or	change	in	policyholder	liabilities	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.
	The	AMP	group	recognises	transfers	as	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period	during	which	the	transfer	has	occurred.	Transfers	are	recognised	when	
there	are	changes	in	the	observability	of	the	pricing	of	the	relevant	securities	or	where	the	AMP	group	ceases	to	consolidate	a	controlled	entity.	

89

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
Section 3: Capital structure and financial risk management
This	section	provides	information	relating	to:
–	 AMP	group’s	capital	management	and	equity	and	debt	structure;	and	
–	

	exposure	to	financial	risks	–	how	the	risks	affect	financial	position	and	performance	and	how	the	risks	are	managed,	including		
the	use	of	derivative	financial	instruments.

The	capital	structure	of	the	AMP	group	consists	of	equity	and	debt.	AMP	determines	the	appropriate	capital	structure	in	order	to	
finance	the	current	and	future	activities	of	the	AMP	group	and	satisfy	the	requirements	of	the	regulator.	The	directors	review	the	
group’s	capital	structure	and	dividend	policy	regularly	and	do	so	in	the	context	of	the	group’s	ability	to	satisfy	minimum	and	target	
capital	requirements,	and	to	protect	and	meet	the	needs	of	the	policyholders.	

3.1		 Contributed	equity	
	3.2		 Interest-bearing	liabilities	
	3.3		 Financial	risk	management	
	3.4		 Derivatives	and	hedge	accounting
	3.5		 Capital	management	

3.1  Contributed equity

Issued	capital1,3	
2,937,428,336	(2017:	2,918,469,137)	ordinary	shares	fully	paid	
Treasury	shares2
21,102,496	(2017:	32,887,493)	treasury	shares	

Total	contributed	equity
2,916,325,840	(2017:	2,885,581,644)	ordinary	shares	fully	paid	

Issued	capital	
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
18,959,199	(2017:	Nil)	shares	issued	under	dividend	reinvestment	plan1	
Nil	(2017:	39,268,827)	on-market	share	buy-back	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

Treasury	shares	
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Decrease	(increase)	due	to	purchases	less	sales	during	the	year	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

9,610		

9,547	

(108)	

(171)

9,502		

9,376	

9,547		
63		
–		

9,747	
–	
(200)

9,610		

9,547	

(171)	
63		

(108)	

(128)
(43)

(171)

Holders	of	ordinary	shares	have	the	right	to	receive	dividends	as	declared	and,	in	the	event	of	the	winding	up	of	the	company,	to	
participate	in	the	proceeds	from	the	sale	of	all	surplus	assets	in	proportion	to	the	number	of	and	amounts	paid	up	on	shares	held.	
Fully	paid	ordinary	shares	carry	the	right	to	one	vote	per	share.	Ordinary	shares	have	no	par	value.

1		

2		

3		

	Under	the	terms	of	the	dividend	reinvestment	plan	(DRP),	shareholders	may	elect	to	have	all	or	part	of	their	dividend	entitlements	satisfied	in	
shares	rather	than	being	paid	cash.	The	DRP	applied	for	the	2017	final	dividend	(paid	in	March	2018)	at	14.5	cents	per	share	and	2018	interim	
dividend	(paid	in	September	2018)	at	10.0	cents	per	share.	AMP	settled	the	DRP	for	the	2017	final	dividend	by	acquiring	shares	on	market	and,	
accordingly,	no	new	shares	were	issued.	AMP	settled	the	DRP	for	the	2018	interim	dividend	by	issuing	shares	at	$3.35	per	share.
	Of	the	AMP	Limited	ordinary	shares	on	issue	18,976,109	(2017:	30,761,106)	are	held	by	AMP	Life	on	behalf	of	policyholders.	ASIC	has	granted	
relief	from	restrictions	in	the	Corporations Act 2001	to	allow	AMP	Life	to	hold	and	trade	shares	in	AMP	Limited	as	part	of	the	policyholder	funds’	
investment	activities.	The	cost	of	the	investment	in	these	treasury	shares	is	reflected	as	a	deduction	from	total	contributed	equity.	The	remaining	
balance	is	held	by	AMP	Foundation	Limited	as	trustee	for	the	AMP	Foundation.
	Mitsubishi	UFJ	Trust	and	Banking	Corporation	(MUFG:	Trust	Bank)	has	an	option	to	require	AMP	Limited	to	purchase	MUFG:	Trust	Bank’s	interest	in	
AMP	Capital	Holdings	Limited	(AMPCH)	in	certain	circumstances.	As	consideration	for	the	acquisition	of	AMPCH	shares,	AMP	would	be	required	to	
issue	ordinary	shares	in	AMP	Limited	to	MUFG:	Trust	Bank	(or	its	nominee).

90

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
3.1  Contributed equity (continued)
Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Issued	capital
Issued	capital	in	respect	of	ordinary	shares	is	recognised	as	the	fair	value	of	consideration	received	by	the	AMP	Limited	entity.	
Incremental	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	issue	of	certain	new	shares	are	recognised	in	equity	as	a	deduction,	net	of	tax,		
from	the	proceeds.	

Treasury	shares
The	AMP	group	is	not	permitted	to	recognise	Treasury	shares	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.	These	shares,	plus	
any	corresponding	Consolidated	income	statement	fair	value	movement	on	the	shares	and	dividend	income,	are	eliminated	on	
consolidation.	However,	the	corresponding	investment	contract	and	life	insurance	contract	liabilities,	and	related	Consolidated	income	
statement	change	in	the	liabilities,	remain	on	consolidation.	At	the	AMP	group	consolidated	level,	the	mismatch	results	in	policyholder	
asset	movements	impacting	the	profit	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited.	

The	AMP	Foundation	also	holds	AMP	Limited	shares.	These	shares,	plus	any	corresponding	Consolidated	income	statement	fair	value	
movement	on	the	shares	and	any	dividend	income,	are	also	eliminated	on	consolidation.	As	the	net	assets	and	profit	of	the	AMP	
Foundation	Trust	are	fully	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests,	this	has	no	impact	on	the	net	assets	or	profit	attributable	to	the	
shareholders	of	AMP	Limited.

3.2  Interest-bearing liabilities 
(a)		 Interest-bearing	liabilities	

Interest-bearing	liabilities	
AMP	Bank	
–		 Deposits1	
–		 Other		

Corporate	entity	borrowings2	
–		

	6.875%	GBP	Subordinated	Guaranteed	Bonds
(maturity	2022)	

–		 AMP	Notes	2	(first	call	2018,	maturity	2023)3	
–		 AMP	Notes	3	(first	call	2023,	maturity	2028)4	
–		 AMP	Wholesale	Capital	Notes5	
–		 AMP	Capital	Notes	–	20155	
–		 AMP	Subordinated	Notes	–	20176	
–		 Syndicated	loan	facility7	
–		 Commercial	paper	
–		 Medium	Term	Notes8	
–		 Other	

Borrowings	within	investment	entities		
controlled	by	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	

2018

2017

Current
$m

Non-current
$m

Total
$m

Current
$m

Non-current
$m

Total
$m

10,942		
2,255		

70		
5,848		

11,012		
8,103		

9,627		
3,382		

28		
5,437		

9,655	
8,819	

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
488		
259		
–		
–		

68		
	–		
251		
277		
264		
250		
	–		
	–		
233		
64		

68		
	–		
251		
277		
264		
250		
488		
259		
233		
64		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
229		
–		
28		

69		
324		
	–		
276		
264		
250		
497		
–		
–		
1		

79		

302		

381		

89		

508		

69	
324	
	–	
276	
264	
250	
497	
229	
–	
29	

597	

Total	interest-bearing	liabilities	

14,023		

7,627		

21,650		

13,355		

7,654		

21,009	

1		 Deposits	comprise	at	call	customer	cash	on	deposit	and	customer	term	deposits	at	variable	interest	rates	within	the	AMP	Bank.
2		

	The	current/non-current	classification	of	corporate	entity	borrowings	is	based	on	the	maturity	of	the	underlying	debt	instrument.	The	carrying	
value	of	corporate	entity	borrowings	includes	interest	payable	of	$9m	(2017:	$8m)	which	is	expected	to	be	settled	within	the	next	12	months.
	AMP	Notes	2	were	issued	on	18	December	2013	and	are	listed	on	the	ASX.	AMP	elected	to	redeem	all	of	its	AMP	Notes	2	on	the	first	optional	
redemption	date	on	18	December	2018.
	Floating	Rate	Subordinated	Unsecured	Notes	were	issued	on	15	November	2018	and	mature	15	November	2028.	AMP	has	the	right,	but	not	the	
obligation,	to	redeem	all	or	some	of	the	Notes	on	15	November	2023	or,	subject	to	certain	conditions,	at	a	later	date.	In	certain	circumstances,		
AMP	may	be	required	to	convert	some	or	all	of	the	Notes	into	AMP	ordinary	shares.	
	AMP	Wholesale	Capital	Notes	and	AMP	Capital	Notes	were	issued	on	27	March	and	30	November	2015,	respectively.	They	are	perpetual	notes		
with	no	maturity	date.	In	certain	circumstances,	AMP	may	be	required	to	convert	some	or	all	of	the	Notes	into	AMP	ordinary	shares.	
	Floating	Rate	Subordinated	Unsecured	Notes	were	issued	on	1	September	2017	and	mature	1	December	2027.	AMP	has	the	right,	but	not	the	
obligation,	to	redeem	all	or	some	of	the	Notes	on	1	December	2022	or,	subject	to	certain	conditions,	at	a	later	date.	In	certain	circumstances,		
AMP	may	be	required	to	convert	some	or	all	of	the	Notes	into	AMP	ordinary	shares.	
	The	facility	was	renegotiated	effective	14	December	2017	and	includes	tranches	of	$300m,	$300m	and	$300m,	maturing	22	March	2020,		
22	March	2022	and	22	March	2023	respectively.	As	at	31	December	2018,	$500m	was	drawn.	Subsequent	to	the	year	end,	the	outstanding	balance	
was	repaid	out	of	existing	cash	resources	and	the	facility	was	cancelled.	Accordingly,	the	liability	has	been	classified	as	current	in	the	table	above.	
	CHF110m	and	CHF50m	Senior	Unsecured	Fixed	Rate	Bonds	were	issued	on	19	June	2018	and	19	September	2018	respectively	and	mature		
19	December	2022.	

3		

4		

5		

6		

7		

8		

91

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
3.2  Interest-bearing liabilities (continued)
(b)		 Financing	arrangements
Loan	facilities	and	note	programs	
In	addition	to	the	facilities	arranged	through	bond	and	note	issues,	financing	facilities	are	provided	through	bank	loans	under	normal	
commercial	terms	and	conditions.

Available	
Used	

Unused	facilities	at	the	end	of	the	year1	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

17,928		
(4,627)	

16,495	
(3,520)

13,301		

12,975	

1		

	Unused	facilities	at	the	end	of	the	year	includes	the	syndicated	loan	facility,	which	is	comprised	of	three	tranches	of	$300m	($900m	total	facility).	
As	at	31	December	2018,	$500m	was	drawn	and	$400m	remained	available.	Subsequent	to	the	year	end,	the	outstanding	balance	was	repaid	out	
of	existing	cash	resources	and	the	facility	was	cancelled.	

(c)		 Changes	in	liabilities	arising	from	financing	activities

1	January	
Cashflows	
Other	

31	December	

2018	
$m

21,009		
631		
10		

2017	
$m

17,218	
3,799	
(8)

21,650		

21,009	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Interest-bearing	liabilities,	other	than	those	held	by	controlled	entities	of	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds,	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	
value,	net	of	transaction	costs.	They	are	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	rate	method.	

Borrowings	of	certain	controlled	managed	investment	schemes	of	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	for	the	
purpose	of	determining	the	unit	price	of	those	schemes.	All	other	borrowings	of	the	controlled	entities	of	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	
are	subsequently	measured	at	fair	value	with	movements	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.

It	is	AMP’s	policy	to	hedge	currency	and	interest	rate	risk	arising	on	issued	bonds	and	subordinated	debt.	When	fair	value	hedge	
accounting	is	applied,	the	carrying	amounts	of	borrowings	and	subordinated	debt	are	adjusted	for	changes	in	fair	value	related	to	the	
hedged	risk	for	the	period	that	the	hedge	relationship	remains	effective.	Any	changes	in	fair	value	for	the	period	are	recognised	in	the	
Consolidated	income	statement.	In	cash	flow	hedge	relationships	the	borrowings	are	not	revalued.

Finance	costs	include:
(i)	 borrowing	costs:	

		interest	on	bank	overdrafts,	borrowings	and	subordinated	debt;
	amortisation	of	discounts	or	premiums	related	to	borrowings;

–	
–	
	exchange	differences	arising	from	foreign	currency	borrowings	to	the	extent	that	they	are	regarded	as	an	adjustment	to	interest	
costs;	and

(ii)	

(iii)	 	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivative	hedges	together	with	any	change	in	the	fair	value	of	the	hedged	assets	or	liabilities	that	

are	designated	and	qualify	as	fair	value	hedges,	foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	and	other	financing	related	amounts.	Changes	
in	fair	value	of	derivatives	in	effective	cash	flow	hedges	are	recognised	in	the	cash	flow	hedge	reserve.	The	accounting	policy	for	
derivatives	is	set	out	in	note	3.4.

Borrowing	costs	are	recognised	as	expenses	when	incurred.	

3.3  Financial risk management 
The	AMP	Limited	Board	has	overall	responsibility	for	the	risk	management	framework	including	the	approval	of	AMP’s	strategic	plan,	
risk	management	strategy	and	risk	appetite.	Specifically,	financial	risk	arises	from	the	holding	of	financial	instruments	and	financial	risk	
management	(FRM)	is	an	integral	part	of	the	AMP	group’s	enterprise	risk	management	framework.

This	note	discloses	financial	risk	in	accordance	with	the	categories	in	AASB	7	Financial Instruments: Disclosures:
–	 market	risk;
–	
–	

liquidity	and	refinancing	risk;	and
credit	risk.

These	risks	are	managed	in	accordance	with	the	board	approved	risk	appetite	statement	and	the	individual	policies	for	each	risk	
category	and	business	approved	by	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	(CFO)	under	delegation	from	the	AMP	Group	Asset	and	Liability	
Committee	(Group	ALCO).

92

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
3.3  Financial risk management (continued)
(a)		 Market	risk	
Market	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	fair	value	of	assets	and	liabilities,	or	future	cash	flows	of	a	financial	instrument	will	fluctuate	due	to	
movements	in	the	financial	markets	including	interest	rates,	foreign	exchange	rates,	equity	prices,	property	prices,	credit	spreads,	
commodity	prices,	market	volatilities	and	other	financial	market	variables.	

The	following	table	provides	information	on	significant	market	risk	exposures	for	the	AMP	group,	which	could	lead	to	an	impact	on	the	
AMP	group’s	profit	after	tax	and	equity,	and	the	management	of	those	exposures.

Market	risk

Exposures	

Interest	rate	risk
The	risk	of	an	impact	on	the	AMP	
group’s	profit	after	tax	and	equity	
arising	from	fluctuations	of	the	fair	
value	or	future	cash	flows	of	financial	
instruments	due	to	changes	in		
market	interest	rates.

Interest	rate	movements	could	result	
from	changes	in	the	absolute	levels	of	
interest	rates,	the	shape	of	the	yield		
curve,	the	margin	between	yield	curves	
and	the	volatility	of	interest	rates.

AMP	group’s	long-term	borrowings		
and	subordinated	debt.

Interest-bearing	investment	assets		
of	the	shareholder	and	statutory	funds		
of	AMP	Life.

AMP	Bank	interest	rate	risk	from	
mismatches	in	the	repricing	terms		
of	assets	and	liabilities	(term	risk)	and	
variable	rate	short-term	repricing	bases	
(basis	risk).

Currency	risk
The	risk	of	an	impact	on	the	AMP		
group’s	profit	after	tax	and	equity	
arising	from	fluctuations	of	the	fair	
value	of	a	financial	asset,	liability	
or	commitment	due	to	changes	in	
foreign	exchange	rates.

Foreign	currency	denominated	assets		
and	liabilities.

Capital	invested	in	overseas	operations.

Foreign	exchange	rate	movements		
on	specific	cash	flow	transactions.

Equity	price	risk
The	risk	of	an	impact	on	the		
AMP	group’s	profit	after	tax	and	
equity	arising	from	fluctuations	of		
the	fair	value	or	future	cash	flows		
of	a	financial	instrument	due	to	
changes	in	equity	prices.

Exposure	for	shareholders	includes		
listed	and	unlisted	shares	and		
participation	in	equity	unit	trusts.

Management	of	exposures		
and	use	of	derivatives

Interest	rate	risk	is	managed	by	entering	
into	interest	rate	swaps,	which	have	the	
effect	of	converting	borrowings	from	
floating	rate	to	fixed	rate.

AMP	Life	manages	interest	rate	and	
other	market	risks	pursuant	to	an	asset	
and	liability	management	policy	and	is	
also	subject	to	the	relevant	regulatory	
requirements	governed	by	the	Life	Act.

AMP	Bank	uses	natural	offsets,	interest	
rate	swaps	and	basis	swaps	to	hedge	
the	mismatches	within	exposure	limits.	
Group	Treasury	manages	the	exposure	
in	AMP	Bank	by	maintaining	a	net	
interest	rate	risk	position	within	the	
limits	delegated	and	approved	by	the	
AMP	Bank	Board.

The	AMP	group	uses	swaps	to	hedge	the	
interest	rate	risk	and	foreign	currency	
risk	on	foreign	currency	denominated	
borrowings	but	does	not	hedge	the	
capital	invested	in	overseas	operations.

The	AMP	group	hedges	material	foreign	
currency	risk	originated	by	receipts	and	
payments	once	the	value	and	timing	
of	the	expected	cash	flow	is	known	
excluding	the	international	equities	
portfolio	attributable	to	shareholders	
within	the	AMP	Life	Limited	Statutory	
Fund	No.	1.

Group	Treasury	executes	foreign	currency	
forwards	on	behalf	of	AMP	Capital	to	
hedge	expected	management	fees	
income	and	operation	costs	outflows	
originated	outside	of	Australia.	

Group	Treasury	may,	with	Group	ALCO	
approval,	use	equity	exposures	or	
equity	futures	or	options	to	hedge	other	
enterprise-wide	equity	exposures.

93

AMP 2018 annual report3.3 Financial risk management (continued)
Sensitivity	analysis
The	table	below	includes	sensitivity	analysis	showing	how	the	profit	after	tax	and	equity	would	have	been	impacted	by	changes	in	
market	risk	variables.	The	analysis:
–	

	shows	the	direct	impact	of	a	reasonably	possible	change	in	market	rate	and	is	not	intended	to	illustrate	a	remote,	worst	case	stress	
test	scenario;	
	assumes	that	all	underlying	exposures	and	related	hedges	are	included	and	the	change	in	variable	occurs	at	the	reporting	date;	and
	does	not	include	the	impact	of	any	mitigating	management	actions	over	the	period	to	the	subsequent	reporting	date.

–	
–	

The	categories	of	risks	faced	and	methods	used	for	deriving	sensitivity	information	did	not	change	from	previous	periods.

Sensitivity	analysis

Change	in	variables

Interest	rate	risk	
Impact	of	a	100	basis	point	
(bp)	change	in	Australian	and	
international	interest	rates.

Currency	risk	
Impact	of	a	10%	movement	
of	exchange	rates	against	the	
Australian	dollar	on	currency	
sensitive	monetary	assets		
and	liabilities.

Equity	price	risk	
Impact	of	a	10%	movement		
in	Australian	and	international	
equities.	Any	potential	impact	
on	fees	from	the	AMP	group’s	
investment	linked	business		
is	not	included.

–100bp
+100bp

10%	depreciation	of	AUD
10%	appreciation	of	AUD

10%	increase	in:
Australian	equities
International	equities

10%	decrease	in:
Australian	equities
International	equities

2018

2017

Impact	on		
profit	after	tax		
increase		
(decrease)
$m

	Impact		
on	equity1	
	increase		
(decrease)	
$m

Impact	on		
profit	after	tax		
increase		
(decrease)
$m

	Impact		
on	equity1	
	increase		
(decrease)	
$m

(8)
(4)

3
(4)

8
6

(10)
(8)

2
(18)

119
(99)

8
6

(10)
(8)

(3)
(15)

4
(5)

10
7

(10)
(9)

(33)
9

130
(107)

10
7

(10)
(9)

1	

	Included	in	the	impact	on	equity	is	both	the	impact	on	profit	after	tax	as	well	as	the	impact	of	amounts	that	would	be	taken	directly	to	equity	in	
respect	of	the	portion	of	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	that	qualify	as	cash	flow	hedges	for	hedge	accounting.

(b)		 Liquidity	and	refinancing	risk	

Risk

Exposures

Management	of	exposures

AMP	group	corporate	debt	portfolio,		
AMP	Bank	and	AMP	Capital	through		
various	investment	funds,	entities		
or	mandates	that	AMP	manages	or		
controls	within	the	AMP	group.

Liquidity	risk
The	risk	that	the	AMP	group		
is	not	able	to	meet	its		
obligations	as	they	fall	due	
because	of	an	inability	to	
liquidate	assets	or	obtain	
adequate	funding	when	required.

Refinancing	risk
The	risk	that	the	AMP	group	is	
not	able	to	refinance	the	full	
quantum	of	its	ongoing	debt	
requirements	on	appropriate	
terms	and	pricing.	

Group	Treasury	maintains	a	defined		
surplus	of	cash	to	mitigate	refinancing	
risk,	satisfy	regulatory	requirements	
and	protect	against	liquidity	shocks	
in	accordance	with	the	liquidity	risk	
management	policy	approved	by	the	
Group	ALCO.

Financiers	of	loans	lending	to	controlled	
entities	of	the	life	statutory	funds	do	not	
have	legal	recourse	beyond	the	operating	
subsidiary	borrower	and	there	is	no	direct	
effect	on	any	other	AMP	group	debt.

94

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20183.3  Financial risk management (continued)
Maturity	analysis
Below	is	a	summary	of	the	maturity	profiles	of	the	AMP	group’s	undiscounted	financial	liabilities	and	off-balance	sheet	items	at	the	
reporting	date,	based	on	contractual	undiscounted	repayment	obligations.	Repayments	that	are	subject	to	notice	are	treated	as	if	
notice	were	to	be	given	immediately.

2018	
Non-derivative	financial	liabilities
Payables	
Borrowings	
Subordinated	debt	
Investment	contract	liabilities1	
External	unitholders’	liabilities	

Derivative	financial	instruments	
Interest	rate	and	cross	currency	swaps	
Foreign	currency	forward	contract	

Off-balance	sheet	items	
Credit-related	commitments	–	AMP	Bank2	

Up	to		
1	year	or
no	term
$m

1,908		
13,915		
67		
372		
–		

8		
10		

3,396		

1	to	5		
years
$m

Over		
5	years
$m

Not		
specified	
$m

Total	
$m

119		
6,018		
346		
1,021		
–		

45		
–		

–		

–		
980		
1,425		
1,092		
–		

13		
–		

–		

5		
–		
–		
66,466		
17,059		

–		
–		

–		

2,032	
20,913	
1,838	
68,951	
17,059	

66	
10	

3,396	

Total	undiscounted	financial	liabilities	and	off-balance	sheet	items	

19,676		

7,549		

3,510		

83,530		

114,265	

2017	
Non-derivative	financial	liabilities	
Payables	
Borrowings	
Subordinated	debt	
Investment	contract	liabilities1	
External	unitholders’	liabilities	

Derivative	financial	instruments	
Interest	rate	and	cross	currency	swaps	

Off-balance	sheet	items	
Credit-related	commitments	–	AMP	Bank2	

1,635		
14,380		
65		
743		
–		

7		

3,606		

4		
5,011		
255		
703		
–		

26		

–		

15		
1,141		
1,162		
1,289		
–		

22		

–		

98		
–		
–		
72,691		
14,468		

–		

–		

1,752	
20,532	
1,482	
75,426	
14,468	

55	

3,606	

Total	undiscounted	financial	liabilities	and	off-balance	sheet	items3	

20,436		

5,999		

3,629		

87,257		

117,321	

1		

2		
3		

	Investment	contract	liabilities	are	liabilities	to	policyholders	for	investment	linked	business	linked	to	the	performance	and	value	of	assets	that	
back	those	liabilities.	If	all	these	policyholders	claimed	their	funds,	there	may	be	some	delay	in	settling	the	liability	as	assets	are	liquidated;	but	
the	shareholder	has	no	direct	exposure	to	any	liquidity	risk.	External	unitholders’	liabilities	all	relate	to	controlled	entities	of	the	AMP	Life	statutory	
funds	and	would	only	be	paid	when	corresponding	assets	are	realised.	
	Loan	commitments	are	off-balance	sheet	as	they	relate	to	unexercised	commitments	to	lend	to	customers	of	AMP	Bank.
	Estimated	net	cash	outflow	profile	of	life	insurance	contract	liabilities,	disclosed	in	note	4.4(d),	is	excluded	from	the	above	table.

95

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
3.3  Financial risk management (continued)
(c)		 Credit	risk
Credit	risk	management	is	decentralised	in	business	units	within	the	AMP	group,	with	the	exception	of	credit	risk	directly	and	indirectly	
impacting	shareholder	capital,	which	is	measured	and	managed	on	an	aggregate	basis	by	Group	Treasury	at	the	AMP	group	level	and	
reported	to	Group	ALCO.	

Risk

Exposures

Credit	risk
Credit	default	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	
or	reputational	loss	due	to	a	counterparty	
failing	to	meet	their	contractual	
commitments	in	full	and	on	time.

Concentration	of	credit	risk	arises	when	
a	number	of	financial	instruments	or	
contracts	are	entered	into	with	the	
same	counterparty	or	where	a	number	
of	counterparties	are	engaged	in	similar	
business	activities	that	would	cause	their	
ability	to	meet	contractual	obligations		
to	be	similarly	affected	by	changes	in	
economic	or	other	conditions.

Wholesale	credit	risk	on	the		
invested	fixed	income	portfolios		
in	AMP	Life’s	statutory	funds.

Wholesale	credit	risk,	including		
portfolio	construction,	in	the		
fixed	income	portfolios	managed		
by	AMP	Capital.

Credit	risk	arising	in	AMP	Bank		
as	part	of	lending	activities	and	
management	of	liquidity.

Management	of	exposures		
and	use	of	derivatives

Managed	by	the	AMP	Capital	Risk	and	
Compliance	Committee	and	reported	
to	the	fund	managers,	within	specified	
credit	criteria	in	the	mandate	approved	
by	the	AMP	Life	Board.	

Responsibility	of	the	individual	
investment	teams.	There	is	also	a	
dedicated	credit	research	team	and	a	
specific	credit	investment	committee.	
The	investment	risk	and	performance	
team	provides	reports	to	the	AMP	
Capital	Investment	Committee.	

Managed	as	prescribed	by	AMP	Bank’s	
Risk	Appetite	Statement	and	reported		
to	AMP	Bank	ALCO	monthly.	

Specific	detail	relating	to	credit	risk	
management	of	the	AMP	Bank	loan	
portfolio	is	outlined	below.

The	AMP	Concentration	and	Credit	Default	Risk	Policy	sets	out	the	assessment	and	determination	of	what	constitutes	credit	
concentration	risk.	The	policy	sets	exposure	limits	based	on	each	counterparty’s	credit	rating	(unless	special	considerations	are	defined).	
Additional	limits	are	set	for	the	distribution	of	the	total	portfolio	by	credit	rating	bands.	Compliance	with	this	policy	is	monitored	and	
exposures	and	breaches	are	reported	to	portfolio	managers,	senior	management	and	the	AMP	Board	Risk	Committee	through	periodic	
financial	risk	management	reports.	

Group	Treasury	also	might	enter	into	credit	default	swaps	to	hedge	the	concentration	risk	exposure	against	a	specific	issuer,	or	
aggregated	at	the	parent	entity,	when	material	exposures	are	over	the	authorised	limit.

The	exposures	on	interest-bearing	securities	and	cash	equivalents	which	impact	the	AMP	group’s	capital	position	are	managed	by	
Group	Treasury	within	limits	set	by	the	AMP	Concentration	and	Credit	Default	Risk	Policy.	

Impairment	assessment
Definition of default
AMP	Bank	considers	a	financial	assets	defaulted	and	hence	Stage	3	impaired	when	payment	is	90	days	past	due	or	when	there	is	no	
longer	reasonable	assurance	that	principal	or	interest	will	be	collected	in	their	entirety	on	a	timely	basis.

AMP Bank’s internal risk grading and PD estimation process
AMP	Bank’s	credit	risk	management	department	runs	expected	credit	loss	models	for	the	residential	mortgage	book	as	well	as	the	
practice	finance	loans.
–	

	The	Bank’s	residential	mortgage	book	is	a	portfolio	with	a	low	default	history	so	point-in-time	(PIT)	benchmark	PDs	are	utilised	
across	the	portfolio	by	Loan	to	Value	Ratio	(LVR)	band	and	time	since	origination.	

Internal	risk	grades	for	residential	Mortgage	book	are	as	follows:

Internal	credit	rating	grade	

Internal	credit	rating	grade	description

Performing

Not	in	arrears	in	the	past	six	months

Past	due	but	not	impaired

Accounts	in	arrears	but	have	not	been	past	90	days	in	the	last	six	months

Impaired

90	days	past	due	over	the	last	six	months

–	

	For	practice	finance	loans	a	Probability	of	Default	risk	grade	model	is	applied	that	includes	weighted	risk	factors	such	as	Interest	
Coverage	Ratio,	Revenue	growth,	Licence	Compliance	Rating,	Experience	in	business	and	Arrears	levels.	Practices	with	outstanding	
annual	reviews	are	also	downgraded.	Credit	judgement	may	be	applied	to	arrive	at	the	final	risk	grade.	

96

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20183.3  Financial risk management (continued)
Internal	risk	grades	for	practice	finance	book	are	as	follows:

Internal	risk	grade

Internal	risk	grade	description

Broadly	corresponds	with	Standard	&	Poors	ratings	of

A	to	H

I

Sub-investment	Grade

BB+	to	CCC

Impaired

D

The	Bank’s	interbank	and	financial	institutions	exposures	as	well	as	exposures	to	interest-bearing	securities	are	based	on	external	
credit	rating	of	the	counterparties	as	follows:

Internal	risk	grade	description

Senior	Investment	Grade

Investment	Grade

Sub-investment	Grade

Broadly	corresponds	with	Standard	&	Poors	ratings	of

AAA	to	A–

BBB+	to	BBB–

BB+	up	to	but	not	including	defaulted	or	impaired

Exposure	at	default	(EAD)
EAD	is	modelled	by	applying	assumptions	in	relation	to	the	amortisation	of	the	loans	based	on	scheduled	principal	and	interest	
repayments.

Loss	given	default	(LGD)
For	the	residential	mortgage	portfolio	the	key	driver	for	the	LGD	calculation	is	the	value	of	the	underlying	property	given	in	a	foreclosure	
scenario	the	proceeds	from	the	sale	of	a	property	are	secured	by	the	Bank	to	repay	the	loan	in	the	event	of	default.	The	value	of	the	
underlying	residential	property	is	captured	via	the	LVR	which	factors	both	changes	in	balance	and	estimated	value	of	the	collateral	
using	market	data	and	indices.	Both	floor	and	haircuts	are	applied	to	provide	for	model	risk.

For	practice	finance	loans,	the	LGD	is	calculated	via	assumptions	to	the	reduction	in	valuations	of	practices	(being	a	multiple	of	their	
recurring	cash	flows)	in	the	event	of	default,	such	as	client	run-off	or	deterioration	in	valuation	due	to	compliance	issues.

Grouping	of	financial	assets	for	expected	credit	losses	(ECL)	calculation
Asset	classes	where	the	bank	calculates	ECL	on	an	individual	basis	include	all	Stage	3	assets,	and	interbank	and	debt	securities	at	FVOCI.

For	all	other	asset	classes	ECL	is	calculated	on	a	collective	basis	taking	into	account	risk	factors	for	each	loan	and	arriving	at	the	ECL	
estimate	and	then	aggregating	the	number	for	the	relevant	portfolio.

Forward-looking	information	
The	Bank’s	ECL	model	incorporates	a	number	of	forward-looking	Macroeconomic	scenarios	(MEF)	that	are	reviewed	on	a	quarterly		
basis	and	approved	by	the	Credit	Risk	Committee	(CRC).	The	MEF	factors	include	unemployment,	property	prices,	ASX	Index	and		
Cash	Rate.

At	least	three	different	scenarios	with	fixed	weightings	are	used	in	the	model.	The	weightings	are	reviewed	on	annual	basis.

The	ECL	is	calculated	as	the	probability	weighted	average	of	the	provision	calculated	for	each	economic	scenario.

Write-offs
Financial	assets	are	written	off	either	partially	or	in	their	entirety	only	when	there	is	no	reasonable	expectation	of	recovery.		
Recovery	actions	can	cease	if	they	are	determined	as	being	no	longer	cost	effective	or	in	some	situations	where	the	customers		
have	filed	for	bankruptcy.

Credit	risk	of	the	loan	portfolio	in	AMP	Bank	(the	Bank)
The	Bank	is	predominantly	a	lender	for	residential	properties	–	both	owner	occupied	and	for	investment.	In	every	case	the	Bank	
completes	a	credit	assessment,	which	includes	cost	of	living	allowance	and	requires	valuation	of	the	proposed	security	property.	
Approximately	20%	of	the	Bank’s	residential	loan	portfolio	is	externally	securitised	and	all	loans	in	securitisation	trusts	are	loans	that	
have	LMI	thereby	further	mitigating	the	risk.	The	Bank’s	CRC	and	BRC	oversee	trends	in	lending	exposures	and	compliance	with	the	
Risk	Appetite	Statement.	The	Bank	secures	its	housing	loans	with	mortgages	over	relevant	properties	and	as	a	result	manages	credit	
risk	on	its	loans	with	conservative	lending	policies	and	particular	focus	on	the	LVR.	The	LVR	is	calculated	by	dividing	the	total	loan	
amount	outstanding	by	the	lower	of	the	Bank’s	approved	valuation	amount	or	the	purchase	price.	Loans	with	LVR	greater	than	80%	
are	fully	mortgage	insured.	Mortgage	insurance	is	provided	by	Genworth	Mortgage	Insurance	Australia	Ltd	and	QBE	Lenders	Mortgage	
Insurance	Ltd	who	are	both	regulated	by	APRA.	The	Bank	has	strong	relationships	with	both	insurers	and	experienced	minimal	levels		
of	historic	claim	rejections	and	reductions.

97

AMP 2018 annual report3.3  Financial risk management (continued)
The	average	LVR	at	origination	of	AMP	Bank’s	loan	portfolio	for	existing	and	new	business	is	set	out	in	the	following	table:

LVR
0–50	
51–60	 	
61–70	 	
71–80	 	
81–90	 	
91–95	 	
>	95		

Existing	
business
2018
%

New	
business
2018
%

Existing	
business
2017
%

New	
business
2017
%

18	
12	
18	
37	
11	
4	
–	

15	
10	
16	
44	
8	
7	
–	

18	
12	
18	
36	
12	
4	
–	

12
12
17
47
6
6
–

Renegotiated	loans
Where	possible,	AMP	Bank	seeks	to	restructure	loans	for	borrowers	seeking	hardship	relief	rather	than	take	possession	of	collateral.		
This	may	involve	capitalising	interest	repayments	for	a	period	and	increasing	the	repayment	arrangement	for	the	remaining	term		
of	the	loan.	Once	the	terms	have	been	renegotiated,	the	loan	is	no	longer	considered	past	due.	AMP	Bank	assisted	customers	by	
renegotiating	$165m	(2017:	$88m)	worth	of	loans	during	the	year,	that	otherwise	would	be	past	due	or	impaired.

Collateral	and	master	netting	or	similar	agreements
The	AMP	group	obtains	collateral	and	utilises	netting	agreements	to	mitigate	credit	risk	exposures	from	certain	counterparties.

(i)  Derivative financial assets and liabilities
The	credit	risk	of	derivatives	is	managed	in	the	context	of	the	AMP	group’s	overall	credit	risk	policies	and	includes	the	use	of	Credit	
Support	Annexes	to	derivative	agreements	which	facilitate	the	bi-lateral	posting	of	collateral	as	well	as	the	clearing	of	derivative	
positions	on	the	London	Clearing	House.

Certain	derivative	assets	and	liabilities	are	subject	to	legally	enforceable	master	netting	arrangements,	such	as	an	International		
Swaps	and	Derivatives	Association	(ISDA)	master	netting	agreement.	In	certain	circumstances,	for	example	when	a	credit	event		
such	as	a	default	occurs,	all	outstanding	transactions	under	an	ISDA	agreement	are	terminated,	the	termination	value	is	assessed		
and	only	a	single	net	amount	is	payable	in	settlement	of	all	transactions.

An	ISDA	agreement	does	not	automatically	meet	the	criteria	for	offsetting	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.		
This	is	because	the	AMP	group,	in	most	cases,	does	not	have	any	current	legally	enforceable	right	to	offset	recognised	amounts.

If	these	netting	arrangements	were	applied	to	the	derivative	portfolio,	the	derivative	assets	of	$1,059m	would	be	reduced	by		
$180m	to	the	net	amount	of	$879m	and	derivative	liabilities	of	$1,225m	would	be	reduced	by	$180m	to	the	net	amount	of		
$1,045m	(2017:	derivative	assets	of	$1,092m	would	be	reduced	by	$154m	to	the	net	amount	of	$938m	and	derivative	liabilities		
of	$489m	would	be	reduced	by	$154m	to	the	net	amount	of	$335m).

(ii)  Repurchase agreements
Included	within	debt	securities	are	assets	held	to	back	the	liability	for	collateral	deposits	held	in	respect	of	debt	security	repurchase	
arrangements	entered	into	by	the	life	entities’	statutory	funds	and	controlled	entities	of	the	life	entities’	statutory	funds.	As	at	
31	December	2018,	if	repurchase	arrangements	were	netted,	debt	securities	of	$32,577m	would	be	reduced	by	$9m	to	the	net	amount	
of	$32,568m	and	collateral	deposits	held	of	$164m	would	be	reduced	by	$9m	to	the	net	amount	of	$155m	(2017:	debt	securities		
of	$32,457m	would	be	reduced	by	$8m	to	the	net	amount	of	$32,449m	and	collateral	deposits	held	of	$8m	would	be	reduced	by		
$8m	to	the	net	amount	of	$nil).

(iii)  Other collateral
The	AMP	group	has	collateral	arrangements	in	place	with	some	counterparties	in	addition	to	collateral	deposits	held	with	respect		
to	repurchase	agreements.	The	amount	and	type	of	collateral	required	by	AMP	Bank	on	housing	loans	depends	on	an	assessment		
of	the	credit	risk	of	the	counterparty.	Guidelines	are	in	place	covering	the	acceptability	and	valuation	of	each	type	of	collateral.	

AMP	Bank	holds	collateral	against	its	loans	and	advances	primarily	in	the	form	of	mortgage	interests	over	property,	other	registered	
securities	over	assets	and	guarantees.

Management	monitors	the	market	value	of	collateral	and	will	request	additional	collateral	in	accordance	with	the	underlying	
agreement.	In	the	event	of	customer	default,	AMP	Bank	can	enforce	any	security	held	as	collateral	against	the	outstanding	claim.	
Any	loan	security	is	usually	held	as	mortgagee	in	possession	while	AMP	Bank	seeks	to	realise	its	value	through	the	sale	of	property.	
Therefore,	AMP	Bank	does	not	hold	any	real	estate	or	other	assets	acquired	through	the	repossession	of	collateral.

Collateral	generally	consists	of	11am	loans	and	deposits	and	is	exchanged	between	the	counterparties	to	reduce	the	exposure		
from	the	net	fair	value	of	derivative	assets	and	liabilities	between	the	counterparties.	As	at	31	December	2018	there	was	$165m		
(2017:	$94m)	of	collateral	deposits	(due	to	other	counterparties)	and	$78m	(2017:	$41m)	of	collateral	loans	(due	from	other	
counterparties)	relating	to	derivative	assets	and	liabilities.	

98

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
3.4  Derivatives and hedge accounting
The	group	is	exposed	to	certain	risks	relating	to	its	ongoing	business	operations.	To	mitigate	the	risks	the	group	uses	derivative		
financial	instruments	such	as	cross-currency	swaps	and	interest	rate	swaps.	When	the	group	designates	certain	derivatives	to	be		
part	of	a	hedging	relationship,	and	they	meet	the	criteria	for	hedge	accounting,	the	hedges	are	classified	as:
–	
–	
–	

	Cash	flow	hedges;
	Fair	value	hedges;	or	
	Net	investment	hedges.

Derivative	financial	instruments	are	held	for	risk	and	asset	management	purposes	only	and	not	for	the	purpose	of	speculation.		
Not	all	derivatives	held	are	designated	as	hedging	instruments.	The	group’s	risk	management	strategy	and	how	it	is	applied	to		
manage	risk	is	explained	further	in	note	3.3.	

The	following	table	sets	out	the	notional	amount	of	derivative	instruments	designated	in	a	hedge	relationship	by	relationship	type		
as	well	as	the	related	carrying	amounts.

2018
Hedge	type	
Cash	flow	
Fair	value	
Fair	value	
Fair	value	and	cash	flow	
Net	investment	

Total	

2017
Hedge	type	
Cash	flow	
Fair	value	
Fair	value	
Fair	value	and	cash	flow	
Net	investment	

Total	

Hedging	instrument
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Foreign	currency	forward	contract	

Hedging	instrument
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Foreign	currency	forward	contract	

Notional	
amount	
$m

Fair	value	
Assets	
$m

Fair	value
Liabilities	
$m

8,467		
147		
127		
305		
	343		

5		
–		
9		
3		
	–		

	9,389		

	17		

	8,862		
	145		
	123		
	–		
	376		

	9,506		

	18		
	–		
	11		
	–		
	4		

	33		

19	
22	
–	
	–	
	7	

	48	

	11	
	25	
	–	
	–	
	1	

	37	

Derivative instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges
The	group	is	exposed	to	variability	in	future	interest	cash	flows	on	non-trading	assets	and	liabilities	which	bear	interest	at	fixed		
and	variable	rates.	The	group	uses	interest	rate	swaps	to	manage	interest	rate	risks	and	many	of	the	swaps	are	cash	flow	hedges		
for	accounting	purposes.	

Methods	used	to	test	hedge	effectiveness	and	establish	the	hedge	ratio	include	regression	analysis,	and	for	some	portfolio	hedge	
relationships,	a	comparison	to	ensure	the	expected	interest	cash	flows	from	the	portfolio	exceed	those	of	the	hedging	instruments.	
The	main	potential	source	of	hedge	ineffectiveness	from	cash	flow	hedges	is	mismatches	in	the	terms	of	hedged	items	and	hedging	
instruments,	for	example	the	frequency	and	timing	of	when	interest	rates	are	reset.

During	the	year	the	AMP	group	recognised	$nil	(2017:	$nil)	due	to	ineffectiveness	on	derivative	instruments	designated	as	cash	flow	
hedges.

Derivative instruments accounted for as fair value hedges
Fair	value	hedges	are	used	to	protect	against	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	due	to	movements		
in	exchange	rates	and	interest	rates.	

Hedge	effectiveness	is	assessed	by	comparing	the	overall	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	the	hedging	instrument	against	the	changes		
in	the	fair	value	of	the	hedged	items	attributable	to	the	hedged	risks.	The	main	potential	source	of	ineffectiveness	on	fair	value	hedges	
is	currency	basis	spread,	which	is	included	in	the	valuation	of	the	hedging	instrument,	but	excluded	from	the	value	of	the	hedged	item.

During	the	year	the	AMP	group	recognised	net	gains	of	$7m	(2017:	$1m)	due	to	ineffectiveness	on	derivative	instruments	designated	
as	fair	value	hedges.	

99

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
		
		
3.4  Derivatives and hedge accounting (continued)
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations 
The	group	hedges	its	exposure	to	changes	in	exchange	rates	on	the	value	of	its	foreign	currency	denominated	seed	pool	investments.	
Hedge	effectiveness	is	assessed	based	on	the	overall	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	the	forward	contract,	primarily	using	the	cumulative	
dollar	offset	method.

The	AMP	group	recognised	a	profit	of	$nil	(2017:	$nil)	due	to	the	ineffective	portion	of	hedges	relating	to	investments	in	seed	pool	
foreign	operations.

The	following	table	sets	out	the	maturity	profile	of	derivative	instruments	in	a	hedge	relationship.	

2018
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Foreign	currency	forward	contract	

2017
Interest	rate	swaps	
Cross-currency	swaps	
Foreign	currency	forward	contract	

0	to	3	months	
$m

3	to	12	months
$m

1	to	5	years
$m

Over	5	years
$m

Total	
$m

	2,812		
	–		
	327		

	1,967		
	–		
358		

	3,106		
	–		
	16		

	3,889		
	–		
18		

	1,720		
	452		
	–		

	2,649		
	145		
	–		

	956		
	–		
	–		

	480		
	–		
	–		

	8,594	
	452	
	343	

	8,985	
	145	
	376	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Derivative	financial	instruments
Derivative	financial	instruments	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	exclusive	of	any	transaction	costs	on	the	date	a	derivative	contract	
is	entered	into	and	are	subsequently	remeasured	to	their	fair	value	at	each	reporting	date.	All	derivatives	are	recognised	as	assets	when	
their	fair	value	is	positive	and	as	liabilities	when	their	fair	value	is	negative.	Any	gains	or	losses	arising	from	the	change	in	fair	value	of	
derivatives,	except	those	that	qualify	as	effective	cash	flow	hedges,	are	immediately	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.	

Hedge	accounting
Cash flow hedges
The	effective	portion	of	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	cash	flow	hedges	is	recognised	(including	related	tax	impacts)	through	Other	
comprehensive	income	in	the	Cash	flow	hedge	reserve	in	equity.	The	ineffective	portion	is	recognised	immediately	in	the	Consolidated	
income	statement.	The	balance	of	the	Cash	flow	hedge	reserve	in	relation	to	each	particular	hedge	is	transferred	to	the	Consolidated	
income	statement	in	the	period	when	the	hedged	item	affects	profit	or	loss.	Hedge	accounting	is	discontinued	when	a	hedging	
instrument	expires	or	is	sold	or	terminated,	or	when	a	hedge	no	longer	meets	the	criteria	for	hedge	accounting.	The	cumulative	gain	
or	loss	existing	in	equity	at	that	time	remains	in	equity	and	is	recognised	when	the	forecast	transaction	is	ultimately	recognised	in	
the	Consolidated	income	statement.	When	a	forecast	transaction	is	no	longer	expected	to	occur,	the	cumulative	gain	or	loss	that	was	
reported	in	equity	is	immediately	transferred	to	the	Consolidated	income	statement.

Fair value hedges
Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	fair	value	hedges	are	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement,	together	with	any	changes		
in	the	fair	value	of	the	hedged	asset	or	liability	that	are	attributable	to	the	hedged	risk.	If	a	hedge	no	longer	meets	the	criteria	for		
hedge	accounting,	the	cumulative	gains	and	losses	recognised	on	the	hedged	item	will	be	amortised	over	the	remaining	life	of	the	
hedged	item.

Net investment hedges
The	effective	portion	of	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	net	investment	hedges	is	recognised	(including	related	tax	impacts)	through		
Other	comprehensive	income	in	the	Hedge	of	net	investment	reserve	in	equity.	Any	ineffective	portion	is	recognised	immediately		
in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.	The	cumulative	gain	or	loss	existing	in	equity	remains	in	equity	until	the	foreign	investment		
is	disposed.		

100

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20183.5  Capital management 
AMP	holds	capital	to	protect	customers,	creditors	and	shareholders	against	unexpected	losses.	There	are	a	number	of	ways		
AMP	assesses	the	adequacy	of	its	capital	position.	Primarily,	AMP	aims	to:
–	
–	
–	

	maintain	a	sufficient	surplus	above	minimum	regulatory	capital	requirements	(MRR)	to	reduce	the	risk	of	breaching	MRR;	
	hold	sufficient	liquidity	to	ensure	that	AMP	has	sufficient	access	to	liquid	funds,	even	under	stress	situations;	and
	maintain	the	AMP	group’s	credit	rating.	

These	factors	are	balanced	when	forming	AMP’s	risk	appetite	as	approved	by	the	AMP	Limited	Board.

Calculation	of	capital	resources	
The	AMP	group’s	capital	resources	include	ordinary	equity	and	interest-bearing	liabilities.	The	AMP	group	excludes	the	interest-bearing	
liabilities	of	its	banking	subsidiary,	AMP	Bank	Limited,	and	controlled	investment	subsidiaries	and	trusts	from	the	AMP	group	capital	
resources.	

In	determining	the	capital	resources	the	AMP	group	needs	to	make	adjustments	to	the	statutory	shareholder	equity.	Under	
Australian	Accounting	Standards,	some	assets	held	on	behalf	of	the	policyholders	(and	related	tax	balances)	are	recognised	in	the	
financial	report	at	different	values	to	the	values	used	in	the	calculation	of	the	liability	to	policyholders	in	respect	of	the	same	assets.	
Therefore,	movements	in	these	policyholder	assets	result	in	accounting	mismatches	which	impact	the	statutory	equity	attributable	to	
shareholders	of	AMP	Limited.	Mismatches	arise	on	the	following	items:
–	
–	
–	

	treasury	shares	(AMP	Limited	shares	held	by	the	statutory	funds	on	behalf	of	policyholders);
	AMP	Life	Limited	statutory	funds’	investments	in	controlled	entities;	and
	AMP	Life	Limited	statutory	funds’	superannuation	products	invested	in	AMP	Bank	Limited	assets.	

Adjustments	are	also	made	relating	to	cash	flow	hedge	reserves	and	to	exclude	the	net	assets	of	the	AMP	Foundation.	

The	table	below	shows	the	AMP	group’s	capital	resources	at	reporting	date:

AMP	statutory	equity	attributable	to	shareholders	of	AMP	Limited	
Accounting	mismatches,	cash	flow	hedge	resources	and	other	adjustments	

AMP	shareholder	equity	
Subordinated	debt1	
Senior	debt1		

Total	AMP	capital	resources	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

6,685	
(2)	

6,683	
876	
973	

8,532	

7,202
74

7,276
951
730

8,957

1	

Amounts	shown	for	subordinated	debt	and	senior	debt	are	the	amounts	to	be	repaid	on	maturity.

Capital	requirements
A	number	of	the	operating	entities	within	the	AMP	group	of	companies	are	regulated	and	are	required	to	meet	minimum	regulatory	
capital	requirements	(MRR).	The	main	minimum	regulatory	capital	requirements	for	AMP’s	businesses	are:

Operating	entity

Minimum	regulatory	capital	requirement	

AMP	Life	Limited	(AMP	Life)	

AMP	Bank	Limited	(AMP	Bank)

Capital	adequacy	requirements	as	specified	under		
the	APRA	Life	Insurance	Prudential	Standards

Capital	requirements	as	specified	under		
the	APRA	ADI	Prudential	Standards

AMP	Superannuation	Limited	and		
National	Mutual	Superannuation	Pty	Limited

Operational	Risk	Financial	Requirements	as	specified		
under	the	APRA	Superannuation	Prudential	Standards

AMP	Capital	Investors	Limited		
and	other	ASIC	regulated	businesses

Capital	requirements	under	AFSL	requirements		
and	for	risks	relating	to	North	guarantees	

AMP’s	businesses	and	the	AMP	group	maintain	capital	targets	reflecting	their	material	risks	(including	financial	risk,	product	and	
insurance	risk	and	operational	risk)	and	AMP’s	risk	appetite.	The	target	surplus	is	a	management	guide	to	the	level	of	excess	capital		
that	the	AMP	group	seeks	to	carry	to	reduce	the	risk	of	breaching	MRR.

AMP	Limited,	AMP	Life	and	AMP	Bank	have	board-approved	minimum	capital	levels	above	APRA	requirements,	with	additional	capital	
targets	held	above	these	amounts.	Within	the	life	insurance	business,	the	capital	targets	above	board	minimums	have	been	set	to	a	
less	than	10%	probability	of	capital	resources	falling	below	the	board	minimum	over	a	12-month	period.	Capital	targets	are	also	set	for	
AMP	Capital	to	cover	risk	associated	with	seed	and	sponsor	capital	investments	and	operational	risk.	Other	components	of	AMP	group’s	
capital	targets	include	amounts	relating	to	Group	Office	investments,	defined	benefit	funds	and	other	operational	risks.

All	of	the	AMP	group	regulated	entities	have	at	all	times	during	the	current	and	prior	financial	year	complied	with	the	externally	
imposed	capital	requirements	to	which	they	are	subject.

101

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
Section 4: Life insurance and investment contracts
This	section	explains	how	AMP’s	liabilities	in	respect	of	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	are	measured,	including	the	
methodologies	and	key	assumptions	that	are	applied.	It	also	details	the	key	components	of	the	profits	that	are	recognised	in		
respect	of	life	insurance	contracts	and	the	sensitivity	of	those	profits	to	variations	in	assumptions.

	4.1		 Accounting	for	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts	
	4.2		 Life	insurance	contracts	–	premiums,	claims,	expenses	and	liabilities
4.3		 Life	insurance	contracts	–	assumptions	and	valuation	methodology
	4.4		 Life	insurance	contracts	–	risk
	4.5		 Other	disclosure	–	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts

4.1  Accounting for life insurance and investment contracts
Prior	to	1	January	2017	the	AMP	group’s	life	insurance	related	activities	were	conducted	through	two	registered	life	insurance	
companies,	AMP	Life	Limited	(AMP	Life)	and	the	National	Mutual	Life	Association	of	Australasia	Limited	(NMLA),	collectively,		
‘the	AMP	life	insurance	entities’.	On	1	January	2017,	the	Australian	and	New	Zealand	life	insurance	business	of	NMLA	was	transferred	
to	AMP	Life,	both	wholly-owned	controlled	entities	of	the	AMP	group,	pursuant	to	a	scheme	under	part	9	of	the	Life	Insurance	Act	1995.	
This	represents	the	substantial	majority	of	operations	of	NMLA	up	to	31	December	2016.	Because	NMLA	and	AMP	Life	are	both		
wholly-owned	subsidiaries	within	the	AMP	group,	there	was	no	impact	on	profit	and	loss	from	the	transfer	transaction.

The	two	major	contract	classifications	are	investment	contracts	and	life	insurance	contracts.	

For	the	purposes	of	this	financial	report,	holders	of	investment	contracts	or	life	insurance	contracts	are	collectively	and	individually	
referred	to	as	policyholders.

Investment	contracts
The	investment	contracts	of	AMP	Life	relate	to	wealth	management	products	such	as	savings,	investment-linked	and	retirement	
income	policies.	The	nature	of	this	business	is	that	AMP	Life	receives	deposits	from	policyholders	and	those	funds	are	invested	on	
behalf	of	the	policyholders.	Fees	and	other	charges	are	passed	to	the	shareholder	and	reported	as	revenue.

The	liability	to	policyholders,	other	than	for	fixed	retirement	income	policies,	is	linked	to	the	performance	and	value	of	the	assets	that	
back	those	liabilities.	The	fair	value	of	such	liabilities	is	therefore	the	same	as	the	fair	value	of	those	assets.	For	fixed	retirement	income	
policies,	the	liability	is	linked	to	the	fair	value	of	the	fixed	retirement	income	payments	and	associated	management	services	element.

The	fair	value	of	the	fixed	retirement	income	payments	is	calculated	as	their	net	present	value	using	a	fair	value	discount	rate.		
The	fair	value	of	the	associated	management	services	element	is	the	net	present	value,	using	a	fair	value	discount	rate,	of	all	expenses	
associated	with	the	provision	of	services	and	any	profit	margins	thereon.

Life	insurance	contracts
AMP	Life	issues	contracts	that	transfer	significant	insurance	risk	from	the	policyholder,	covering	death,	disability	or	longevity	of	the	
insured.	In	addition,	there	are	some	policies	known	as	discretionary	participating	contracts	that	are	similar	to	investment	contracts,		
but	the	timing	of	the	vesting	of	the	profit	attributable	to	the	policyholders	is	at	the	discretion	of	AMP	Life.	Such	contracts	are	defined		
as	life	insurance	contracts	and	accounted	for	using	Margin	on	Services	(MoS).

Under	MoS,	the	excess	of	premium	received	over	claims	and	expenses	(the	margin)	is	recognised	over	the	life	of	the	contract	in	a	
manner	that	reflects	the	pattern	of	risk	accepted	from	the	policyholder	(the	service).	The	planned	release	of	this	margin	is	included		
in	the	movement	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.

Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	are	usually	determined	using	a	projection	method,	whereby	estimates	of	policy	cash	flows	(premiums,	
benefits,	expenses	and	profit	margins	to	be	released	in	future	periods)	are	projected	using	best-estimate	assumptions	about	the	future.	
The	liability	is	calculated	as	the	net	present	value	of	these	projected	cash	flows.	When	the	benefits	under	a	life	insurance	contract	
are	linked	to	the	assets	backing	it,	the	discount	rate	applied	is	based	on	the	expected	future	investment	earnings	rate	of	those	assets.	
Where	the	benefits	are	not	linked	to	the	performance	of	the	backing	assets,	a	risk-free	discount	rate	is	used.	The	risk-free	discount	rate	
is	based	on	the	zero	coupon	government	bond	rate	and	a	liquidity	margin,	which	depend	on	the	nature,	structure	and	terms	of	the	
contract	liabilities.

An	accumulation	method	may	be	used	if	it	produces	results	that	are	not	materially	different	from	those	produced	by	a	projection	
method.	A	modified	accumulation	method	is	used	for	some	discretionary	participating	business,	where	the	life	insurance	liability	is	
the	accumulation	of	amounts	invested	by	policyholders,	less	fees	specified	in	the	policy,	plus	investment	earnings	and	vested	benefits,	
adjusted	to	allow	for	the	fact	that	crediting	rates	are	determined	by	reference	to	investment	income	over	a	period	of	greater	than	
one	year.	The	accumulation	method	may	be	adjusted	to	the	extent	that	acquisition	expenses	are	to	be	recovered	from	future	margins	
between	fees	and	expenses.

102

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20184.1  Accounting for life insurance and investment contracts (continued)
Allocation	of	operating	profit	and	unvested	policyholder	benefits
The	operating	profit	arising	from	discretionary	participating	contracts	is	allocated	between	shareholders	and	participating	
policyholders	by	applying	the	MoS	principles	in	accordance	with	the	Life Insurance Act 1995	(Cth)	(Life	Act)	and	the	Participating	
Business	Management	Framework.

Once	profit	is	allocated	to	participating	policyholders	it	can	only	be	distributed	to	these	policyholders.	

Profit	allocated	to	participating	policyholders	is	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	as	an	increase	in	policy	liabilities.		
The	policy	liabilities	include	profit	that	has	not	yet	been	allocated	to	specific	policyholders	(ie	unvested)	and	that	which	has	been	
allocated	to	specific	policyholders	by	way	of	bonus	distributions	(ie	vested).

Bonus	distributions	to	participating	policyholders	do	not	alter	the	amount	of	profit	attributable	to	shareholders.	They	change	the	
nature	of	the	liability	from	unvested	to	vested.	

(ii)	

The	principles	of	allocation	of	the	profit	arising	from	discretionary	participating	business	are	as	follows:
(i)	

	investment	income	(net	of	tax	and	investment	expenses)	on	retained	earnings	in	respect	of	discretionary	participating	business	
is	allocated	between	policyholders	and	shareholders	in	proportion	to	the	balances	of	policyholders’	and	shareholders’	retained	
earnings.	This	proportion	is,	mostly,	80%	to	policyholders	and	20%	to	shareholders;
	other	MoS	profits	arising	from	discretionary	participating	business	are	allocated	80%	to	policyholders	and	20%	to	shareholders,	
with	the	following	exceptions:
–	

	the	profit	arising	from	New	Zealand	corporate	superannuation	business	is	apportioned	such	that	shareholders	are	allocated	
15%	of	the	profit	allocated	to	policyholders;
	the	profit	arising	in	respect	of	Australian	preservation	superannuation	account	business	is	allocated	92.5%	to	policyholders		
and	7.5%	to	shareholders;
	the	profits	arising	from	discretionary	participating	investment	account	business	where	100%	of	investment	profit	is	allocated		
to	policyholders	and	100%	of	any	other	profit	or	loss	is	allocated	to	shareholders,	with	the	over-riding	provision	being	that	
at	least	80%	of	any	profit	and	not	more	than	80%	of	any	loss	be	allocated	to	policyholders’	retained	profits	of	the	relevant	
statutory	fund;	and
	the	underwriting	profit	arising	in	respect	of	participating	Business	Super	risk	business	is	allocated	90%	to	policyholders	and	
10%	to	shareholders.

–	

–	

–	

Allocation	of	expenses	within	the	life	insurance	entity’s	statutory	funds
All	operating	expenses	relating	to	the	life	insurance	contract	and	investment	contract	activities	are	apportioned	between	acquisition,	
maintenance	and	investment	management	expenses.	Expenses	which	are	directly	attributable	to	an	individual	life	insurance	contract	
or	investment	contract	or	product	are	allocated	directly	to	a	particular	expense	category,	fund,	class	of	business	and/or	product	line	as	
appropriate.

Where	expenses	are	not	directly	attributable,	they	are	appropriately	apportioned,	according	to	detailed	expense	analysis,	with	due	
regard	to	the	activities	to	which	that	expense	relates.	The	apportionment	basis	has	been	made	in	accordance	with	Actuarial	Standards	
and	on	an	equitable	basis	to	the	different	classes	of	business	in	accordance	with	the	Life	Act.

The	costs	apportioned	to	life	insurance	contracts	are	included	in	the	determination	of	the	margin	described	in	note	4.1.

Investment	management	expenses	of	the	life	statutory	funds	are	classified	as	operating	expenses.

Reinsurance
Life	insurance	contract	premium	ceded	to	reinsurers	is	recognised	as	an	expense	and	Life	insurance	contract	claims	recovered	from	
reinsurers	is	recognised	as	income.

Upfront	commission	received	on	quota	share	reinsurance	contracts	is	recognised	as	commission	revenue	and	a	corresponding	
reinsurance	liability	is	recognised	representing	the	obligation	to	pay	future	premiums	to	the	reinsurer.	The	establishment	of	the	
reinsurance	liability	is	reflected	in	Change	in	policyholder	liabilities.	The	liability	will	be	released	in	line	with	the	release	of	the	profit	
margin	on	the	underlying	insurance	contracts.	

Changes	in	the	reinsurance	asset	and	the	reinsurance	liability	during	the	period	are	recognised	as	Changes	in	policyholder	liabilities.	
On-going	commission	from	reinsurers	is	recognised	as	revenue	at	the	time	the	commission	is	received	or	receivable.

Critical	accounting	judgements	and	estimates
Life insurance contract liabilities
The measurement of insurance contract liabilities is determined using the MoS methodology. The determination of the liability  
amounts involves judgement in selecting the valuation methods, profit carriers and valuation assumptions for each type of business.  
The determination is subjective and relatively small changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the reported profit.  
The Board of AMP Life is responsible for these judgements and assumptions, after taking advice from the Appointed Actuary. 

Investment contract liabilities
Investment contract liabilities are measured at fair value. For the majority of contracts, the fair value is determined based on published 
unit prices and the fair value of backing assets, and does not generally require the exercise of judgement. For fixed income products and 
the North capital guarantee, fair value is determined using valuation models. Judgement is applied in selecting the valuation model and 
setting the valuation assumptions. 

103

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
4.2  Life insurance contracts – premiums, claims, expenses and liabilities

(a)		 Analysis	of	life	insurance	contract	related	revenue	–	net	of	reinsurance	
Total	life	insurance	contract	premiums	received	and	receivable	
Less:	component	recognised	as	a	change	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	

Life	insurance	contract	premium	revenue1	
Commission	received	from	reinsurers	

Life	insurance	contract	related	revenue	
Life	insurance	contract	premium	ceded	to	reinsurers	

Life	insurance	contract	related	revenue	–	net	of	reinsurance	

(b)		 Analysis	of	life	insurance	contract	claims	expenses	–	net	of	reinsurance	
Total	life	insurance	contract	claims	paid	and	payable	
Less:	component	recognised	as	a	change	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	

Life	insurance	contract	claims	expense	
Life	insurance	claims	recovered	from	reinsurers	

Life	insurance	contract	claims	expenses	–	net	of	reinsurance	

(c)		 Analysis	of	life	insurance	contract	operating	expenses	
Life	insurance	contract	acquisition	expenses	
–		
commission	
–		 other	expenses	
Life	insurance	contract	maintenance	expenses	
–		
commission	
–		 other	expenses	
Investment	management	expenses	

(d)		 Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	determined	using	projection	method	
Best estimate liability 
–		
–		
–		
Value of future profits 
–		
–		

value	of	future	life	insurance	contract	benefits	
value	of	future	expenses	
value	of	future	premiums	

life	insurance	contract	holder	bonuses	
shareholders’	profit	margins	

Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	determined	using	the	projection	method2	

Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	determined	using	accumulation	method	
Best estimate liability 
–		
–		

value	of	future	life	insurance	contract	benefits	
value	of	future	acquisition	expenses	

Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	determined	using	the	accumulation	method	

Value	of	declared	bonus	
Unvested	policyholder	benefits	liabilities2	

Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	net	of	reinsurance	
Reinsurance	asset	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	
Reinsurance	liability	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts3	

Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	gross	of	reinsurance	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

2,549		
(367)	

2,182		
471		

2,653		
(989)	

2,696	
(402)

2,294	
703	

2,997	
(635)

1,664		

2,362	

(3,412)	
1,158		

(2,254)	
487		

(3,192)
1,146	

(2,046)
234	

(1,767)	

(1,812)	

(27)	
(115)	

(172)	
(408)	
(53)	

(41)
(130)

(178)
(404)
(55)

14,469		
4,377		
(10,435)	

15,007	
4,616	
(12,078)

3,136		
1,565		

3,354	
2,183	

13,112		

13,082	

7,951		
(50)	

8,703	
(58)

7,901		

8,645	

304		
2,319		

23,636		
1,073		
(1,452)	

290	
2,312	

24,329	
804	
(1,450)

23,257		

23,683	

1		
2		

3			

Life	insurance	contract	premium	revenue	consists	entirely	of	direct	insurance	premiums;	there	is	no	inward	reinsurance	component.
	For	participating	business	in	the	statutory	funds,	part	of	the	assets	in	excess	of	the	life	insurance	contract	and	other	liabilities	calculated	under		
MoS	are	attributed	to	policyholders.	Under	the	Life	Act,	this	is	referred	to	as	‘policyholder	retained	profits’.	For	the	purpose	of	reporting	under	
accounting	standards,	this	amount	is	referred	to	as	unvested	policyholder	benefits	liabilities	and	is	included	within	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
even	though	it	is	yet	to	be	vested	as	specific	policyholder	entitlements.
	Reinsurance	liability	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	reflects	the	present	value	of	the	net	obligation	to	transfer	cash	flows	under	the	60%	quota	
share	reinsurance	arrangement	with	Gen	Re,	Munich	Re	and	Swiss	Re,	in	return	for	upfront	commission	received.	It	also	reflects	the	reinsurance	
position	of	the	surplus	reinsurance	arrangement	with	Gen	Re	and	Swiss	Re.

104

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018		
	
	
		
	
	
		
		
		
	
	
	
		
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
4.2  Life insurance contracts – premiums, claims, expenses and liabilities (continued)

(e)		 Reconciliation	of	changes	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities		
Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Change	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	
Premiums	recognised	as	an	increase	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Claims	recognised	as	a	decrease	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Change	in	reinsurance	asset	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	
Change	in	reinsurance	liability	–	ceded	life	insurance	contracts	
Foreign	exchange	adjustment	

Total	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	at	the	end	of	the	year	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

23,683		
(79)	
367		
(1,158)	
269		
(2)	
177		

24,225	
1,069	
402	
(1,146)
258	
(920)
(205)

23,257		

23,683	

4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology 
Life	insurance	contract	liabilities,	and	hence	the	net	profit	from	life	insurance	contracts,	are	calculated	by	applying	the	principles	of	MoS	
described	in	note	4.1.	The	key	assumptions	and	methods	used	in	the	calculation	of	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	are	outlined	below.

The	methods	and	profit	carriers	used	to	calculate	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	for	particular	policy	types	are	as	follows:

Business	type

Method

Conventional	
Investment	account	
Retail	risk	(lump	sum)	
Retail	risk	(income	protection)	
Group	risk	(lump	sum)	
Group	risk	(income	benefits)	
Participating	allocated	annuities	
Life	annuities	

Projection	
Modified	accumulation	
Projection	
Projection	
Accumulation	
Accumulation	
Modified	accumulation	
Projection	

Profit	carriers	(for	business		
valued	using	projection	method)

Bonuses
n/a
Expected	premiums
Expected	premiums
n/a
n/a
n/a
Annuity	payments

(a)	 Risk-free	discount	rates	
Except	where	benefits	are	contractually	linked	to	the	performance	of	the	assets	held,	a	risk-free	discount	rate	based	on	current	
observable,	objective	rates	that	relate	to	the	nature,	structure	and	term	of	the	future	obligations	is	used.	The	rates	are	determined		
as	shown	in	the	following	table:

Business	type

Basis1

31	December	2018

31	December	2017

Australia
%

	New	Zealand	
%

Australia
%

	New	Zealand	
%

Retail	risk	(other	than		
income	benefit	open	claims)1

Zero	coupon	government	bond		
yield	curve

1.8–3.0

1.7–3.0

1.8–3.6

1.8–3.6

Retail	risk	and	group	risk	
(income	benefit	open	claims)1

Zero	coupon	government	bond	yield	
curve	(including	liquidity	premium)

2.1–3.2

2.0–3.3

2.0–3.7

2.0–3.8

Life	annuities

Non-CPI

Zero	coupon	government	bond	yield	
curve	(including	liquidity	premium)

2.2–3.3

2.0–3.4

2.1–3.8

2.0–3.9

CPI

Commonwealth	indexed	bond	yield	
curve	(including	liquidity	premium)

0.8–1.3

1.1–2.3

0.5–1.2

0.7–2.4

1		

The	discount	rates	vary	by	duration	in	the	range	shown	above.	

105

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology (continued)
(b)	 Future	maintenance	and	investment	expenses	
Unit	maintenance	costs	are	based	on	budgeted	expenses	in	the	year	following	the	reporting	date	(including	GST,	as	appropriate,	and	
excluding	one-off	expenses).	For	future	years,	these	are	increased	for	inflation	as	described	in	(c)	below.	These	expenses	include	fees	
charged	to	the	life	statutory	funds	by	service	companies	in	the	AMP	group.	Unit	costs	vary	by	product	line	and	class	of	business	based	
on	an	apportionment	that	is	supported	by	expense	analyses.

Future	investment	expenses	are	based	on	the	fees	currently	charged	by	the	asset	managers.

Inflation	and	indexation

(c)	
Benefits	and	premiums	of	many	regular	premium	policies	are	automatically	indexed	by	the	published	consumer	price	index	(CPI).	
Assumed	future	take-up	of	these	indexation	options	is	based	on	AMP	Life’s	own	experience.	The	annual	future	CPI	rates	are	largely	
derived	from	the	difference	between	long-term	government	bonds	and	indexed	government	bonds.

The	expense	inflation	assumptions	have	been	set	based	on	the	inflation	rates,	recent	expense	performance,	AMP	Life’s	current	plans	
and	the	terms	of	the	relevant	service	company	agreement,	as	appropriate.	In	addition,	higher	expense	inflation	has	been	assumed	for	
Australia	and	New	Zealand	wealth	protection	portfolios	compared	to	that	assumed	at	31	December	2017.	The	higher	expense	inflation	
assumption	adopted	due	to	the	announcement	of	the	transition	to	in-force	specialist	life	insurer	reflects	an	expectation	that	costs	are	
not	fully	variable	and	will	decrease	more	slowly	than	the	run-off	of	policies.

The	assumed	CPI	and	expense	inflation	rates	at	the	valuation	date	are:

31	December	2018	
31	December	2017	

Australia	%

New	Zealand	%

CPI

1.6	
	1.9	

Expense	
Inflation

3.0–8.0	
3.0	

CPI

1.7	
1.7	

Expense	
Inflation

2.0–6.0
2.0

(d)	 Bases	of	taxation
The	bases	of	taxation	(including	deductibility	of	expenses)	are	assumed	to	continue	in	accordance	with	legislation	current	at	the	
valuation	date.

(e)	 Voluntary	discontinuance
Assumptions	for	the	incidence	of	withdrawals,	paid-ups	and	premium	dormancy	are	primarily	based	on	investigations	of	AMP	Life’s	
own	historical	experience.	These	rates	are	based	upon	the	assessed	global	rate	for	each	of	the	individual	products	(or	product	groups)	
and	then,	where	appropriate,	further	adjusted	for	factors	like	duration,	premium	structure,	smoker	status,	age	attained	or	short-term	
market	and	business	effects	etc.	Given	the	variety	of	influences	affecting	discontinuance	for	different	product	groups,	the	range	of	
voluntary	discontinuance	rates	across	AMP	Life	is	extremely	diverse.	

The	assumptions	for	future	rates	of	discontinuance	of	the	major	classes	of	life	insurance	contracts	have	been	reviewed.	Discontinuance	
assumptions	were	changed	from	those	assumed	at	31	December	2017	for	Australian	and	New	Zealand	retail	risk	and	conventional	
portfolios,	as	shown	in	the	following	table.

Note	that	the	wealth	protection	discontinuance	rate	ranges	are	calculated	based	on	current	business	mix	and	various	assumption	
rating	factors.	Discontinuance	rate	ranges	for	conventional	products	(Australia	and	New	Zealand)	are	calculated	based	on	average	
expected	lapse	rates	for	the	next	five	years.

Business	type

Conventional	
Retail	risk	(lump	sum)	
Retail	risk	(income	benefit)	
Flexible	Lifetime	Super	(FLS)	risk	business	
Investment	account	

31	December	2018

31	December	2017

Australia
%

	New	Zealand	
%

Australia
%

	New	Zealand	
%

	2.3–9.3	
	13.1–18.0	
	7.5–20.1	
	14.4–16.6	
	n/a	

1.5–2.7	
4.9–15.2	
5.0–14.7	
n/a	
n/a	

2.4–8.4	
12.8–16.9	
8.1–18.8	
14.0–16.4	
n/a	

1.5–2.8
11.6–12.0
9.5–11.4
n/a
n/a

106

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology (continued)
(f)	 Surrender	values
The	surrender	bases	assumed	for	calculating	surrender	values	are	those	current	at	the	reporting	date.	There	have	been	no	changes		
to	the	bases	during	the	year	(or	the	prior	year)	that	would	materially	affect	the	valuation	results.

(g)	 Mortality	and	morbidity	
Standard	mortality	and	morbidity	tables,	based	on	national	or	industry-wide	data,	are	used.

	The	following	assumptions	have	changed	from	those	assumed	at	31	December	2017:
–	
–	
–	
–	

	Australian	retail	income	protection	incidence	and	termination	rates;
	Australian	and	New	Zealand	retail	trauma	and	TPD;
	New	Zealand	mortality;	and
	Australian	conventional.

Some	refinements	were	made	to	the	current	methodology	for	retail	income	protection	and	TPD	to	include	additional	product	factors.	
The	2017	rates	were	revised	to	reflect	this	change.

The	assumptions	are	summarised	in	the	following	table.	

Conventional

31	December	2018	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

31	December	2017	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

Risk	products

31	December	2018	
Australia1	
New	Zealand		

31	December	2017	
Australia1	
New	Zealand		

Conventional	–	
%	of	IA95-97

Male

Female

60.8	
	73.0	

67.5	
	73.0	

60.8
73.0

67.5
73.0

Retail	Lump	Sum	–
%	of	table

Male

Female

94–148	
	104–120	

94–148
86–98

94–148	
	100–120	

94–148
82–98

1		

	Base	IA04-08	Death	Without	Riders	table	modified	based	on	aggregated	experience	but	with	overall	product	specific	adjustment	factors.

Annuities

31	December	2018	
Australia	and	New	Zealand1	

31	December	2017	
Australia	and	New	Zealand1	

1		

Annuities	tables	modified	for	future	mortality	improvements.

Male	
%	of	IML00*

Female	
%	of	IFL00*

95.0	

80.0

95.0	

80.0

107

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
		
		
	
	
		
		
	
	
		
		
	
	
		
		
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology (continued)
Typical	morbidity	assumptions,	in	aggregate,	are	as	follows:

Income	protection

31	December	2018
Australia	

31	December	2017	
Australia	

31	December	2018	
New	Zealand	

31	December	2017	
New	Zealand	

Retail	lump	sum

31	December	2018	
Australia	TPD1	
Australia	Trauma2	
New	Zealand	TPD1	
New	Zealand	Trauma2	

31	December	2017	
Australia	TPD1	
Australia	Trauma2	
New	Zealand	TPD1	
New	Zealand	Trauma2	

Incidence	rates	
%	of	ADI	07-11

Termination	rates	
(ultimate)		
%	of	ADI	07-11

45–179		

53–80

45–179		

65–93

	83–149		

82–105

	83–149		

82–105

Male	
%	of	IA04-08

Female	
%	of	IA04-08

132–241	
102–193	
120	
110–114		

132–185	
102–168	
150–194	
101–114		

150–305
102–193
120
110–114

150–235
102–168
190–194
101–114

1		
2		

Base	IA04-08	TPD	table	modified	based	on	our	aggregated	experience	but	with	overall	product	specific	adjustment	factors.	
Base	IA04-08	Trauma	table	modified	based	on	our	aggregated	experience	but	with	overall	product	specific	adjustment	factors.

The	actuarial	tables	used	were	as	follows:

IA95-97	

IML00*/IFL00*	

IA04-08	DTH	

	A	mortality	table	developed	by	the	Institute	of	Actuaries	of	Australia	based	on	Australian	insured	lives	
experience	from	1995–1997.	The	table	has	been	modified	to	allow	for	future	mortality	improvement.

	IML00	and	IFL00	are	mortality	tables	developed	by	the	Institute	and	Faculty	of	Actuaries	based	on	United	
Kingdom	annuitant	lives	experience	from	1999–2002.	The	tables	refer	to	male	and	female	lives	respectively	and	
incorporate	factors	that	allow	for	mortality	improvements	since	the	date	of	the	investigation.	IML00*	and	IFL00*	
are	these	published	tables	amended	for	some	specific	AMP	Life	experience.

	This	was	published	by	the	Institute	of	Actuaries	of	Australia	under	the	name	A graduation of the 2004–2008 
Lump Sum Investigation Data.	The	table	has	been	modified	based	on	aggregated	experience	with	overall	product	
specific	adjustment	factors.

IA04-08	TPD	

This	is	the	TPD	graduation	published	in	the	same	paper	as	above.

IA04-08	Trauma	

This	is	the	Trauma	graduation	published	in	the	same	paper	as	above.

ADI	07-11	

	A	disability	table	developed	by	KPMG	at	the	request	of	the	Financial	Services	Council	(FSC)	based	on	Australian	
disability	income	experience	for	the	period	2007–2011.	This	table	has	been	modified	for	AMP	Life	with	overall	
product	specific	adjustment	factors.

108

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018		
		
		
		
	
		
		
		
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
		
4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology (continued)
(h)	 Other	participating	business	assumptions	
Where	benefits	are	contractually	linked	to	the	performance	of	the	assets	held,	as	is	the	case	for	participating	business,	a	discount	
rate	based	on	the	expected	market	return	on	backing	assets	is	used.	The	assumed	earning	rates	for	backing	assets	for	participating	
business	are	largely	driven	by	long-term	(eg	10-year)	government	bond	yields.	The	10-year	government	bond	yields	used	at	the	relevant	
valuation	dates	are	as	shown	in	the	following	table.

Assumed	earning	rates	for	each	asset	sector	are	determined	by	adding	to	the	bond	yield	various	risk	premiums	which	reflect	the	
relative	differences	in	expected	future	earning	rates	for	different	asset	sectors.	For	products	backed	by	mixed	portfolio	assets,	the	
assumption	varies	with	the	proportion	of	each	asset	sector	backing	the	product.	The	risk	premiums	applicable	at	the	valuation	date		
are	shown	in	the	table	below.

10	year	
government	
bonds
%

Local		
equities	
%

International	
equities	
%

Property	and	
infrastructure	
%

Fixed		
interest	
%

Risk	premiums

2.3	
2.4	

2.6	
2.8	

4.5	
4.5	

4.5	
4.5	

3.5	
3.5	

3.5	
3.5	

2.5	
2.5	

2.5	
2.5	

0.6	
0.5	

0.5	
0.4	

Cash
%

(0.5)
(0.5)

(0.5)
(0.5)

31	December	2018	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

31	December	2017	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

The	risk	premiums	for	local	equities	include	allowance	for	imputation	credits.	The	risk	premiums	for	fixed	interest	reflect	credit	ratings	
of	the	portfolio	held.	

The	averages	of	the	asset	mixes	assumed	for	the	purpose	of	setting	future	investment	assumptions	for	participating	business	at	the	
valuation	date	are	as	shown	in	the	table	below	for	each	life	company.	These	asset	mixes	are	not	necessarily	the	same	as	the	actual	
asset	mix	at	the	valuation	date	as	they	reflect	long-term	assumptions.

Average	asset	mix1

31	December	2018	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

31	December	2017	
Australia	
New	Zealand	

Equities
%

Property	and	
infrastructure	
%

Fixed		
interest	
%

28	
35	

26	
34	

14	
17	

13	
17	

39	
38	

39	
41	

Cash
%

19
10	

22
8

1		

	The	asset	mix	includes	both	conventional	and	investment	account	business.	As	described	in	note	4.1,	100%	of	investment	profits	on	discretionary	
participating	investment	account	business	is	allocated	to	policyholders.

Where	an	assumption	used	is	net	of	tax,	the	tax	on	investment	income	is	allowed	for	at	rates	appropriate	to	the	class	of	business	and	
asset	sector,	including	any	allowance	for	imputation	credits	on	equity	income.	For	this	purpose,	the	total	return	for	each	asset	sector	is	
split	between	income	and	capital	gains.	The	actual	split	has	varied	at	each	valuation	date	as	the	total	return	has	varied.

For	participating	business,	the	total	value	of	future	bonuses	(and	the	associated	shareholders’	profit	margins)	included	in	life	insurance	
contract	liabilities	is	the	amount	supported	by	the	value	of	the	supporting	assets,	after	allowing	for	the	assumed	future	experience.	
The	pattern	of	bonuses	and	shareholders’	profit	margins	assumed	to	emerge	in	each	future	year	depends	on	the	assumed	relationship	
between	reversionary	bonuses	(or	interest	credits)	and	terminal	bonuses.	This	relationship	is	set	to	reflect	the	philosophy	underlying	
actual	bonus	declarations.

109

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
4.3  Life insurance contracts – assumptions and valuation methodology (continued)
Actual	bonus	declarations	are	determined	to	reflect,	over	time,	the	investment	returns	of	the	particular	fund	and	other	factors		
in	the	emerging	experience	and	management	of	the	business.	These	factors	include:
–	
–	
–	
–	

	allowance	for	an	appropriate	degree	of	benefit	smoothing;
	reasonable	expectations	of	policyholders;
	equity	between	generations	of	policyholders	applied	across	different	classes	and	types	of	business;	and
	ongoing	capital	adequacy.	

Given	the	many	factors	involved,	the	range	of	bonus	structures	and	rates	for	participating	business	is	extremely	diverse.

Typical	supportable	bonus	rates	on	major	product	lines	are	as	follows	for	AMP	Life	(31	December	2017	in	parentheses).	

Reversionary	bonus

Australia	
New	Zealand	

Bonus	on	sum	insured	
%

Bonus	on	existing	bonuses	
%

0.4–1.0	(0.4–1.0)	
0.7–1.0	(0.7–1.0)	

0.8–1.5	(0.8–1.5)
0.7–1.1	(0.7–1.1)

Terminal	bonus
The	terminal	bonus	scales	are	complex	and	vary	by	duration,	product	line,	class	of	business	and	country	for	AMP	Life.

Crediting	rates	(investment	account)

Australia	
New	Zealand	

%

0.6–3.3	(0.8–4.5)
1.7–2.3	(2.7–5.8)

Impact	of	changes	in	assumptions	

(i)	
Under	MoS,	for	life	insurance	contracts	valuations	using	the	projection	method,	changes	in	assumptions	are	recognised	by	adjusting	
the	value	of	future	profit	margins	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities.	Future	profit	margins	are	released	over	future	periods.

Changes	in	assumptions	do	not	include	market	related	changes	in	discount	rates	such	as	changes	in	benchmark	market	yields	caused	
by	changes	in	investment	markets	and	economic	conditions.	These	are	reflected	in	both	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	and	asset	
values	at	the	reporting	date.

The	impact	on	future	profit	margins	of	actual	changes	in	assumptions	from	31	December	2017	to	31	December	2018	in	respect	of	life	
insurance	contracts	(excluding	new	business	contracts	which	are	measured	using	assumptions	at	reporting	date)	is	as	shown	in	the	
table	below.	

Assumption	change

Non-market	related	changes	to	discount	rates	
Mortality	and	morbidity	
Discontinuance	rates	
Maintenance	expenses	
Other	assumptions1		

Change	in		
future	profit	
margins
$m

Change	in	
life	insurance	
contract	
liabilities2
$m

Change	in	
shareholders’	
profit	and	
equity3
$m

3		
(122)	
(170)	
(75)	
(116)	

–		
169		
22		
26		
(3)	

–	
(118)
(15)
(18)
2	

1		 Other	assumption	changes	include	the	impact	of	modelling,	reinsurance,	product	and	premium	changes.	
2		
3		

Change	in	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	is	net	of	reinsurance,	gross	of	tax.	
Change	in	shareholders’	profit	and	equity	is	net	of	reinsurance,	net	of	tax.	

In	most	cases,	the	overall	amount	of	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	and	the	current	period	profit	are	not	affected	by	changes	in	
assumptions.	However,	where	in	the	case	of	a	particular	related	product	group	the	changes	in	assumptions	at	the	end	of	a	period	
eliminate	any	future	profit	margins	for	the	related	product	group,	and	result	in	negative	future	profit	margins,	this	negative	balance		
for	all	forecasted	future	periods	is	recognised	as	a	loss	in	the	current	period.	If	the	changes	in	assumptions	in	a	period	are	favourable		
for	a	product	group	currently	in	loss	recognition,	then	the	previously	recognised	losses	are	reversed	in	the	period.

110

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018		
		
	
		
	
	
	
	
4.4 Life insurance contracts – risk 
(a)	 Life	insurance	risk
AMP	Life	issues	contracts	that	transfer	significant	insurance	risk	from	the	policyholder,	covering	death,	disability	or	longevity	of	the	
insured,	often	in	conjunction	with	the	provision	of	wealth	management	products.

The	products	carrying	insurance	risk	are	designed	to	ensure	that	policy	wording	and	promotional	materials	are	clear,	unambiguous	
and	do	not	leave	AMP	Life	open	to	claims	from	causes	that	were	not	anticipated.	The	variability	inherent	in	insurance	risk,	including	
concentration	risk,	is	managed	by	having	a	large	geographically	diverse	portfolio	of	individual	risks,	underwriting	and	the	use	of	
reinsurance.	

Underwriting	is	managed	through	a	dedicated	underwriting	department,	with	formal	underwriting	limits	and	appropriate	training		
and	development	of	underwriting	staff.	Individual	policies	carrying	insurance	risk	are	generally	underwritten	individually	on	their	
merits.	Individual	policies	which	are	transferred	from	a	group	scheme	are	generally	issued	without	underwriting.	Group	risk	insurance	
policies	meeting	certain	criteria	are	underwritten	on	the	merits	of	the	employee	group	as	a	whole.

Claims	are	managed	through	a	dedicated	claims	management	team,	with	formal	claims	acceptance	limits	and	appropriate	training	
and	development	of	staff	with	an	objective	to	ensure	payment	of	all	genuine	claims.	Claims	experience	is	assessed	regularly	and	
appropriate	actuarial	reserves	are	established	to	reflect	up-to-date	experience	and	any	anticipated	future	events.	This	includes	reserves	
for	claims	incurred	but	not	yet	reported.

AMP	Life	reinsure	(cede)	to	reinsurance	companies	a	proportion	of	their	portfolio	or	certain	types	of	insurance	risk,	including	
catastrophe.	This	serves	primarily	to:
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

	reduce	the	net	liability	on	large	individual	risks;
	obtain	greater	diversification	of	insurance	risks;	
	provide	protection	against	large	losses;
	reduce	overall	exposure	to	risk;	and
	reduce	the	amount	of	capital	required	to	support	the	business.

The	reinsurance	companies	are	regulated	by	the	Australian	Prudential	Regulation	Authority	(APRA),	or	industry	regulators	in	other	
jurisdictions,	and	have	strong	credit	ratings	from	A+	to	AA+.	

111

AMP 2018 annual report4.4  Life insurance contracts – risk (continued)
(b)	 Key	terms	and	conditions	of	life	insurance	contracts
The	nature	of	the	terms	of	the	life	insurance	contracts	written	by	AMP	Life	is	such	that	certain	external	variables	can	be	identified	on	
which	related	cash	flows	for	claim	payments	depend.	The	following	table	provides	an	overview	of	the	key	variables	upon	which	the	
timing	and	uncertainty	of	future	cash	flows	of	the	various	life	insurance	contracts	issued	by	AMP	Life	depend.

Type	of	contract

Detail	of	contract	workings

Nature	of	compensation	for	claims

Key	variables	affecting		
future	cash	flows

Non-participating 
life insurance 
contracts with fixed 
and guaranteed 
terms (term life  
and disability)

These	policies	provide	guaranteed	
benefits,	which	are	paid	on	death	or	
ill-health,	that	are	fixed	and	not	at	the	
discretion	of	AMP	Life.	Premium	rates	
for	yearly	renewable	business	are	not	
guaranteed	and	may	be	changed	at		
the	discretion	of	AMP	Life	for	the	
portfolio	as	a	whole.

Benefits	are	defined	by	the	
insurance	contract	and	are	not	
directly	affected	by	the	investment	
performance	of	any	underlying	
assets.	

Mortality,	morbidity,	
lapses,	expenses	and	
investment	market	
earning	rates	on	assets	
backing	the	liabilities.

Life annuity 
contracts

These	policies	provide	a	guaranteed	
regular	income	for	the	life	of	the		
insured	in	exchange	for	an	initial		
single	premium.

The	amount	of	the	guaranteed	
regular	income	is	set	at	inception	
of	the	policy	allowing	for	any	
indexation.

Conventional life 
insurance contracts 
with discretionary 
participating 
benefits 
(endowment and 
whole of life)

The	policyholder	pays	a	regular	
premium	and	receives	the	specified	
sum	insured	plus	any	accruing		
bonuses	on	death	or	maturity.		
The	sum	insured	is	specified	at	
inception	and	guaranteed.	Bonuses	
are	added	annually,	which	once	
added	are	guaranteed.	A	further	
bonus	may	be	added	on	surrender,	
death	or	maturity.

Investment account 
contracts with 
discretionary 
participating 
features

The	gross	value	of	premiums	received	
is	invested	in	the	investment	account	
with	fees	and	premiums	for	any	
associated	insurance	cover	being	
deducted	from	the	account	balance	
when	due.	Interest	is	credited	regularly.

Benefits	arising	from	the	
discretionary	bonuses	are	based	
on	the	performance	of	a	specified	
pool	of	contracts	and	the	assets	
supporting	these	contracts.	

Payment	of	the	account	balance	is	
generally	guaranteed,	although	it	
may	be	subject	to	certain	penalties	
on	early	surrender	or	limited	
adjustment	in	adverse	investment	
markets.	Operating	profit	arising	
from	these	contracts	is	allocated	
between	the	policyholders	and	
shareholders	with	not	less	than	
80%	allocated	to	policyholders.	
Distribution	of	policyholder	profit	is	
through	an	interest	rate	mechanism.

Longevity,	expenses,	
inflation	and	
investment	market	
earning	rates	on	assets	
backing	the	liabilities.

Investment	market	
earning	rates	on		
assets	backing	the	
liabilities,	lapses,	
expenses	and	mortality.

Fees,	lapses,	expenses	
and	investment	market	
earning	rates	on	the	
assets	backing	the	
liabilities.

112

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Insurance	risk	sensitivity	analysis	–	life	insurance	contracts

4.4  Life insurance contracts – risk (continued)
(c)	
For	life	insurance	contracts	that	are	accounted	for	under	MoS,	amounts	of	liabilities,	income	or	expense	recognised	in	the	period	are	
unlikely	to	be	sensitive	to	changes	in	variables	even	if	those	changes	may	have	an	impact	on	future	profit	margins,	unless	the	product		
is	in	or	close	to	loss	recognition.

This	table	shows	information	about	the	sensitivity	of	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	and	current	period	shareholder	profit	after	
income	tax	and	equity,	to	a	number	of	possible	changes	in	assumptions	relating	to	insurance	risk.

Change	in	variable

Change	in	life	insurance	
contract	liabilities

Change	in	shareholder	profit	
after	income	tax	and	equity

Gross	of	
reinsurance
$m

Net	of	
reinsurance
$m

Gross	of	
reinsurance
$m

Net	of	
reinsurance
$m

Variable

Mortality	

Annuitant	mortality	

10%	increase	in	mortality	rates	

50%	increase	in	the	rate	of		
mortality	improvement	

130		

5		

Morbidity	–	lump	sum	disablement	 20%	increase	in	lump	sum	disablement	rates	 234		

Morbidity	–	disability	income	

10%	increase	in	incidence	rates		

Morbidity	–	disability	income	

10%	decrease	in	termination	rates	

Discontinuance	rates	

10%	increase	in	discontinuance	rates	

Maintenance	expenses	

10%	increase	in	maintenance	expenses	

215		

373		

186		

40		

51		

5		

93		

88		

169		

67		

40		

(92)	

(4)	

(164)	

(151)	

(261)	

(132)	

(28)	

(36)

(4)

(66)

(62)

(118)

(48)

(28)

(d)	 Liquidity	risk	and	future	net	cash	outflows
The	following	table	shows	the	estimated	timing	of	future	net	cash	outflows	resulting	from	insurance	contract	liabilities.	This	includes	
estimated	future	surrenders,	death/disability	claims	and	maturity	benefits,	offset	by	expected	future	premiums	or	contributions	and	
reinsurance	recoveries.	All	values	are	discounted	to	the	reporting	date	using	the	assumed	future	investment	earning	rate	for	each	product.

2018	
2017	

Up	to	1	year
$m

1	to	5	years
$m

Over	5	years
$m

Total
$m

1,264	
1,463	

3,039	
3,456	

8,243	
8,796	

12,546
13,715

113

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
4.5  Other disclosure – life insurance and investment contracts 

(a)		 Analysis	of	life	insurance	and	investment	contract	profit
Components	of	profit	(loss)	related	to	life	insurance	and	investment	contract	liabilities:	
–		 planned	margins	of	revenues	over	expenses	released		
–		
–		
–		

losses	arising	from	difference	between	actual	and	assumed	experience	
losses	arising	from	changes	in	assumptions	
capitalised	(losses)	reversals	

Profit	related	to	life	insurance	and	investment	contract	liabilities	

Attributable	to:	
–		
–		

life	insurance	contracts	
investment	contracts	

Profit	related	to	life	insurance	and	investment	contract	liabilities	

Investment	earnings	on	assets	in	excess	of	life	insurance	and	investment	contract	liabilities	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

437		
(86)	
(29)	
(174)	

148		

(31)	
179		

148		

38		

478	
(13)
(70)
12	

407	

217	
190	

407	

107	

(b)	 Restrictions	on	assets	in	statutory	funds
AMP	Life	conducts	investment-linked	and	non-investment	linked	business.	For	investment-linked	business,	deposits	are	received	
from	policyholders,	the	funds	are	invested	on	behalf	of	the	policyholders	and	the	resulting	liability	to	policyholders	is	linked	to	the	
performance	and	value	of	the	assets	that	back	those	liabilities.

AMP	Life	has	three	statutory	funds	as	set	out	below:

No.	1	fund

Australia

All	business	(whole	of	life,	endowment,	investment	account,	retail	and	group	risk		
and	immediate	annuities)	and	North	longevity	guarantee

New	Zealand

All	business	(whole	of	life,	endowment,	investment	account,	retail	and	group	risk,	
investment-linked	and	immediate	annuities)

No.	2	fund

Australia

Investment-linked	superannuation	business	(retail	and	group	investment-linked		
and	deferred	annuities)

No.	3	fund

Australia

Investment-linked	ordinary	business

Investments	held	in	the	life	statutory	funds	can	only	be	used	in	accordance	with	the	relevant	regulatory	restrictions	imposed	under	the	
Life	Act	and	associated	rules	and	regulations.	The	main	restrictions	are	that	the	assets	in	a	life	statutory	fund	can	only	be	used	to	meet	
the	liabilities	and	expenses	of	that	life	statutory	fund,	to	acquire	investments	to	further	the	business	of	the	life	statutory	fund	or	as	
distributions	provided	solvency,	capital	adequacy	and	other	regulatory	requirements	are	met.	

Further	details	about	capital	management	are	provided	in	note	3.5.

114

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
4.5  Other disclosure – life insurance and investment contracts (continued)

2018

2017

Non-
investment	
linked
$m

Investment-	
linked
$m

Total	life	
entities’	
statutory	
funds	
$m

Non-
investment	
linked
$m

Investment-	
linked
$m

Total	life	
entities’	
statutory	
funds
$m

Net	assets	of	life	entities’	statutory	funds		
attributable	to	policyholders	and	shareholders	 27,324		

66,659		

93,983		

28,133		

72,884		

101,017	

Attributable	to	policyholders2
Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Investment	contract	liabilities1	

23,257		
2,173		

	–		
66,454		

23,257		
68,627		

23,683		
2,464		

	–		
72,690		

23,683	
75,154	

25,430		

66,454		

91,884		

26,147		

72,690		

98,837	

Attributable	to	shareholders	

1,894		

205		

2,099		

1,986		

194		

2,180	

1		

2		

	Investment	contract	liabilities	in	this	table	do	not	include	$115m	(2017:	$81m)	being	the	investment	contract	liability	for	the	North		
capital	guarantee	which	is	held	outside	the	life	insurance	entities.
	Based	on	assumptions	as	to	likely	withdrawal	patterns	of	the	various	product	groups,	it	is	estimated	that	approximately	$13,679m		
(2017:	$14,266m)	of	policy	liabilities	may	be	settled	within	12	months	of	the	reporting	date.

The	net	assets	of	life	statutory	funds	attributable	to	shareholders	represent	the	interests	of	shareholders	including	funds	required		
to	meet	regulatory	requirements	as	well	as	further	amounts	of	shareholder	funds	in	excess	of	regulatory	requirements.

The	following	table	shows	a	summary	of	the	consolidated	balances	of	AMP	Life	insurance	entities’	statutory	funds	and	the	entities	
controlled	by	AMP	Life	insurance	entities’	statutory	funds.

Income	statement

Life	insurance	contract	related	revenue	–	net	of	reinsurance	
Fee	revenue	
Other	revenue	
Investment	gains	and	losses	
Life	insurance	contract	claims	expenses	–	net	of	reinsurance	
Operating	expenses	including	finance	costs	
Movement	in	external	unitholders’	liabilities	
Change	in	policy	holder	liabilities	
–		
–	
Income	tax	expense	

Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Investment	contract	liabilities	

Profit	for	the	year	

Assets	 	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Investments	in	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	
Investment	property	
Other	assets	

Total	assets	of	policyholders,	shareholders	and	non-controlling	interests	

Liabilities	
Life	insurance	contract	liabilities	
Investment	contract	liabilities	
Other	liabilities	
External	unitholders’	liabilities	

Total	liabilities	of	policyholders,	shareholders	and	non-controlling	interests	

Net	assets	

Life	entities’	statutory
	funds	consolidated

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

1,664		
1,030		
4		
1,067		
(1,767)	
(1,941)	
(360)	

79		
89		
323		

188		

2,362	
1,087	
8	
11,277	
(1,812)
(1,904)
(1,615)

(1,069)
(7,159)
(666)

509	

7,218		
102,929		
145		
8,027		

6,206	
110,540	
134	
5,682	

118,319		

122,562	

23,257		
68,627		
6,306		
17,837		

23,683	
75,154	
6,624	
14,911	

116,027		

120,372	

2,292		

2,190	

115

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
4.5  Other disclosure – life insurance and investment contracts (continued)
(c)	 Capital	guarantees	

Life	insurance	contracts	with	a	discretionary	participating	feature	–		
amount	of	the	liabilities	that	relate	to	guarantees	
Investment-linked	contracts	–	amount	of	the	liabilities	subject	to	investment	performance	guarantees	
Other	life	insurance	contracts	with	a	guaranteed	termination	value	–	current	termination	value	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

14,152		
847		
127		

14,759	
878	
152	

(d)	 Capital	requirements
Registered	life	insurance	entities	are	required	to	hold	prudential	reserves,	over	and	above	their	life	insurance	contract	and	investment	
contract	liabilities,	as	a	buffer	against	adverse	experience	and	poor	investment	returns.	These	reserving	requirements	are	specified	
by	the	APRA	prudential	capital	standards.	The	standards	are	intended	to	take	account	of	the	full	range	of	risks	to	which	a	regulated	
institution	is	exposed	and	introduces	the	prescribed	capital	amount	(PCA)	requirement.	The	PCA	is	the	minimum	level	of	capital	that	
the	regulator	deems	must	be	held	to	meet	policyholder	obligations.	

In	addition	to	the	regulatory	capital	requirements,	AMP	Life	maintains	a	target	surplus	providing	an	additional	capital	buffer	against	
adverse	events.	AMP	Life	uses	internal	capital	models	to	determine	target	surplus,	with	the	models	reflecting	the	risks	of	the	business,	
principally	the	risk	of	adverse	asset	movements	relative	to	the	liabilities	and	of	worse	than	expected	claims	costs.	

The	Appointed	Actuary	of	AMP	Life	has	confirmed	that	the	capital	base	of	each	life	statutory	fund	and	shareholders’	fund	have	
exceeded	PCA	at	all	times	during	2018	and	2017.	The	combined	capital	position	of	AMP	Life	and	NMLA	is	as	follows:

Common	Equity	Tier	1	Capital	
Adjustments	to	Common	Equity	Tier	1	Capital	
Additional	Tier	1	Capital	
Adjustments	to	Additional	Tier	1	Capital	
Tier	2	Capital	
Adjustments	to	Tier	2	Capital	

Total	capital	base	

Total	Prescribed	Capital	Amount	(PCA)	

Capital	adequacy	amount	

Capital	adequacy	multiple1	

2018	
$m

2,430		
(374)	
305		
	–		
250		
	–		

2017	
$m

3,529	
(803)
305	
	–	
300	
	–	

2,611		

3,331	

1,190		

1,228	

1,421		

2,103	

219%	

271%

1		

The	capital	adequacy	multiples	were	219%	and	226%	for	AMP	Life	and	NMLA	respectively	(2017:	272%	and	218%).

(e)	 Actuarial	information	
Mr	Greg	Bird,	the	Appointed	Actuary	of	AMP	Life,	is	satisfied	as	to	the	accuracy	of	the	data	used	in	the	valuations	in	the	financial	report	
and	in	the	tables	in	note	4.2	to	note	4.5.	

The	liabilities	to	policyholders	(being	the	sum	of	the	life	insurance	contract	and	investment	contract	liabilities,	including	any	asset	or	
liability	arising	in	respect	of	the	management	services	element	of	an	investment	contract),	capital	base	and	prescribed	capital	amounts	
have	been	determined	at	the	reporting	date	in	accordance	with	the	Life	Act.

116

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
Section 5: Employee disclosures
This	section	provides	details	on	the	various	programs	the	AMP	group	uses	to	reward	and	recognise	employees,	including		
key	management	personnel.

5.1		 Key	management	personnel
	5.2		 Defined	benefit	plans
	5.3		 Share-based	payments

5.1  Key management personnel
(a)		 Compensation	of	key	management	personnel

Short-term	benefits		
Post-employment	benefits	
Share-based	payments		
Other	long-term	benefits		
Termination	benefits	

Total		

2018	
$’000

2017	
$’000

15,983	
663	
4,012	
342		
2,680		

21,542
530
7,317
328	
	–	

23,680		

29,717	

(b)		 Loans	to	key	management	personnel	
Loans	to	key	management	personnel	and	their	related	parties	are	provided	by	AMP	Bank	and	are	on	similar	terms	and	conditions	
generally	available	to	other	employees	within	the	group.	No	guarantees	are	given	or	received	in	relation	to	these	loans.	Loans	have	
currently	been	made	to	nine	key	management	personnel	and	their	related	parties.	Details	of	these	loans	are:	

Balance	as	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Net	advances	

Balance	as	at	the	end	of	the	year	

Interest	charged		

2018	
$’000

2017	
$’000

	12,453	
	51		

11,974
1,845	

	12,504		

13,819	

	361		

429	

(c)	 Key	management	personnel	access	to	AMP’s	products	
During	the	year,	key	management	personnel	and	their	personally	related	entities	may	also	have	had	access	to	the	following	AMP	
products.	They	are	provided	to	key	management	personnel	within	normal	employee	terms	and	conditions.	The	products	include	
personal	banking	with	AMP	Bank	Limited,	the	purchase	of	AMP	insurance	and	investment	products	and	financial	investment	services.	

Information	about	such	transactions	does	not	have	the	potential	to	adversely	affect	decisions	about	the	allocation	of	scarce	resources	
made	by	users	of	this	financial	report,	or	the	discharge	of	accountability	by	the	specified	executives	or	specified	directors.	

(d)	 Transactions	with	related	parties	
Some	of	the	non-executive	directors	hold	directorships	or	positions	in	other	companies	or	organisations.	From	time	to	time,	AMP	may	
provide	or	receive	services	from	these	companies	or	organisations	on	arm’s	length	terms.	None	of	the	non-executive	directors	were,	
or	are,	involved	in	any	procurement	or	board	decision	making	regarding	the	companies	or	organisations	with	which	they	have	an	
association.

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Short-term	benefits	–	Liabilities	arising	in	respect	of	salaries	and	wages	and	any	other	employee	entitlements	expected	to	be	settled	
within	12	months	of	the	reporting	date	are	measured	at	their	nominal	amounts.	

Post-employment	benefits	–	Defined	contribution	funds	–	The	contributions	paid	and	payable	by	AMP	group	to	defined	contributions	
funds	are	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	as	an	operating	expense	when	they	fall	due.	Prepaid	contributions	are	
recognised	as	an	asset	to	the	extent	that	a	cash	refund	or	a	reduction	in	the	future	payments	is	available.	

Share-based	payments	–	refer	to	note	5.3.

Other	long-term	benefits	–	Other	employee	entitlements	are	measured	at	the	present	value	of	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	to	
be	made	in	respect	of	services	provided	by	employees	up	to	the	reporting	date.	In	determining	the	present	value	of	future	cash	outflows,	
discount	rates	are	determined	with	reference	to	market	yields	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period	on	high	quality	corporate	bonds	or,		
in	countries	where	there	is	no	deep	market	in	such	bonds,	by	using	market	yields	at	the	end	of	the	period	on	government	bonds.	

117

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
5.2  Defined benefit plans 
AMP	contributed	to	defined	benefit	plans	which	provide	benefits	to	employees,	and	their	dependants,	on	resignation,	retirement,	
disability	or	death	of	the	employee.	The	benefits	are	based	on	years	of	service	and	an	average	salary	calculation.	All	defined	benefit	
plans	are	now	closed	to	new	members.	

The	characteristics	and	risks	associated	with	each	of	the	defined	benefit	plans	are	described	below:	

Plan	details

Australia

New	Zealand	

Plan	names

Entitlements	of		
active	members	

Governance		
of	the	plans

AMP	Australia	and	AMP	AAPH	Australia	defined	
benefit	plans

AMP	New	Zealand	and	AMP	AAPH	New	Zealand	
defined	benefit	plans	

A	lump	sum	or	pension	on	retirement.	Pensions	
provided	are	lifetime	indexed	pensions	with	a	
reversionary	spouse	pension.

The	trustees	of	the	AMP	Superannuation	Savings	
Trust,	of	which	the	Australian	plans	are	sub-
funds	–	this	includes	administration	of	the	plan,	
management	and	investment	of	the	plan	assets,	
and	compliance	with	superannuation	laws		
and	other	applicable	regulations.	

Accumulation	benefits	and	a	lump	sum	payment	
on	retirement.	

The	plan’s	trustees	–	this	includes	administration	
of	the	plan,	management	and	investment	of	the	
plan	assets,	and	looking	after	the	interests	of		
all	beneficiaries.

Valuations	required

Every	year	

Every	three	years

Key	risks

The	risk	of	actual	outcomes	being	different	to	the	actuarial	assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	defined	
benefit	obligation,	investment	risk	and	legislative	risk.	

Date	of	valuation

31	March	2018

31	December	2017

Additional	
recommended	
contributions	

Approximately	13.2%	of	members’	salaries	plus	
plan	expenses.

No	additional	contributions	are	required	until	
30	June	2021,	at	which	point	the	requirement		
will	be	reassessed.	

(a)		 Defined	benefit	liability

Present	value	of	wholly-funded	defined	benefit	obligations	
Less:	Fair	value	of	plan	assets	

Defined	benefit	liability	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	

Movement	in	defined	benefit	liability	
Deficit	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Plus:	Total	expenses	recognised	in	income	
Plus:	Employer	contributions	
Plus:	Actuarial	(losses)	gains	recognised	in	Other	comprehensive	income1	

Defined	benefit	liability	recognised	at	the	end	of	the	year		

2018	
$m

(833)	
756		

(77)	

(29)	
(7)	
2		
(43)	

(77)	

2017	
$m

(821)
792	

(29)

(44)
(2)
10	
7	

(29)

1		

The	cumulative	net	actuarial	gains	and	losses	recognised	in	the	Statement	of	comprehensive	income	is	a	$116m	gain	(2017:	$159m	gain).

118

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
5.2  Defined benefit plans (continued)
(b)		 Reconciliation	of	the	movement	in	the	defined	benefit	liability

Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Current	service	cost	
Interest	(cost)	income		
Net	actuarial	gains	and	losses	
Employer	contributions	
Contributions	by	plan	participants	
Foreign	currency	exchange	rate	changes	
Benefits	paid	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

(c)		 Analysis	of	defined	benefit	surplus	(deficit)	by	plan

Defined	benefit	
obligation

2018
$m

2017
$m

Fair	value	of	
plan	assets	

2018
$m

2017
$m

(821)	
(3)	
(18)	
(38)	
	–		
	–		
(5)	
52		

(804)	
(3)	
(18)	
(55)	
	–		
(1)	
8		
52		

(833)	

(821)	

792		
	–		
17		
(5)	
2		
	–		
2		
(52)	

756		

760	
	–	
18	
62	
10	
1	
(7)
(52)

792	

AMP	Australia	
AMP	AAPH	Australia	
AMP	New	Zealand	
AMP	AAPH	New	Zealand	

Total		

Fair	value	of		
plan	assets

Present	value	of	
plan	obligation

Net	recognised	
surplus	(deficit)

Actuarial		
gains	(losses)

2018
$m

263	
388	
19	
86	

756	

2017
$m

279	
403	
20	
90	

792	

2018
$m

2017
$m

2018
$m

2017
$m

2018
$m

2017
$m

(307)	
(378)	
(25)	
(123)	

(307)	
(373)	
(24)	
(117)	

(833)	

(821)	

(44)	
10	
(6)	
(37)	

(77)	

(28)	
30	
(4)	
(27)	

(29)	

(15)	
(20)	
(2)	
(6)	

(43)	

8
2
	–	
(3)

7

(d)	 Principal	actuarial	assumptions
The	following	table	sets	out	the	principal	actuarial	assumptions	used	as	at	the	reporting	date	in	measuring	the	defined	benefit	
obligations	of	the	Australian	and	New	Zealand	defined	benefit	funds:

Weighted	average	discount	rate	
Expected	rate	of	salary	increases	

AMP

AMP	AAPH

Australia

New	Zealand

Australia

New	Zealand

2018	
%

4.1	
n/a	

2017
%

4.5	
n/a	

2018
%

2.3	
n/a	

2017
%

2.8	
n/a	

2018	
%

4.2	
3.5	

2017	
%

4.6	
3.5	

2018
%

2.7	
3.0	

2017	
%

3.3
4.0

(e)	 Allocation	of	assets
The	asset	allocations	of	the	defined	benefit	funds	are	shown	in	the	following	table:

Equity	 	
Fixed	interest	
Property	
Cash	
Other	

AMP

AMP	AAPH

Australia

New	Zealand

Australia

New	Zealand

2018	
%

2017
%

2018
%

2017
%

2018	
%

2017	
%

2018
%

2017	
%

50	
34	
8	
5	
3	

51	
31	
10	
4	
4	

38	
38	
4	
14	
6	

38	
38	
4	
14	
6	

30	
51	
5	
13	
1	

31	
42	
5	
14	
8	

40	
39	
4	
14	
3	

40
39
4
14
3

119

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
5.2  Defined benefit plans (continued)
(f)	 Sensitivity	analysis
The	defined	benefit	obligation	has	been	recalculated	for	each	scenario	by	changing	only	the	specified	assumption	as	outlined	below,	
whilst	retaining	all	other	assumptions	as	per	the	base	case.	The	table	below	shows	the	increase	(decrease)	for	each	assumption	change.	
Where	an	assumption	is	not	material	to	the	fund	it	has	been	marked	as	n/a.	

AMP

AMP	AAPH

Australia

New	Zealand

Australia

New	Zealand

(+)
$m

(–)
$m

(+)
$m

(–)
$m

(+)
$m

(–)
$m

(+)
$m

(–)
$m

2018	
Assumption
(17)	
Discount	rate	(+/–	0.5%)	
Expected	salary	increase	rate	(0.5%)	
n/a	
Expected	deferred	benefit	crediting	rate	(0.5%)	 n/a	
19		
Pensioner	indexation	assumption	(0.5%)	
n/a	
Pensioner	mortality	assumption	(0.5%)	
n/a	
Life	expectancy	(additional	1	year)	

2017	
Assumption
Discount	rate	(+/–	0.5%)	
Expected	salary	increase	rate	(0.5%)	
Expected	deferred	benefit	crediting	rate	(0.5%)	
Pensioner	indexation	assumption	(0.5%)	
Pensioner	mortality	assumption	(0.5%)	
Life	expectancy	(additional	1	year)	

(17)	
n/a	
n/a	
19		
n/a	
n/a	

19		
n/a	
n/a	
(18)	
10		
n/a	

19		
n/a	
n/a	
(18)	
10		
n/a	

n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
1		

n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
2		

2		
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	

2		
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
n/a	

(27)	
1		
3		
25		
n/a	
n/a	

(27)	
1		
3		
25		
n/a	
n/a	

30		
n/a	
n/a	
(23)	
9		
n/a	

30		
n/a	
n/a	
(23)	
9		
n/a	

n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
13		
n/a	
4		

n/a	
n/a	
n/a	
14		
n/a	
4		

24	
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

17	
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

(g)		 Expected	contributions	and	maturity	profile	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	

Expected	employer	contributions	($m)	

Weighted	average	duration	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	(years)	

AMP

AMP	AAPH

Australia

New	
Zealand

Australia

New	
Zealand	

	–		

	11	

	–		

	8	

	1		

	13	

	–	

	13

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Defined	benefit	plans
The	AMP	group	recognises	the	net	deficit	or	surplus	position	of	each	fund	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.	
The	deficit	or	surplus	is	measured	as	the	difference	between	the	fair	value	of	the	funds’	assets	and	the	discounted	defined	benefit	
obligations	of	the	funds,	using	discount	rates	determined	with	reference	to	market	yields	on	high	quality	corporate	bonds	at	the	end	of	
the	reporting	period.

After	taking	into	account	any	contributions	paid	into	the	defined	benefit	funds	during	the	period,	movements	in	the	net	surplus	or	
deficit	of	each	fund,	except	actuarial	gains	and	losses,	are	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.	Actuarial	gains	and	
losses	arising	from	experience	adjustments	and	changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	over	the	period	and	the	returns	on	plan	assets	are	
recognised	(net	of	tax)	directly	in	retained	earnings	through	Other	comprehensive	income.

Contributions	paid	into	defined	benefit	funds	are	recognised	as	reductions	in	the	deficit.	

120

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
5.3  Share-based payments 
AMP	has	multiple	employee	share-based	payment	plans.	Share-based	payment	plans	help	create	alignment	between	employees	
participating	in	those	plans	(participants)	and	shareholders.	Information	on	plans	which	AMP	currently	offers	is	provided	below.

The	following	table	shows	the	expense	recorded	for	AMP	share-based	payment	plans	during	the	year:

Performance	rights1	
Share	rights	
Restricted	shares	
Options	

Total	share-based	payments	expense	

2018	
$’000

2017	
$’000

	(2,946)	
23,972		
6,255		
5		

	6,297	
	21,878	
	–	
	–	

27,286		

28,175	

1		

	Non-market	performance	rights	which	were	forfeited	or	where	the	performance	conditions	were	not	met	were	reversed	during	the	year.

(a)		 Performance	rights
The	AMP	Group	Leadership	Team,	as	well	as	selected	senior	executives,	are	required	to	take	their	long-term	incentive	(LTI)	awards	in	the	
form	of	performance	rights.	This	was	to	ensure	that	the	interests	of	those	executives,	who	are	most	directly	able	to	influence	company	
performance,	are	appropriately	aligned	with	the	interests	of	shareholders.

Plan	

Overview	

Vesting	conditions	

LTI	award	plan

Performance	rights	give	the	participant	the	right	to	acquire	one	fully	paid	ordinary	share	in	AMP	Limited	
upon	meeting	specific	performance	hurdles.	They	are	granted	at	no	cost	to	the	participant	and	carry	no	
dividend	or	voting	rights	until	they	vest.	This	award	may	be	settled	through	an	equivalent	cash	payment,	
at	the	discretion	of	the	board.

The	performance	hurdles	for	rights	granted	in	2015	and	2016	are:
–	

	60%	subject	to	AMP’s	total	shareholder	return	(TSR)	performance	relative	to	that	of	the	entities	in	
the	Comparator	Group^	(being	the	top	50	industrial	companies	in	the	S&P/ASX	100	Index,	based	on	
market	capitalisation	rank	on	the	start	of	the	applicable	performance	period)	over	three	years.
	40%	subject	to	a	Return	on	Equity	(RoE)	measure.

–	

The	performance	hurdles	for	rights	granted	in	2017	are:
–	

	100%	subject	to	AMP’s	TSR	performance	relative	to	entities	in	the	Comparator	Group^	(being	the	top	
50	industrial	companies	in	the	S&P/ASX	100	Index,	based	on	market	capitalisation	rank	on	the	start	
of	the	applicable	performance	period)	over	four	years.

No	performance	rights	awards	were	granted	under	an	LTI	plan	in	2018.

^	In	determining	the	Comparator	Group,	all	entities	other	than	those	in	the	global	industry	classification	
standard	(GICS)	energy	sector	and	GICS	metals	and	mining	industry	are	classified	as	industrial	companies.

Vesting	period

–	
–	

	Three	years	for	rights	granted	in	2015	and	2016.
	Four	years	for	rights	granted	in	2017.

Vested	awards	

Vested	performance	rights	are	automatically	converted	to	shares	on	behalf	of	participants.

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	participant	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed	for	
misconduct.

121

AMP 2018 annual report		
		
		
		
		
5.3  Share-based payments (continued)
(a)		 Performance	rights	(continued)
CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Rights	Award	
As	part	of	the	Chief	Executive	Offer’s	(CEO)	incentive	package	on	appointment,	the	CEO	was	granted	an	award	of	rights	with	a	
performance	condition.	This	award	is	to	ensure	that	the	CEO	is	aligned	with	the	long-term	interests	of	shareholders.

Plan	

Overview	

Vesting	conditions	

Vesting	period/		
Testing	dates

CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Rights	Award

The	Recovery	Incentive	performance	rights	give	the	CEO	the	right	to	acquire	one	fully	paid	ordinary	
share	in	AMP	Limited	(per	right)	upon	meeting	specific	performance	hurdles,	being	the	achievement	of	
multiple	share	price	targets.	They	were	granted	at	no	cost	to	the	CEO	and	carry	no	dividend	or	voting	
rights	until	they	vest.	This	award	may	be	settled	through	an	equivalent	cash	payment,	at	the	discretion	
of	the	board.

The	share	price	targets	that	will	be	tested	on	the	specified	dates:
–	
–	

	First	Testing	Date	–	25%	of	rights	granted	will	vest	if	share	price	is	$4.50	at	the	testing	date.
	Second	Testing	Date	–	50%	or	75%	(including	any	that	have	vested	already)	will	vest	if	share	price		
is	$4.75	or	$5.00	(respectively).
	Third	Testing	Date	–	the	balance	will	vest	depending	on	the	share	price	being	higher	than	$4.50		
and	will	vest	on	a	straight-line	basis	with	100%	vesting	if	the	share	price	is	$5.25.

–	

The	board	will	test	the	share	price	targets	on	or	around	the	following	testing	dates:	
–	
–	
–	

	15	February	2021	(First	Testing	Date);
	15	February	2022	(Second	Testing	Date);	and
	15	February	2023	(Third	Testing	Date).

If	the	share	price	targets	are	met,	the	rights	will	vest	and	become	exercisable.	

Vested	awards	

Vested	rights	are	automatically	converted	to	shares	on	behalf	of	the	CEO.

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	CEO	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed	for	misconduct.

Valuation	of	performance	rights	
The	values	for	performance	rights	are	based	on	valuations	prepared	by	an	independent	external	consultant.	The	valuations	are	based	
on	the	10-day	volume	weighted	average	share	price	over	the	10-day	trading	period	prior	to	the	start	of	the	award’s	valuation	period.	
Assumptions	regarding	the	dividend	yield	and	volatility	have	been	estimated	based	on	AMP’s	actual	historic	dividend	yield	and	volatility	
over	an	appropriate	period.

In	determining	the	share-based	payments	expense,	the	number	of	instruments	expected	to	vest	has	been	adjusted	to	reflect	the	
number	of	employees	expected	to	remain	with	AMP	until	the	end	of	the	performance	period	and	this	is	revisited	each	reporting	date.

For	the	CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Rights	Award,	the	valuations	are	also	prepared	by	an	independent	external	consultant.	The	valuations	
are	based	on	AMP’s	closing	share	price	at	the	valuation	date.	Assumptions	regarding	the	dividend	yield	and	volatility	have	been	
estimated	based	on	AMP’s	actual	historic	dividend	yield	and	volatility	over	an	appropriate	period.

122

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20185.3  Share-based payments (continued)
(a)		 Performance	rights	(continued)
The	following	table	shows	the	factors	considered	in	determining	the	value	of	the	performance	rights	granted	during	the	period:	

Grant	date

Share	price

Contractual	
life	(years)

Dividend		
yield

Volatility1

Risk-free	
	rate1

TSR	
performance	
hurdle	
discount

RoE	
performance	
hurdle	
discount2

TSR	
performance	
rights	fair	
value

RoE	
performance	
rights	fair	
value

04/06/2015	
18/09/2015	
15/04/2016	
15/04/2016	
02/06/2016	
13/01/2017	
19/05/2017	

$6.20	
$5.79	
$5.79	
$5.79	
$5.54	
$5.15	
$5.08	

3.0	
2.7	
1.1	
2.1	
3.0	
2.4	
4.0	

4.7%	
4.6%	
4.7%	
4.7%	
4.7%	
5.0%	
5.2%	

23%	
23%	
25%	
23%	
24%	
23%	
23%	

2.1%	
1.9%	
2.0%	
2.0%	
1.6%	
1.9%	
1.8%	

55%	
58%	
36%	
69%	
57%	
71%	
56%	

0%	
0%	
0%	
0%	
0%	
0%	
n/a	

$2.82	
$2.43	
$3.68	
$1.80	
$2.37	
$1.47	
$2.24	

$5.39
$5.11
$5.49
$5.24
$4.81
$4.57
n/a

1		

2	

	Applies	to	performance	rights	subject	to	a	relative	TSR	performance	hurdle	only.	These	factors	do	not	apply	to	performance	rights	subject	to	a	RoE	
performance	hurdle.
	In	accordance	with	the	accounting	standard	AASB	2	Share-based Payment,	allowance	cannot	be	made	for	the	impact	of	a	non-market	based	
performance	hurdle	in	determining	fair	value.

The	following	table	shows	the	factors	considered	in	determining	the	value	of	the	CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Rights	Award	with	a	share	
price	target	granted	during	the	period:	

Grant	date

21/08/2018	

Share		
price

$3.45	

Contractual		
life	(years)

Dividend		
yield

Volatility

Risk-free		
rate

Share	rights		
fair	value

4.5	

5.3%	

22%	

2.2%	

$0.82

The	following	table	shows	the	movement	in	number	of	performance	rights	outstanding	during	the	period:

Grant	date

04/06/2015	
18/09/2015	
15/04/2016	
02/06/2016	
13/01/2017	
19/05/2017	
21/08/2018	

Total	

Exercise		
price

Balance	at		
1	Jan	2018

Exercised		
during		
the	year

Granted		
during		
the	year

Lapsed		
during		
the	year

Nil	
Nil	
Nil	
Nil	
Nil	
Nil	
Nil	

	3,416,046		
	61,038		
	21,788		
	3,688,422		
	12,820		
	3,267,000		
	–		

10,467,114		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	–		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	1,656,976		

	3,416,046		
	61,038		
	21,788		
	1,247,360		
	–		
	1,270,500		
	–		

	1,656,976		

	6,016,732		

	6,107,358	

Balance	at		
31	Dec	2018

	–	
	–	
	–	
	2,441,062	
	12,820	
	1,996,500	
	1,656,976	

From	the	end	of	the	financial	year	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report,	no	performance	rights	have	been	issued,	no	performance	rights	
have	been	exercised,	and	no	performance	rights	have	lapsed.	Of	the	performance	rights	outstanding	at	the	end	of	the	period,	none	
have	vested	or	become	exercisable.	

123

AMP 2018 annual report	
		
		
5.3  Share-based payments (continued)
(b)		 Share	rights
–	
–	

	LTI	participants	below	the	AMP	Group	Leadership	Team	may	be	awarded	share	rights	as	part	of	their	overall	LTI	award.	
	Nominated	executives	and	selected	other	senior	leaders	who	have	the	ability	to	impact	AMP’s	financial	soundness	participate	in	
the	Short-term	Incentive	Deferral	Plan	and	Enterprise	Profit	Share	Plan.	These	plans	require	that	40%	of	the	participants’	annual	
short-term	incentive/profit	share	outcome	be	awarded	as	share	rights.	
	Selected	AMP	Capital	employees	participate	in	the	Deferred	Bonus	Equity	Plan	whereby	a	portion	of	their	annual	short-term	
incentive	outcome	(above	a	specified	threshold)	is	deferred	into	share	rights.
	Prior	to	2017,	high	potential	employees	at	a	senior	leader	level	were	eligible	for	nomination	to	participate	in	the	Short-Term	
Incentive	Match	Plan,	which	provided	an	award	of	share	rights	to	the	value	of	50%	of	the	individual’s	short-term	incentive	outcome	
(the	plan	ceased	in	2017).

–	

–	

Plan	

Overview

Long-term	Incentive	Plan

Short-term	Incentive	Deferral	Plan,	
Enterprise	Profit	Share	Plan	and		
Deferred	Bonus	Equity	Plan	

Short-term	Incentive	Match	Plan

Share	rights	give	the	participant	the	right	to	acquire	one	fully	paid	ordinary	share	in	AMP	Limited	after	
a	specified	service	period.	They	are	granted	at	no	cost	to	the	participant	and	carry	no	dividend	or	voting	
rights	until	they	vest.	This	award	may	be	settled	through	an	equivalent	cash	payment	at	the	discretion	of	
the	board.

Vesting	conditions/	
period	

AMP	Group	employees	–	
continued	service	for	three	years	
(2015	and	2016	grants)	and	four	
years	for	the	2017	grant.	No	LTI	
grant	was	made	in	2018.

Continued	service	for	two	
years	and	subject	to	ongoing	
employment,	compliance	with	
AMP	policies	and	the	board’s	
discretion.	

Continued	service	for	two	
years	and	subject	to	ongoing	
employment,	compliance	with	
AMP	policies	and	the	board’s	
discretion.

AMP	Capital	employees	–	the	
2017	and	2018	LTI	grants	made	
to	eligible	employees	have	a	
three-year	service	period.	

Some	awards	may	also	vary	
where	the	share	rights	are	
awarded	as	a	sign-on	equity	
award	or	to	retain	an	employee	
for	a	critical	period.

For	AMP	Capital	employees	
participating	in	the	Enterprise	
Profit	Share	Plan	or	the	Deferred	
Bonus	Equity	Plan,	the	grant	
is	split	into	two	tranches	with	
continued	service	for	two	and	
three	years	respectively.	These	
are	also	subject	to	ongoing	
employment,	compliance		
with	AMP	policies	and	the	
board’s	discretion.

Vested	awards	

Vested	share	rights	are	automatically	converted	to	shares	on	behalf	of	participants.

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	participant	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed		
for	misconduct.	

CEO	Buy-out	Incentive	Rights	Award
As	part	of	the	CEO’s	incentive	package	on	appointment,	the	CEO	was	granted	an	award	of	share	rights	with	a	service	(employment)	
condition	to	compensate	for	incentives	forgone	from	the	CEO’s	previous	employer.	

Plan	

CEO	Buy-out	Incentive	Rights	Award

Overview	

The	Buy-out	Incentive	share	rights	give	the	CEO	the	right	to	acquire	one	fully	paid	ordinary	share	in	AMP	
Limited	(per	right)	after	a	specified	service	period.	They	were	granted	at	no	cost	to	the	CEO	and	carry	no	
dividend	or	voting	rights	until	they	vest.	This	award	may	be	settled	through	an	equivalent	cash	payment	
at	the	discretion	of	the	board.

Vesting	conditions/	
period

The	rights	will	vest	in	accordance	with	the	vesting	schedule	set	out	below:
–	
–	
–	

	50%	on	15	February	2020
	30%	on	15	February	2021
	20%	on	15	February	2022

Vesting	is	subject	to	continued	service	and	in	compliance	with	AMP	policies	and	the	board’s	discretion.

Vested	awards	

Vested	share	rights	are	automatically	converted	to	shares	on	behalf	of	the	CEO.

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	CEO	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed		
for	misconduct.

124

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20185.3  Share-based payments (continued)
Valuation	of	share	rights
The	fair	value	of	share	rights	has	been	calculated	as	at	the	grant	date,	by	external	consultants	using	a	‘discounted	cash	flow’	methodology.	
Fair	value	has	been	discounted	for	the	present	value	of	dividends	expected	to	be	paid	during	the	vesting	period	to	which	the	participant	
is	not	entitled.	For	the	purposes	of	the	valuation	it	is	assumed	share	rights	are	exercised	as	soon	as	they	have	vested.	Assumptions	
regarding	the	dividend	yield	have	been	estimated	based	on	AMP’s	actual	historic	dividend	yield	over	an	appropriate	period.

In	determining	the	share-based	payments	expense,	the	number	of	instruments	expected	to	vest	has	been	adjusted	to	reflect	the	
number	of	employees	expected	to	remain	with	AMP	until	the	end	of	the	performance	period.

For	the	CEO	Buy-out	Incentive	Rights	Award,	the	valuations	are	also	prepared	by	an	independent	external	consultant.	The	valuations	are	
based	on	AMP’s	closing	share	price	at	the	valuation	date.	Assumptions	regarding	the	dividend	yield	and	volatility	have	been	estimated	
based	on	AMP’s	actual	historic	dividend	yield	and	volatility	over	an	appropriate	period.

The	following	table	shows	the	factors	which	were	considered	in	determining	the	independent	fair	value	of	the	share	rights	granted	
during	the	period:

Grant	date

04/06/2015	
18/09/2015	
18/09/2015	
18/09/2015	
22/02/2016	
22/02/2016	
22/02/2016	
29/02/2016	
15/04/2016	
28/04/2016	
02/06/2016	
13/01/2017	
13/01/2017	
13/01/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
19/05/2017	
19/05/2017	
03/07/2017	
02/04/2018	
02/04/2018	
02/04/2018	
16/07/2018	
16/07/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
03/12/2018	
03/12/2018	

Share	price

Contractual		
life	(years)

Dividend		
yield

Dividend	
discount	

	Fair	value	

$6.20	
$5.79	
$5.79	
$5.79	
$5.54	
$5.54	
$5.54	
$5.32	
$5.79	
$5.84	
$5.54	
$5.15	
$5.15	
$5.15	
$5.12	
$5.12	
$5.08	
$5.08	
$5.19	
$4.99	
$4.99	
$4.99	
$3.60	
$3.60	
$3.39	
$3.39	
$3.39	
$3.39	
$3.45	
$3.45	
$3.45	
$2.49	
$2.49	

	3.0		
	2.7		
	1.8		
	2.0		
	1.5		
	2.6		
	1.6		
	1.1		
	0.9		
	1.8		
	3.0		
	2.4		
	1.6		
	0.6		
	2.8		
	1.8		
	3.0		
	4.0		
	2.0		
	3.0		
	1.9		
	2.9		
	0.4		
	1.1		
	0.5		
	1.0		
	2.0		
	3.0		
	1.5		
	2.5		
	3.5		
	1.2		
	2.2		

4.7%	
4.6%	
4.6%	
4.6%	
4.6%	
4.6%	
4.6%	
4.7%	
4.7%	
4.7%	
4.7%	
5.0%	
5.0%	
5.0%	
5.2%	
5.2%	
5.2%	
5.2%	
5.2%	
5.7%	
5.7%	
5.7%	
6.0%	
6.0%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	
5.3%	

13%	
12%	
7%	
6%	
7%	
11%	
7%	
5%	
4%	
8%	
13%	
11%	
8%	
3%	
14%	
9%	
13%	
17%	
10%	
14%	
10%	
15%	
2%	
6%	
3%	
5%	
10%	
15%	
8%	
12%	
17%	
6%	
11%	

$5.39
$5.11
$5.41
$5.42
$5.17
$4.91
$5.15
$5.06
$5.56
$5.36
$4.81
$4.57
$4.75
$5.00
$4.42
$4.65
$4.43
$4.21
$4.68
$4.27
$4.49
$4.25
$3.52
$3.38
$3.30
$3.21
$3.05
$2.89
$3.19
$3.02
$2.87
$2.34
$2.22

125

AMP 2018 annual report5.3  Share-based payments (continued)
The	following	table	shows	the	movement	in	share	rights	outstanding	during	the	period:

Grant	date

Exercise	price

Balance	at		
1	Jan	2018

Exercised		
during	the	year

Granted		
during	the	year

Lapsed	during	
the	year

Balance	at		
31	Dec	2018

04/06/2015	
18/09/2015	
28/04/2016	
02/06/2016	
13/01/2017	
13/01/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
27/04/2017	
19/05/2017	
19/05/2017	
03/07/2017	
02/04/2018	
02/04/2018	
02/04/2018	
16/07/2018	
16/07/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
13/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
21/08/2018	
03/12/2018	
03/12/2018	

Total	

	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		
	Nil		

	1,501,849		
	61,037		
	3,575,250		
	1,700,835		
	12,821		
	8,818		
	211,137		
	331,951		
	956,760		
	1,006,547		
	75,779		
	79,725		
	566,000		
	1,341,447		
	9,671		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	1,309,234		
	7,384		
	3,490,823		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	655,425		
	2,107,948		
	1,116,415		
	40,650		
	40,650		
	39,895		
	53,191		
	53,191		
	53,191		
	726,744		
	436,046		
	290,698		
	142,856		
	142,857		

	85,161		
	34,615		
	84,427		
	122,071		
	–		
	–		
	21,504		
	20,160		
	36,559		
	38,461		
	–		
	–		
	5,000		
	198,134		
	–		
	2,879		
	285,507		
	40,358		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		
	–		

	107,454	
	19,038	
	–	
	1,578,764	
	12,821	
	8,818	
	189,633	
	311,791	
	920,201	
	968,086	
	75,779	
	79,725	
	561,000	
	1,143,313	
	9,671	
	652,546	
	1,822,441	
	1,076,057	
	40,650	
	40,650	
	39,895	
	53,191	
	53,191	
	53,191	
	726,744	
	436,046	
	290,698	
	142,856	
	142,857	

	11,439,627		

	4,807,441		

	5,899,757		

	974,836		

	11,557,107	

From	the	end	of	the	financial	year	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report,	no	share	rights	have	been	issued,	no	share	rights	have	been	
exercised,	and	110,195	share	rights	have	lapsed	due	to	resignation.	Of	the	share	rights	outstanding	at	the	end	of	the	period,	none		
have	vested	or	become	exercisable.

(c)	 Options
CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Options	Award
As	part	of	the	CEO’s	incentive	package	on	appointment,	the	CEO	was	granted	an	award	of	options.	This	award	is	to	ensure	that	the		
CEO	is	aligned	with	the	long-term	interests	of	shareholders.

Plan	

CEO	Recovery	Incentive	Option	Award	

Overview	

The	Recovery	Incentive	options	give	the	CEO	the	right	to	acquire	one	fully	paid	ordinary	share	in	AMP	
Limited	(per	option)	at	a	predetermined	price.	Options	do	not	carry	any	dividend	or	voting	rights	and	are	
granted	at	no	cost,	however	are	subject	to	an	exercise	price	at	the	time	the	options	are	converted	to	shares.

Vesting	conditions	

The	options	award	has	an	exercise	price	of	$5.50	per	option.	The	CEO	will	be	allocated	one	share	or	a	cash	
equivalent	for	each	vested	option	that	is	exercised	and	for	which	the	exercise	price	has	been	paid	by	the	
CEO,	subject	to	continued	employment.	

Vesting	period	

Vested	awards	

The	options	award	will	vest	and	become	exercisable	on	or	around	15	February	2023.	Vested	options		
will	automatically	lapse	on	31	March	2024	if	they	have	not	been	exercised	before	that	date.	

Vested	options	may	only	be	exercised	by	the	CEO	in	accordance	with	AMP’s	trading	policy	and	subject	to	
all	applicable	laws.	

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	CEO	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed	for	misconduct.

126

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018		
	
5.3  Share-based payments (continued)
Valuation	of	options	
The	fair	value	of	the	options	has	been	calculated	by	an	independent	external	consultant	using	AMP’s	closing	share	price	at	the	
valuation	date	being	14	December	2018.

(i)	

	The	following	table	shows	the	number	and	weighted	exercise	prices	(WAEP)	of,	and	movements	in,	options	issued	during	the	period:

Grant	date

Exercise	price

Balance	at		
1	Jan	2018

Exercised		
during	the	year

Granted		
during	the	year

Lapsed	during	
the	year

Balance	at		
31	Dec	2018

14/12/2018	

Total	

Weighted	average	exercise	price	

$5.50	

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

	–		

8,000,000	

8,000,000	

$5.50	

	–		

	–		

	–		

8,000,000

8,000,000

$5.50

(ii)	 The	weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life	for	the	options	outstanding	as	at	31	December	2018	was	5.3	years	(2017:	nil).
(iii)	 The	weighted	average	fair	value	of	options	granted	during	the	year	was	$0.03	(2017:	nil).
(iv)	 The	following	table	shows	the	factors	considered	in	determining	the	fair	value	of	the	options	on	the	date	of	grant:

Weighted	average	fair	values	at	the	measurement	date	
Dividend	yield	(%)	
Expected	volatility	(%)	
Risk-free	interest	rate	(%)	
Expected	life	of	share	options	(years)	
Weighted	average	share	price	($)	
Model	used	

2018

2017

$0.03	
5.3%	
26%	
2.1%	
5.3	
$2.33	
	Black-Scholes	

	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	
	–	

The	volatility	assumption	is	based	on	the	actual	volatility	of	AMP’s	daily	closing	share	price	over	the	three-year	period	to	the	valuation	date.

(d)		 Restricted	shares
CEO	Buy-out	Incentive	Shares	Award
As	part	of	the	CEO’s	incentive	package	on	appointment,	the	CEO	was	awarded	restricted	shares	with	a	service	(employment)	condition	
to	compensate	for	incentives	forgone	from	the	CEO’s	previous	employer.

Plan	

CEO	Buy-out	Incentive	Shares	Award

Overview	

The	Buy-out	Incentive	restricted	shares	are	fully	paid	ordinary	shares	in	AMP	Limited	that	are	held	in	
the	AMP	Employee	Share	Trust	on	behalf	of	the	CEO	until	the	specified	service	period	has	been	met.	
They	were	granted	at	no	cost	to	the	CEO	and	carry	the	same	dividend	or	voting	rights	as	other	fully	
paid	ordinary	shares.	Any	dividends	paid	on	shares	are	received	in	the	ordinary	course	on	the	dividend	
payment	date(s).

Vesting	conditions/	
period

The	restricted	shares	will	vest	in	accordance	with	the	vesting	schedule	set	out	below:
–	
–	
–	

	60%	on	15	August	2019
	20%	on	15	August	2020
	20%	on	15	August	2021

Vesting	is	subject	to	continued	service	and	in	compliance	with	AMP	policies	and	the	board’s	discretion.

Vested	awards	

On	the	relevant	vesting	dates,	the	restriction	on	the	shares	is	released.

Unvested	awards

Unvested	awards	are	forfeited	if	the	CEO	voluntarily	ceases	employment	or	is	dismissed	for	misconduct.

127

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
5.3  Share-based payments (continued)
AMP	Employee	Share	Plan	–	$1,000	Share	Plan
AMP	has	given	permanent	employees	the	opportunity	to	become	shareholders	in	AMP	through	the	launch	of	the	AMP	Employee	Share	
Plan	(AESP).	All	permanent	employees	as	at	12	December	2018	will	be	offered	a	$1,000	award	of	shares	subject	to	employment	on	
the	allocation	date	in	March	2019.	These	shares	will	be	subject	to	a	restriction	on	sale	and	transfer	for	up	to	three	years	from	the	date	
they	are	allocated.	Any	shares	so	acquired	will	be	released	to	the	participant	at	the	end	of	the	three-year	period	or	when	they	leave	
employment	with	AMP	(whichever	is	earlier).

Valuation of restricted shares and AMP Employee Share Plan
The	CEO’s	award	of	restricted	shares	is	based	on	valuations	prepared	by	an	independent	external	consultant.	The	valuations	are	based	
on	the	10-day	volume	weighted	average	share	price	over	the	10-day	trading	period	prior	to	the	start	of	the	award’s	valuation	period.	
Assumptions	regarding	the	dividend	yield	and	volatility	have	been	estimated	based	on	AMP’s	actual	historic	dividend	yield	and	volatility	
over	an	appropriate	period.	

For	the	AESP,	the	fair	value	of	the	shares	will	be	determined	as	the	market	price	of	AMP	ordinary	shares	on	the	grant	date.	As	employees	
holding	restricted	shares	are	entitled	to	dividend	payments,	no	adjustment	has	been	made	to	the	fair	value	in	respect	of	future	
dividend	payments.	

In	determining	the	share-based	payments	expense	for	the	period,	the	number	of	instruments	expected	to	vest	has	been	adjusted	to	
reflect	the	number	of	employees	expected	to	remain	with	AMP	until	the	end	of	the	vesting	period.

(e)		 Employee	share	acquisition	plan
The	employee	share	acquisition	plan	was	suspended	mid-way	through	2009	in	Australia	but	continues	to	operate	in	New	Zealand.

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Equity-settled	share-based	payments	
The	cost	of	equity-settled	share-based	payments	is	measured	using	their	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	they	are	granted.	The	fair	value	
calculation	takes	into	consideration	a	number	of	factors,	including	the	likelihood	of	achieving	market-based	vesting	conditions	such	as	
total	shareholder	return	(market	conditions).

The	cost	of	equity-settled	share-based	payments	is	recognised	in	the	Income	statement,	together	with	a	corresponding	increase	in	the	
share-based	payment	reserve	(SBP	reserve)	in	equity,	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	instrument.	At	each	reporting	date,	the	AMP	group	
reviews	its	estimates	of	the	number	of	instruments	that	are	expected	to	vest	and	any	changes	to	the	cost	are	recognised	in	the	Income	
statement	and	the	SBP	reserve,	over	the	remaining	vesting	period.

Where	the	terms	of	an	equity-settled	share-based	payment	are	modified	and	the	expense	increases	as	a	result	of	the	modification,		
the	increase	is	recognised	over	the	remaining	vesting	period.	When	a	modification	reduces	the	expense,	there	is	no	adjustment	and		
the	pre-modification	cost	continues	to	be	recognised.

Where	an	equity-settled	award	does	not	ultimately	vest,	expenses	are	not	reversed;	except	for	awards	where	vesting	is	conditional	
upon	a	non-market	condition,	in	which	case	all	expenses	are	reversed	in	the	period	in	which	the	instrument	lapses.	

128

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018Section 6: Group entities
This	section	explains	significant	aspects	of	the	AMP	group	structure,	including	significant	investments	in	controlled	operating		
entities	and	entities	controlled	by	AMP	Life’s	statutory	funds,	and	investments	in	associates.	It	also	provides	information	on		
business	acquisitions	and	disposals	made	during	the	year.	

6.1		 Controlled	entities
	6.2		 Acquisitions	and	disposals	of	controlled	entities
	6.3		 Investments	in	associates
6.4		 Parent	entity	information

6.1  Controlled entities
(a)	 Significant	investments	in	controlled	operating	entities	are	as	follows:	

Operating	entities	
Name	of	entity

AMP	AAPH	Limited	
AMP	Advice	Holdings	Pty	Ltd	
AMP	Bank	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Funds	Management	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Holdings	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Investors	(New	Zealand)	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Investors	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Office	and	Industrial	Pty	Limited	
AMP	Capital	Shopping	Centres	Pty	Limited	
AMP	Financial	Planning	Pty	Limited	
AMP	Group	Finance	Services	Limited	
AMP	Group	Holdings	Limited	
AMP	Life	Limited	
AMP	Services	(NZ)	Limited	
AMP	Services	Limited	
AMP	Superannuation	Limited	
AMP	Wealth	Management	New	Zealand	Limited	
Hillross	Financial	Services	Limited	
ipac	Group	Services	Pty	Ltd	
National	Mutual	Funds	Management	Ltd	
National	Mutual	Life	Nominees	Pty	Limited	
NMMT	Limited	
The	National	Mutual	Life	Association	of	Australasia	Limited	

Country	of		
registration

Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
New	Zealand	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
New	Zealand	
Australia	
Australia	
New	Zealand	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	
Australia	

Share	type

2018

2017

%	holdings

Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord		
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	A	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	A	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	
Ord	

100	
100	
100	
85	
85	
85	
85	
85	
85	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	
100	

100
100
100
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Investments	in	investment	entities	controlled	by	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	
The	life	insurance	statutory	funds	hold	investments	in	various	investment	vehicles/funds	backing	policyholder	liabilities	as	well	as	
shareholder	attributable	assets	in	the	life	insurance	statutory	funds.	The	policyholder	attributable	investments	are	not	part	of	the	core	
wealth	management	business	of	AMP	and	do	not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	performance	or	net	financial	position	of	the	
company.	The	investments	are	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	and	loss	reflecting	the	fair	value	movements	in	these	investments	
in	the	financial	statements.	

Critical	accounting	estimates	and	judgements:
Judgement is applied in determining the relevant activities of each entity, whether AMP Limited has power over these activities and 
whether control exists. This involves assessing the purpose and design of the entity and identifying the activities which significantly affect 
that entity’s returns and how decisions are made about those activities. In assessing how decisions are made, management considers 
voting and veto rights, contractual arrangements with the entity or other parties, and any rights or ability to appoint, remove or direct 
key management personnel or entities that have the ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity. Management also considers the 
practical ability of other parties to exercise their rights. 

Judgement is also applied in identifying the variable returns of each entity and assessing AMP Limited’s exposure to these returns.  
Variable returns include distributions, exposure to gains or losses and fees that may vary with the performance of an entity. 

129

AMP 2018 annual report6.2  Acquisitions and disposals of controlled entities
(a)		 Acquisitions	and	disposals	of	controlled	operating	entities	
There	were	no	individually	or	collectively	significant	acquisitions	or	disposals	of	controlled	operating	entities	during	the	year.	

(b)		 Acquisition	and	disposals	of	controlled	entities	of	AMP	Life	statutory	funds
In	the	course	of	normal	operating	investment	activities,	the	AMP	Life	statutory	funds	acquire	equity	interests	in	entities	which,		
in	some	cases,	result	in	AMP	holding	a	controlling	interest	in	the	investee	entity.	

Most	acquisitions	and	disposals	of	controlled	entities	are	in	relation	to	managed	investment	schemes	with	underlying	net	assets	
typically	comprising	investment	assets	including	cash.	The	consideration	for	acquisitions	or	disposals	reflects	the	fair	value	of	the	
investment	assets	at	the	date	of	the	transactions	after	taking	into	account	minority	interests.

Certain	controlled	entities	of	the	life	entity’s	statutory	funds	are	operating	companies	which	carry	out	business	operations	unrelated		
to	the	core	wealth	management	operations	of	the	AMP	group.	

6.3  Investments in associates 
(a)		 Investments	in	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	

	Ownership	interest

Carrying	amount1

Associate

Principal	activity

Place	of	
business

2018	
%

2017	
%

China	Life	Pension	Company3	

Pension	company	

China	

19.99	

19.99	

AIMS	AMP	Capital	Industrial	REIT2	

Industrial	property	trust	

Singapore	

China	Life	AMP	Asset		
Management	Company	Ltd		

Global	Infrastructure		
Fund	Sponsor2	

Global	Infrastructure	Fund	II2	

PCCP	LLC3	

Other	(individually		
immaterial	associates)	

Total	investments	in	associates		
accounted	for	using	the	equity	method		

10	

15	

5	

5	

5	

15	

8	

–		

Investment	management	

China	

Fund	

Fund	

Cayman	Island	

Cayman	Island	

Investment	management	

United	States	

24.9	

24.9	

n/a	

n/a	

2018	
$m

305		

101		

49		

98		

81		

145		

145		

2017	
$m

281	

47	

23	

151	

–	

127	

120	

924		

749	

1		
2		
3		

	The	carrying	amount	is	after	recognising	$42m	(2017:	$29m)	share	of	current	period	profit	or	loss	of	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method.
	Entities	within	the	AMP	group	have	been	appointed	investment	manager,	therefore	the	group	is	considered	to	have	significant	influence.
The	AMP	group	has	significant	influence	through	representation	on	the	entity’s	Board.	

(b)		 Investments	in	significant	associates	held	by	the	life	entities’	statutory	funds	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	
The	life	insurance	statutory	funds	hold	investments	in	various	investment	vehicles/funds	on	behalf	of	policyholders.	These	investments	
are	not	part	of	the	core	wealth	management	business	of	AMP	and	do	not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	performance	or	net	
financial	position	of	the	AMP	group.

Accounting	Policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Investments	in	associates	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method
Investments	in	entities,	other	than	those	backing	investment	contract	liabilities	and	life	insurance	contract	liabilities,	over	which		
the	AMP	group	has	the	ability	to	exercise	significant	influence,	but	not	control,	are	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	of	
accounting.	The	investment	is	measured	at	cost	plus	post-acquisition	changes	in	the	AMP	group’s	share	of	the	associates’	net	assets,	
less	any	impairment	in	value.	The	AMP	group’s	share	of	profit	or	loss	of	associates	is	included	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement.	
Any	dividend	or	distribution	received	from	associates	is	accounted	for	as	a	reduction	in	carrying	value	of	the	associate.

Any	impairment	is	recognised	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	when	there	is	objective	evidence	a	loss	has	been	incurred.		
It	is	measured	as	the	amount	by	which	the	carrying	amount	of	the	investment	in	entities	exceeds	its	recoverable	amount.	

Investments	in	associates	measured	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss
Investments	in	entities	held	to	back	investment	contract	liabilities	and	life	insurance	contract	liabilities	are	exempt	from	the	
requirement	to	apply	equity	accounting	and	have	been	designated	on	initial	recognition	as	financial	assets	measured	at	fair	value	
through	profit	or	loss.

130

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
		
	
		
6.4  Parent entity information

(a)		 Statement	of	comprehensive	income	–	AMP	Limited	entity	
Dividends	and	interest	from	controlled	entities	
Interest	revenue	–	other	entities	
Service	fee	revenue		
Other	income	
Operating	expenses	
Impairment		
Finance	costs	
Income	tax	credit1	

Profit	(loss)	for	the	year	

Total	comprehensive	(loss)	income	for	the	year	

(b)		 Statement	of	financial	position	–	AMP	Limited	entity	
Current	assets		
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Receivables	and	prepayments2	
Current	tax	assets	
Loans	and	advances	to	subsidiaries	

Non-current	assets	
Investments	in	controlled	entities		
Deferred	tax	assets3	

Total	assets		

Current	liabilities		
Payables2	
Current	tax	liabilities	
Provisions	
Non-current	liabilities	
Subordinated	debt4	

Total	liabilities	

Net	assets	

Equity	–	AMP	Limited	entity	
Contributed	equity	
Share-based	payment	reserve		
Retained	earnings5	

Total	equity	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

545		
	–		
4		
1		
(3)	
(2,489)	
(55)	
17		

(1,980)	

(1,980)	

8		
57		
130		
1,007		

9,911		
47		

890	
	–	
8	
	–	
(8)
	–	
(45)
49	

894	

894	

3	
99	
	–	
1,191	

12,400	
91	

11,160		

13,784	

239		
	–		
1		

106	
47	
5	

1,043		

1,116	

1,283		

1,274	

9,877		

12,510	

9,610		
21		
246		

9,547	
22	
2,941	

9,877		

12,510	

1			

2		

3		
4		

5		

	Dividend	income	from	controlled	entities	$514m	(2017:	$866m)	is	not	assessable	for	tax	purposes.	Income	tax	credit	includes	$8m	(2017:	$53m)	
utilisation	of	previously	unrecognised	tax	losses.
	Receivables	and	payables	include	tax-related	amounts	receivable	from	subsidiaries	$53m	(2017:	$52m)	and	payable	to	subsidiaries	$207m	
(2017:	$75m).
	Deferred	tax	assets	include	amounts	recognised	for	losses	available	for	offset	against	future	taxable	income	$45m	(2017:	$87m).
	The	AMP	Limited	entity	is	the	issuer	of:	AMP	Wholesale	Capital	Notes;	AMP	Capital	Notes	–	2015,	AMP	Subordinated	Notes	–	2017	and		
AMP	Notes	3.	Further	information	on	these	is	provided	in	note	3.2.
	Changes	in	retained	earnings	comprise	$1,980m	loss	(2017:	$894m	profit)	for	the	year	less	dividends	paid	of	$715m	(2017:	$837m).

(c)		 Contingent	liabilities	of	the	AMP	Limited	entity	
The	AMP	Limited	entity	has	entered	into	deeds	to	provide	capital	maintenance	and	liquidity	support	to	AMP	Bank	Limited.		
At	the	reporting	date,	the	likelihood	of	any	outflow	in	settlement	of	these	obligations	is	considered	to	be	remote.

131

AMP 2018 annual report		
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
	
	
	
	
Section 7: Other disclosures
This	section	includes	disclosures	other	than	those	covered	in	the	previous	sections,	required	for	the	AMP	group	to	comply	with	the	
accounting	standards	and	pronouncements.	

	7.1		 Notes	to	Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
7.2		 Commitments
7.3		 Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities
	7.4		 Auditors’	remuneration
	7.5		 New	accounting	standards
	7.6		 Events	occurring	after	reporting	date

7.1  Notes to Consolidated statement of cash flows

(a)		 Reconciliation	of	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	
Net	profit	after	income	tax	
Depreciation	of	operating	assets	
Amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangibles	
Investment	gains	and	losses	and	movements	in	external	unitholders’	liabilities	
Dividend	and	distribution	income	reinvested	
Share-based	payments	
(Increase)	in	receivables,	intangibles	and	other	assets	
(Decrease)	increase	in	net	policy	liabilities	
(Decrease)	increase	in	income	tax	balances	
Increase	(decrease)	in	other	payables	and	provisions	

Cash	flows	used	in	operating	activities	

(b)		 Reconciliation	of	cash
Comprises:	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Short-term	bills	and	notes	(included	in	Debt	securities)	

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	for	the	purpose	of	the	Statement	of	cash	flows	

2018	
$m

2017	
$m

51		
22		
239		
8,258		
(5,502)	
5		
(569)	
(6,769)	
(937)	
1,221		

873	
17	
276	
(1,495)
(4,686)
7	
(152)
3,769	
244	
(251)

(3,981)	

(1,398)

3,932		
3,450		

3,602	
3,620	

7,382		

7,222	

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprise	cash-on-hand	that	is	available	on	demand	and	deposits	that	are	held	at	call	with	financial	
institutions.	Cash	and	cash	equivalents	are	measured	at	fair	value,	being	the	principal	amount.	For	the	purpose	of	the	Consolidated	
statement	of	cash	flows,	Cash	and	cash	equivalents	also	includes	other	highly	liquid	investments	not	subject	to	significant	risk	of	
change	in	value,	with	short	periods	to	maturity,	net	of	outstanding	bank	overdrafts.	Bank	overdrafts	are	shown	within	Interest-bearing	
liabilities	in	the	Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.	

132

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
7.2  Commitments

(a)		 Operating	lease	commitments
Due	within	one	year	
Due	within	one	year	to	five	years1	
Due	later	than	five	years1	

Total	operating	lease	commitments	

2018	
$m

76		
319		
846		

2017	
$m

81	
279	
951	

1,241		

1,311	

1		 Operating	lease	commitments	includes	commitments	to	enter	leases	which	have	not	yet	commenced.	

Non-cancellable	operating	leases	are	in	relation	to	the	AMP	group’s	offices	in	various	locations.	AMP	generally	pays	rent	on	a	periodic	
basis	at	rates	agreed	at	the	inception	of	the	lease.	

At	31	December	2018,	the	total	of	future	minimum	sublease	payments	expected	to	be	received	under	non-cancellable	subleases		
was	$5m	(2017:	$15m).	

(b)	 Buy-back	arrangements
AMP	has	contractual	arrangements	with	financial	advice	businesses	in	the	AMP	advice	network	to	purchase	their	client	registers	at	
agreed	values	subject	to	certain	conditions	being	met.	These	buy-back	arrangements	include	arrangements	known	as	Buyer	of	Last	
Resort	(BOLR).	Advice	businesses	must	register	their	intention	to	invoke	buy-back	arrangements,	which	have	six	to	18	month	lead	
times	and	are	subject	to	audit	prior	to	finalising	the	purchase	price.	The	pipeline	of	buy-back	arrangements	where	an	intention	to	
invoke	has	been	registered	is	$163m	(2017:	$86m),	$141m	of	which	relates	to	arrangements	expected	to	settle	in	the	next	12	months.	
The	commitment	value	has	been	disclosed	as	the	unaudited	value	as	advised	by	the	advice	businesses.	AMP’s	experience	is	that	the	
ultimate	purchase	price	after	audit	is	typically	less	than	the	initially	advised	value	and	not	all	of	the	buy-backs	progress	to	completion.	
Over	the	12	months	ended	31	December	2018,	$33m	was	paid	for	executed	buy-back	arrangements.

Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement
Operating	lease	payments
Operating	lease	payments	are	recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	Consolidated	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	
term	or	other	systematic	basis	representative	of	the	patterns	of	the	benefits	obtained.	Operating	incentives	are	recognised	as	a	liability	
when	received	and	subsequently	reduced	by	allocating	lease	payments	between	rental	expense	and	reduction	of	the	liability.

7.3  Provisions and contingent liabilities

(a)		 Provisions	
Restructuring1	
Customer	remediation	
Other2	 	

Total	provisions	

(b)		 Movements	in	provisions	
Balance	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	
Additional	provisions	made	during	the	year	
Provisions	used	during	the	year	

Balance	at	the	end	of	the	year	

2018	
$m

19		
656		
132		

	807		

Restructuring1
$m

Customer	
remediation	
$m

Other2	
$m

22		
19		
(22)	

19		

51		
615		
(10)	

656		

80		
124		
(72)	

132		

2017	
$m

22	
51	
80	

153	

Total	
$m

153	
758	
(104)

807	

1		

2		

	Restructuring	provisions	are	recognised	in	respect	of	programs	that	materially	change	the	scope	of	the	business	or	the	manner	in	which	the	
business	is	conducted.
	Other	provisions	are	in	respect	of	various	other	operational	provisions.	$28m	(2017:	$25m)	is	expected	to	be	settled	more	than	12	months	from	the	
reporting	date.	

133

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
		
		
		
	
7.3  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued)
Accounting	policy	–	recognition	and	measurement	
Provisions
Provisions	are	recognised	when:
–	
–	
–	

	the	AMP	group	has	a	present	obligation	(legal	or	constructive)	as	a	result	of	a	past	event;
	it	is	probable	that	an	outflow	of	resources	embodying	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation;	and
	a	reliable	estimate	can	be	made	of	the	amount	of	the	obligation.

Provisions	are	measured	at	the	present	value	of	management’s	best	estimate	of	the	expenditure	required	to	settle	the	present	
obligation	at	the	reporting	date.	For	provisions	other	than	employee	entitlements,	the	discount	rate	used	to	determine	the	present	
value	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	liability.

A	contingent	liability	is	disclosed	where	a	legal	or	constructive	obligation	is	possible,	but	not	probable;	or	where	the	obligation	is	
probable,	but	the	financial	impact	of	the	event	is	unable	to	be	reliably	estimated.

Critical	accounting	estimates	and	judgements:
The group recognises a provision where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date and a reliable estimate can be 
made of the likely outcome. Although provisions are reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted for management’s best current estimates, 
the judgemental nature of these items means that future amounts settled may be different from those provided.

From	time	to	time,	the	AMP	group	may	incur	obligations	arising	from	litigation	or	various	types	of	contracts	entered	into	in	the	normal	
course	of	business,	including	guarantees	issued	by	the	parent	for	performance	obligations	to	controlled	entities	in	the	AMP	group.	Legal	
proceedings	threatened	against	AMP	may	also,	if	filed,	result	in	AMP	incurring	obligations.	A	contingent	liability	exists	in	relation	to	
actual	and	likely	potential	legal	proceedings.	

Where	it	is	determined	that	the	disclosure	of	information	in	relation	to	a	contingent	liability	can	be	expected	to	seriously	prejudice		
the	position	of	the	AMP	group	(or	its	insurers)	in	a	dispute,	accounting	standards	allow	the	AMP	group	not	to	disclose	such	information.	
It	is	the	AMP	group’s	policy	that	such	information	is	not	disclosed	in	this	note.

Industry	and	regulatory	compliance	investigations
AMP	is	subject	to	review	from	time	to	time	by	regulators,	both	in	Australia	and	offshore.	In	Australia,	AMP’s	principal	regulators	are	
APRA,	ASIC	and	AUSTRAC,	although	other	government	agencies	may	have	jurisdiction	depending	on	the	circumstances.	The	reviews	and	
investigations	conducted	by	regulators	may	be	industry-wide	or	specific	to	AMP	and	the	outcomes	of	those	reviews	and	investigations	
can	vary	and	may	lead,	for	example,	to	the	imposition	of	penalties,	variations	or	restrictions	to	licences,	the	compensation	of	customers,	
enforceable	undertakings	or	recommendations	and	directions	for	AMP	to	enhance	its	control	framework,	governance	and	systems.	

AMP	is	undertaking	additional	reviews	concurrently	with	these	regulatory	investigations	to	determine,	amongst	other	things,	where	
customers	may	have	been	disadvantaged.	In	some	instances,	compensation	has	been	paid	and	where	the	results	of	our	reviews	have	
reached	the	point	that	customer	compensation	is	likely	and	can	be	reliably	estimated	then	a	provision	has	been	raised.

The	Royal	Commission
In	December	2017,	the	Australian	Government	established	a	Royal	Commission	into	‘Misconduct	in	the	Banking,	Superannuation	and	
Financial	Services	Industry’	(the	Royal	Commission)	to	investigate	conduct,	practices,	behaviour	or	business	activities	by	financial	services	
entities,	including	AMP,	that	may	amount	to	misconduct	or	that	may	have	fallen	below	community	standards	and	expectations.

During	the	course	of	2018,	the	Royal	Commission	conducted	a	number	of	public	hearings	and	required	the	production	of	documents		
as	part	of	its	inquiry.	AMP	responded	by	preparing	submissions,	attending	hearings	and	providing	documents	as	requested.

The	final	report	of	the	Royal	Commission	was	publicly	released	on	4	February	2019	and	made:	
–		 76	policy	recommendations	which	may	result	in	legislative	and	regulatory	change;	and	
–		

	a	number	of	findings	of	actual	or	possible	misconduct	(including	breaches	of	law)	or	conduct	which	does	or	may	fall	below	
community	standards	and	expectations,	in	relation	to	participants	in	the	financial	services	industry,	including	AMP.

AMP	is	considering	the	various	matters	raised	in	the	Commissioner’s	final	report.	The	findings	of	the	Royal	Commission	may	result	in	
litigation,	fines,	penalties,	revocation,	suspension	or	variation	of	conditions	of	relevant	regulatory	licences	or	other	regulatory	action.	
The	policy	recommendations	include	recommendations	relating	to	financial	advice,	superannuation,	banking,	insurance	and	regulators.	
For	certain	policy	recommendations,	an	existing	provision	is	held	or	impairments	on	the	carrying	value	of	assets	are	reflected	in	this	
financial	report;	however	the	aggregate	potential	impact	of	these	recommendations	to	AMP	cannot	be	accurately	assessed	at	the	date	
of	this	financial	report	and	a	contingent	liability	exists.

Customer	remediation	
AMP	is	progressing	with	its	customer	review	and	remediation	programs	which	are	seeking	to	identify	and	compensate	customers		
who	have	suffered	loss	or	detriment	as	a	result	of	either:
–		
–		 where	customers	have	been	charged	an	advice	service	fee	without	the	provision	of	service.

inappropriate	advice	from	their	adviser;	or

During	the	year,	provisions	have	been	raised	for	both	of	these	items,	inclusive	of	program	costs.	The	actual	compensation	to	customers	
and	related	program	costs	could	vary	significantly	from	the	amounts	provided.	In	particular,	the	application	of	the	program	and	
remediation	principles	(following	the	final	agreement	with	ASIC)	and	the	pattern	and	timing	of	individual	customer	compensation	
could	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	final	compensation	and	the	costs	of	the	programs.

Provisions	for	advice	remediation	do	not	include	amounts	for	potential	recoveries	from	advisers	and	insurers.

134

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 20187.3  Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued)
Inappropriate	advice	
AMP	continues	to	progress	with	the	identification	and	compensation	of	customers	who	have	suffered	loss	or	detriment	as	a	result		
of	receiving	inappropriate	advice	from	their	adviser.	The	scope	of	the	review	includes	the	period	from	1	January	2009	to	30	June	2015	
specified	by	ASIC	in	Report	515	Financial	advice:	Review	of	how	large	institutions	oversee	their	advisers	and	extended	to	30	June	2017,	
as	well	as	including	any	instances	of	inappropriate	advice	identified	through	ongoing	supervision	and	monitoring	activities.

In	some	instances	compensation	has	been	paid	and	a	provision	exists	for	further	compensation	payable	as	the	review	progresses	
and	client	reviews	are	completed.	AMP	has	adjusted	its	provision	estimate	for	future	compensation	based	on	the	actual	experience	
of	remediating	clients	and	the	future	costs	of	operating	the	program	and	this	has	resulted	in	an	increase	in	the	provision	as	at	
31	December	2018.	The	provision	includes	a	component	for	advisers	for	which	a	remediation	review	has	not	yet	commenced		
and	the	determination	of	compensation	for	any	given	client	is	not	known	with	certainty	until	immediately	prior	to	payment.

Advice	service	fee	(fees	for	no	service)	
AMP	has	established	a	program	to	focus	on	the	identification	and	compensation	of	customers	of	advisers	who	have	been	charged	an	
ongoing	service	fee	without	the	provision	of	service.	This	involves	a	large-scale	review	of	fee	arrangements	from	1	July	2008	as	specified	
by	ASIC	in	Report	499	Financial	advice:	Fees	for	no	service.	Sampling	of	customer	files	has	been	conducted	across	AMP	licensees	and	
has	identified	instances	in	the	review	period	where	customers	have	paid	fees	and	there	is	insufficient	evidence	to	support	that	the	
associated	service	had	been	performed.

AMP	is	developing	a	process	for	customer	review	and	remediation	within	a	reasonable	timeframe,	which	on	current	estimates	is	
three	years	finishing	mid	2021.	AMP	has	been	engaging	with	ASIC	on	this	process	and	whilst	progress	has	been	made,	discussions	
on	principles	to	be	applied	when	remediating	customers	are	yet	to	be	concluded	at	the	date	of	this	report.

A	provision	for	advice	service	fee	customer	compensation	and	the	future	costs	of	executing	the	program	has	been	raised	during	the	
year	ended	31	December	2018.	This	provision	is	judgemental	and	has	been	estimated	using	multiple	assumptions	derived	from	the	
sampling	conducted	to	date.	Assumptions	used	include	evidence	failure	rates,	average	fees	to	be	refunded	and	compensation	for	
lost	earnings.

Other	matters
In	addition	to	the	above	items,	other	reviews	in	relation	to	fees	charged	to	customers	are	being	undertaken,	including	corporate	plan	
service	fees,	fees	charged	to	orphan	customers	and	deceased	estates;	and	where	required,	customers	will	be	remediated.	The	reviews	
have	not	progressed	sufficiently	to	be	able	to	reliably	estimate	any	impact	as	at	31	December	2018	and	a	contingent	liability	exists	for	
the	financial	impact	of	customer	remediation.

Buy-back	arrangements
AMP	has	contractual	arrangements	with	financial	advice	businesses	in	the	AMP	advice	network	to	purchase	their	client	registers	at	
agreed	multiples	to	recurring	revenues	subject	to	certain	conditions	being	met.	These	buy-back	arrangements	include	arrangements	
known	as	Buyer	of	Last	Resort	(BOLR).	Advice	businesses	must	register	their	intention	to	invoke	buy-back	arrangements,	which	have		
six	to	18	month	lead	times,	and	are	subject	to	audit	prior	to	finalising	the	purchase	price.	Client	registers	are	either	acquired	outright		
by	AMP	or	AMP	facilitates	a	sale	to	an	existing	business	within	the	AMP	advice	network.	

AMP	is	currently	assessing	options	in	relation	to	how	grandfathered	commissions	are	valued	for	the	purpose	of	buy-back	arrangements,	
recognising	that	the	findings	of	the	Royal	Commission	make	specific	reference	to	grandfathered	commissions.	Consultation	with	AMP’s	
advice	network	has	commenced	and	dependent	upon	the	implementation	approach,	which	has	not	yet	been	settled,	a	contingent	
liability	exists	in	relation	to	these	arrangements.

Litigation
Shareholder	class	actions
During	May	and	June	2018,	AMP	Limited	was	served	with	five	competing	shareholder	class	actions,	one	filed	in	the	Supreme	Court	
of	NSW	and	the	others	filed	in	the	Federal	Court	of	Australia.	The	actions	follow	the	financial	advice	hearing	block	in	the	Royal	
Commission	in	April	2018	and	allege	breaches	by	AMP	Limited	of	its	continuous	disclosure	obligations.	Each	action	is	on	behalf	of	
shareholders	who	acquired	an	interest	in	AMP	Limited	shares	over	a	specified	time	period,	the	longest	of	which	is	between	10	May	
2012	and	17	April	2018.	The	claims	are	yet	to	be	quantified	and	participation	has	not	been	determined.	AMP	Limited	has	filed	its	
defence	in	the	action	initially	brought	in	the	Supreme	Court	of	NSW.	The	various	other	competing	proceedings	have	subsequently	
been	transferred	to	the	Supreme	Court	of	NSW.	AMP	is	awaiting	the	Court’s	decision	on	which	of	the	five	class	actions	is	to	continue.	
Currently	it	is	not	possible	to	determine	the	ultimate	impact	of	these	claims,	if	any,	upon	AMP.	AMP	Limited	intends	to	vigorously	
defend	these	actions.

ASIC	civil	penalty	proceedings
AMP	Financial	Planning	Pty	Limited	(AMPFP),	a	wholly-owned	subsidiary	of	AMP	Limited,	is	the	subject	of	proceedings	brought	by	ASIC	
on	27	June	2018.	The	proceedings	allege	contraventions	of	the	Corporations Act 2001	(Cth)	by	AMPFP	relating	to	the	alleged	conduct	
of	certain	of	its	authorised	financial	advisers	in	providing	advice	to	customers	in	relation	to	the	replacement	of	life	insurance	policies	
by	cancellation	and	new	application	rather	than	by	transfer.	ASIC’s	claim	is	in	respect	of	six	advisers	and	40	instances	of	advice.	ASIC	is	
seeking	declarations	that	AMPFP	contravened	various	sections	of	the	Corporations	Act	and	orders	that	AMPFP	pay	pecuniary	penalties	
of	an	unspecified	amount.	AMPFP	filed	its	defence	in	September	2018.	AMPFP	has	made	certain	admissions	in	respect	of	the	conduct	of	
a	single	adviser	terminated	by	AMPFP	and	banned	by	ASIC	several	years	ago.	However,	AMPFP	is	vigorously	defending	ASIC’s	allegation	
that	this	conduct	constitutes	a	broader,	systemic	issue.

135

AMP 2018 annual report7.4  Auditors’ remuneration

AMP	Limited	and	other	corporate	entities	in	the	consolidated	group	
Audit	services	
Audit	or	review	of	financial	statements	
Other	audit	services1	

Total	audit	service	fees		

Non-audit	services	
Taxation	services	
Other	services2	

Total	non-audit	services	fees	

Total	auditors’	remuneration	for	AMP	Limited	and	other	corporate	entities	

Managed	Investment	Schemes	and	Superannuation	Funds	
Audit	services	
Audit	or	review	of	financial	statements	
Other	audit	services1	

Total	audit	service	fees		

Non-audit	services	
Taxation	services	
Other	services3	

Total	non-audit	services	fees	

2018	
$’000

2017	
$’000

6,107		
1,286		

5,536	
1,395	

7,393		

6,931	

766		
1,082		

743	
856	

1,848		

1,599	

9,241		

8,530	

6,474		
371		

6,977	
303	

6,845		

7,280	

274		
280		

554		

305	
	–	

305	

Total	auditors’	remuneration	for	managed	investment	schemes	and	superannuation	funds	

7,399		

7,585	

Total	auditors’	remuneration	

16,640		

16,115	

1		 Other	audit	services	include	regulatory	compliance	and	reviews	of	controls	and	procedures.	
2		 Other	non-audit	services	for	AMP	Limited	and	other	corporate	entities	relate	to	compliance	related	review.
3		

	Other	non-audit	services	for	managed	investment	schemes	and	superannuation	funds	are	primarily	related	to	transaction	related	advice.

7.5  New accounting standards
(a)		 New	and	amended	accounting	standards	adopted	by	the	AMP	group	
A	number	of	new	accounting	standards	and	amendments	have	been	adopted	effective	1	January	2018.	These	have	not	had	a	material	
effect	on	the	financial	position	or	performance	of	the	AMP	group.

AASB	15	Revenue	from	Contracts	with	Customers	
AASB	15	Revenue from Contracts with Customers	(AASB	15)	became	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	1	January	2018.	AASB	15	defines	
principles	for	recognising	revenue	and	introduces	new	disclosure	requirements.	Under	AASB	15,	revenue	is	recognised	at	an	amount	
that	reflects	the	consideration	which	an	entity	expects	to	be	entitled	to	in	exchange	for	transferring	goods	or	services	to	a	customer.	
Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers,	as	defined	by	AASB	15,	is	disclosed	as	Fee	revenue	and	Other	revenue	on	the	Consolidated	
income	statement.

AMP	has	applied	the	‘cumulative	effect’	method	in	adopting	AASB	15	which	requires	an	adjustment	to	the	retained	earnings	at	
1	January	2018	for	contracts	that	remained	open	as	at	that	date.	The	cumulative	effect	at	1	January	2018	was	less	than	$1m	as	the	
primary	impact	on	the	AMP	group	was	the	change	in	presentation	of	some	revenue	from	gross	to	net	or	vice	versa	which	did	not	have	
any	profit	impact.	AASB	15	also	changes	the	timing	of	the	recognition	of	performance	fees	for	certain	closed	end	funds,	the	impact	of	
which	will	emerge	in	future	years.	

Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	is	disclosed	in	note	1.1(b).

136

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
7.5  New accounting standards (continued)
AASB	9	Financial	Instruments	
AASB	9	Financial Instruments	(AASB	9)	became	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	1	January	2018.	AASB	9	makes	changes	to	the	
classification	and	measurement	of	financial	instruments,	introduces	a	new	expected	loss	model	when	recognising	expected	credit	
losses	(ECL)	on	financial	assets,	and	also	introduces	new	general	hedge	accounting	requirements.	

AMP	has	applied	AASB	9	retrospectively	without	restating	the	comparative	information	for	2017	as	permitted	by	the	transitional	
provisions	of	the	standard.	The	difference	between	the	previous	carrying	amount	of	financial	instruments	and	the	carrying	amount		
of	those	instruments	at	1	January	2018	measured	in	accordance	with	AASB	9	has	been	recorded	as	an	adjustment	to	retained		
earnings	at	1	January	2018.	As	permitted	by	AASB	9	the	group	has	chosen	to	continue	to	apply	the	hedge	accounting	requirements		
of	AASB	139	Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.	

The	key	changes	in	the	group’s	accounting	policies	resulting	from	the	adoption	of	AASB	9	are	summarised	below:

Classification	and	measurement
Under	AASB	9,	the	group	determines	the	classification	of	financial	assets	based	on	the	business	model	it	uses	to	manage	the	financial	
assets	and	the	contractual	characteristics	of	the	financial	assets.	We	note	the	following	classification	changes	as	a	result	of	the	
adoption	of	AASB	9:
–	
–	

	Financial	instruments	which	were	previously	classified	as	loans	and	receivables	are	now	classified	as	amortised	cost.	
	Equity	instruments	which	were	previously	classified	as	available-for-sale	are	now	classified	as	fair	value	through	other	
comprehensive	income	(FVOCI).	Consistent	with	the	treatment	of	available-for-sale	equity	instruments,	movements	in	the	value		
of	equity	instruments	classified	as	FVOCI	are	recognised	in	the	fair	value	reserve	within	the	Consolidated	statement	of	changes		
in	equity.	However,	unlike	the	treatment	for	available-for-sale	instruments,	gains	and	losses	on	equity	securities	measured	at	
FVOCI	are	not	subsequently	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss.	
	Debt	securities	held	by	AMP	Bank	were	previously	classified	as	held-to-maturity	and	measured	at	amortised	cost.	AMP	has	
reclassified	these	financial	instruments	as	FVOCI	as	the	debt	instruments	meet	the	contractual	cash	flow	characteristics	and	will	
be	held	both	to	collect	cash	flows	and	to	manage	liquidity	needs.	This	has	resulted	in	a	$4m	increase	in	value	at	1	January	2018.	
This	increase	in	value	has	been	recorded	as	an	adjustment	to	the	Fair	value	reserve	at	1	January	2018.

–	

The	accounting	for	the	group’s	financial	liabilities	remains	the	same	as	it	was	under	AASB	139.

The	adoption	of	AASB	9	has	changed	the	group’s	accounting	for	impairment	losses	for	financial	assets	by	replacing	AASB	139’s	incurred	
loss	approach	with	a	forward-looking	expected	credit	loss	(ECL)	approach.	The	ECL	model,	further	described	in	note	2.1,	applies	to	
all	the	group’s	financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost,	debt	securities	measured	at	FVOCI,	loan	commitments	and	financial	
guarantee	contracts	not	measured	at	fair	value	through	the	Income	statement.	

The	group’s	syndicated	loan	facility	was	renegotiated	effective	14	December	2017.	On	adoption	of	AASB	9,	a	gain	on	modification	of	
$15m	was	recognised	as	an	adjustment	to	retained	earnings,	as	a	result	of	the	change	in	terms.	This	gain	was	also	recognised	as	an	
offset	to	the	carrying	value	of	the	facility	and	will	amortise	over	its	life.	The	amortisation	of	the	gain	is	recognised	as	an	increase	to	
Finance	costs	on	the	Income	statement.	

The	following	table	identifies	the	impacts	of	the	adoption	of	AASB	9	on	the	reserves	and	retained	earnings	balances	at	1	January	2018:	

Retained	
earnings
$m

Fair	value	
reserve	
$m

Balance	at	31	December	2017	
Expected	credit	losses	–	loans	and	advances	
Expected	credit	losses	–	trade	receivables	
Gain	on	modification	of	syndicated	loan	
Reclassification	of	debt	securities	from	amortised	cost	to	FVOCI	
Tax	impact		

Balance	at	1	January	2018	

(164)	
(12)	
(5)	
15		
	–		
1		

(165)	

Total		
equity	
$m

7,283	
(12)
(5)
15	
4	
	–	

7		
	–		
	–		
	–		
4		
(1)	

10		

7,285	

137

AMP 2018 annual report7.5  New accounting standards (continued)
(b)		 New	accounting	standards	issued	but	not	yet	effective
A	number	of	new	accounting	standards	and	amendments	have	been	issued	but	are	not	yet	effective,	none	of	which	have	been	early	
adopted	by	the	AMP	group	in	this	financial	report.	These	new	standards	and	amendments,	when	applied	in	future	periods,	are	not	
expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	position	or	performance	of	the	AMP	group,	other	than	as	set	out	below.

AASB	16	Leases	
AASB	16	Leases	(AASB	16)	is	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	1	January	2019.	AASB	16	requires	lessees	to	recognise	most	leases	on	
balance	sheet	as	lease	liabilities,	with	corresponding	right-of-use	(ROU)	assets.	Lessees	have	the	option	to	not	recognise	short-term	
leases	and	leases	of	low-value	assets.	

AMP	group	has	materially	completed	the	impact	assessment	of	AASB	16	adoption	as	at	1	January	2019.	The	estimated	impact	for	the	
group	as	a	lessee	is	in	the	order	of	$200m	to	$220m	which	will	be	recognised	as	an	increase	in	lease	liabilities	with	a	corresponding	
ROU	asset.	The	actual	impact	of	adoption	could	be	different	as	new	accounting	policies	are	subject	to	change	until	the	group	presents	
its	first	financial	statements	that	include	the	date	of	initial	application.	

As	a	result	of	adoption	of	AASB	16,	the	nature	of	expenses	relating	to	leases	will	change.	Operating	lease	expenses	were	previously	
recognised	on	a	straight-line	basis.	However,	under	AASB	16	the	group	will	recognise	depreciation	expense	for	ROU	assets	and	interest	
expense	for	lease	liabilities.	

AMP	expects	to	adopt	AASB	16	using	the	modified	retrospective	approach.	Under	this	approach	the	cumulative	effect	of	adoption	will	
be	recognised	as	an	adjustment	to	opening	retained	earnings	at	1	January	2019,	with	no	restatement	of	comparative	information.

AASB	17	Insurance	Contracts	
AASB	17 Insurance Contracts	(AASB	17)	is	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	1	January	2021.	The	new	standard	will	introduce	significant	
change	to	the	accounting	for	life	insurance	contracts	and	the	reporting	and	disclosures	in	relation	to	those	contracts.	The	new	standard,	
of	itself,	does	not	change	the	underlying	economics	or	cash	flows	of	the	life	insurance	business.	However,	it	is	anticipated	that	there	will	
be	an	impact	on	profit	emergence	profiles	from	life	insurance	contracts.	Subject	to	any	changes	to	regulation	or	legislation	which	may	
be	made	in	response	to	the	new	standard,	there	may	also	be	an	impact	on	the	determination	of	capital	requirements	and	income	tax.

The	detailed	requirements	of	the	standard	are	complex,	and	in	some	cases	the	final	impact	of	these	requirements	will	not	be	
determined	until	interpretations	and	regulatory	responses	to	the	new	standard	are	developed.	The	AMP	group	is	continuing	to	develop	
its	implementation	plan	for	the	adoption	of	AASB	17.	

AASB	Interpretation	23	‘Uncertainty	over	Income	Tax	Treatments’	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	1	January	2019	
The	Interpretation	clarifies	the	application	of	the	recognition	and	measurement	criteria	in	AASB	112	Income Taxes	when	there	is	
uncertainty	over	income	tax	treatments.	The	Interpretation	specifically	addresses	whether	an	entity	considers	uncertain	tax	treatments	
separately,	the	assumptions	an	entity	makes	about	the	examination	of	tax	treatments	by	taxation	authorities,	how	an	entity	
determines	taxable	profit	(tax	loss),	tax	bases,	unused	tax	losses,	unused	tax	credits	and	tax	rates	and	how	an	entity	considers	changes	
in	facts	and	circumstances.

7.6  Events occurring after reporting date
In	December	2017,	the	Australian	Government	established	a	Royal	Commission	into	‘Misconduct	in	the	Banking,	Superannuation	
and	Financial	Services	Industry’	(the	Royal	Commission)	to	investigate	conduct,	practices,	behaviour	or	business	activities	by	
financial	services	entities,	including	AMP,	that	may	amount	to	misconduct	or	that	may	have	fallen	below	community	standards	
and	expectations.	During	the	course	of	2018,	the	Royal	Commission	has	conducted	a	number	of	public	hearings	and	required	the	
production	of	documents	as	part	of	its	inquiry.	

The	final	report	of	the	Royal	Commission	was	publicly	released	on	4	February	2019	and	made:	
–		 76	policy	recommendations	which	may	result	in	legislative	and	regulatory	change;	and	
–		

	a	number	of	findings	of	actual	or	possible	misconduct	(including	breaches	of	law)	or	conduct	which	does	or	may	fall	below	
community	standards	and	expectations	in	relation	to	participants	in	the	financial	services	industry,	including	AMP.	

AMP	is	considering	the	various	matters	raised	in	the	Commissioner’s	final	report.	

As	at	the	date	of	this	report,	the	directors	are	not	aware	of	any	other	matters	or	circumstances	that	have	arisen	since	the	end	of	the	
financial	year	that	have	significantly	affected,	or	may	significantly	affect:	
–		
–		
–		

the	AMP	group’s	operation	in	future	years;	
the	results	of	those	operations	in	future	years;	or	
the	AMP	group’s	state	of	affairs	in	future	financial	years.

138

AMP 2018 annual reportNotes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018	
Financial report for the year ended 31 December 2018

Directors’ declaration
for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018

In	accordance	with	a	resolution	of	the	directors	of	AMP	Limited,	for	the	purposes	of	section	295(4)	of	the	Corporations Act 2001,		
the	directors	declare	that:

(a)	

(b)	

	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors	there	are	reasonable	grounds	to	believe	that	AMP	Limited	will	be	able	to	pay	its	debts	as	and		
when	they	become	due	and	payable;

	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors	the	financial	statements	and	the	notes	of	AMP	Limited	and	the	consolidated	entity	for	the		
financial	year	ended	31	December	2018	are	in	accordance	with	the	Corporations Act 2001,	including	section	296	(compliance		
with	accounting	standards)	and	section	297	(true	and	fair	view);

(c)	

	the	notes	to	the	financial	statements	of	AMP	Limited	and	the	consolidated	entity	for	the	financial	year	ended	31	December	2018	
include	an	explicit	and	unreserved	statement	of	compliance	with	the	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards;	and

(d)	 the	declarations	required	by	section	295A	of	the	Corporations Act 2001	have	been	given	to	the	directors.

David	Murray	
Chairman	

Sydney,	14	February	2019

Francesco	De	Ferrari
Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Managing	Director

139

AMP 2018 annual report	
200 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001

Tel:  +61 2 9248 5555
Fax:  +61 2 9248 5959
ey.com/au

Independent Auditor’s Report
to	the	Shareholders	of	AMP	Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report
Opinion	
We	have	audited	the	financial	report	of	AMP	Limited	(the	Company)	and	its	subsidiaries	(collectively	the	Group	or	AMP),	which	
comprises	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	as	at	31	December	2018,	the	consolidated	income	statement,	the	
consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	equity	and	consolidated	statement	of		
cash	flows	for	the	year	then	ended,	notes	to	the	financial	statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	accounting	policies,		
and	the	directors’	declaration.

In	our	opinion,	the	accompanying	financial	report	of	the	Group	is	in	accordance	with	the	Corporations Act 2001,	including:
a)		

	giving	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	consolidated	financial	position	of	the	Group	as	at	31	December	2018	and	of	its	consolidated	
financial	performance	for	the	year	ended	on	that	date;	and

b)			 complying	with	Australian	Accounting	Standards	and	the	Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis	for	Opinion
We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	Australian	Auditing	Standards.	Our	responsibilities	under	those	standards	are	further	
described	in	the	Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report	section	of	our	report.	We	are	independent	of	the	Group		
in	accordance	with	the	auditor	independence	requirements	of	the	Corporations Act 2001	and	the	ethical	requirements	of	the	
Accounting	Professional	and	Ethical	Standards	Board’s	APES	110	Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants	(the	Code)	that	are	relevant	
to	our	audit	of	the	financial	report	in	Australia.	We	have	also	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	the	Code.

We	believe	that	the	audit	evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

Key	Audit	Matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgment,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	financial		
report	of	the	current	year.	These	matters	were	addressed	in	the	context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	report	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	
our	opinion	thereon,	but	we	do	not	provide	a	separate	opinion	on	these	matters.	For	each	matter	below,	our	description	of	how	our	
audit	addressed	the	matter	is	provided	in	that	context.

We	have	fulfilled	the	responsibilities	described	in	the	Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report	section	of	our		
report,	including	in	relation	to	these	matters.	Accordingly,	our	audit	included	the	performance	of	procedures	designed	to	respond		
to	our	assessment	of	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	of	the	financial	report.	The	results	of	our	audit	procedures,	including	the	
procedures	performed	to	address	the	matters	below,	provide	the	basis	for	our	audit	opinion	on	the	accompanying	financial	report.

140

AMP 2018 annual reportReport on the Audit of the Financial Report (continued)

Sale	of	the	AMP	Life	Wealth	Protection	&	Mature	Portfolios	
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	‘Understanding	AMP	financial	report’	section	(b)

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	On	25	October	2018,	the	Group	announced	the	completion	
of	its	portfolio	review,	resulting	in	the	sale	of	the	wealth	
protection	and	mature	portfolios	to	Resolution	Life	and	the	
intended	listing	of	the	remaining	New	Zealand	business	on	
the	New	Zealand	stock	exchange.

–		 	The	complexity	of	the	transaction	and	timing	in	relation	to	
the	year	end	involved	the	following	key	areas	of	judgement:

–		 	Assessment	of	control	as	at	balance	date;	and
–		 	The	classification	of	the	related	assets	and	liabilities	as		

Our	audit	procedures	included	the	following:
–		 	We	considered	the	Group’s	assessment	of	control	as	at		
31	December	2018	for	the	businesses	affected	based	on	
the	transaction	terms.

–		 	We	assessed	the	Group’s	conclusion	to	not	recognise	the	
assets	and	liabilities	as	discontinued	operations	based	on	
the	steps	needed	to	ready	the	business	for	sale	and	the	
criteria	contained	in	Australian	Accounting	Standards.
–		 	We	assessed	the	adequacy	of	related	financial	report	

ther	continuing	or	discontinued	operations.

disclosures.

Customer	remediation	provisions
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	Section	7.3:	Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	AMP	has	recorded	provisions	in	relation	to	customer	
remediation	programs	amounting	to	$656	million	at		
31	December	2018	as	disclosed	in	Section	7.3.

–		 	Significant	judgement	was	involved	in	assessing	customer	

remediation	matters	and	in	determining	a	reliable	
measurement	of	the	provision.

Key	areas	of	judgement	included:
–		 	Whether	sufficient	information	existed	to	allow	a	provision		

to	be	reliably	measured

–		 	The	setting	of	model	assumptions	including	remediation	
rates,	average	compensation	amounts,	resources	required		
and	time	to	complete	the	program;	and
–		 	Timing	of	probable	remediation	payments

Our	audit	procedures	included	the	following:
–		 	We	evaluated	evidence	of	potential	obligations	through	an	
assessment	of	customer	complaints,	regulatory	and	breach	
notifications,	claims	and	litigation.

–		 	We	gained	an	understanding	of	the	status	of	the	various	
customer	remediation	programs	including	the	results	of	
management	investigations,	engagement	with	regulators	
and	key	decisions	made	by	the	Group	regarding	the	
program	approach	through	discussions	with	management	
and	directors,	and	review	of	Board	minutes	and	papers.
–		 	We	assessed	key	modelling	assumptions	used	to	calculate	

provisioned	amounts.

–		 	For	those	matters	where	the	Group	determined	that	a	

sufficiently	reliable	estimate	of	the	obligation	could	not	be	
made,	we	assessed	this	conclusion	and	the	adequacy	of	
related	disclosures	against	the	requirements	of	Australian	
Accounting	Standards.

–		 	We	assessed	the	adequacy	of	related	contingent	liability	

disclosures	against	the	requirements	of	Australian	
Accounting	Standards.

141

AMP 2018 annual reportReport on the Audit of the Financial Report (continued)

Impairment	of	advice	related	assets
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	Section	7.3:	Provisions	and	contingent	liabilities

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	As	disclosed	in	Section	7.3	the	Group	has	Buyer	of	Last	Resort	
arrangements	(BOLR)	in	place	which	can	require	them	to	buy	
planner	registers.	When	acquired,	these	assets	are	recorded	as	
inventory	and	intangible	assets	depending	on	their	intended	
use.	As	explained	in	Section	7.3	there	are	uncertainties	as	
to	the	consequences	of	the	final	Royal	Commission	report	
and	future	legislative	changes	that	could	have	an	impact	on	
the	underlying	assumptions	supporting	the	valuation	of	the	
planner	registers	related	assets.

–		 	The	Group	has	practice	finance	loans	as	at	31	December	2018	
for	which	provisions	are	required	to	be	booked	in	accordance	
with	Australian	Accounting	Standards	where	loans	are	
impaired	or	are	expected	to	be	impaired	in	the	future.

Key	areas	of	judgement	include:
–		 	Impairment	model	assumptions	in	respect	of	inventory,	

intangible	assets	and	practice	finance	loans

–		 	Whether	the	BOLR	terms	represent	an	onerous	contract		

and	requires	a	provision	to	be	recorded

–		 	Whether	new	information	from	the	Royal	Commission		

report	represents	a	material	subsequent	event.

Our	audit	procedures	included	the	following:
–		 	We	assessed	management’s	analysis	of	the	impact	of	the	
possible	removal	of	grandfathered	commissions	and	the	
reassessment	of	other	key	assumptions	in	impairment	
models,	to	assess	the	reasonableness	of	carrying	values	
and	impairment	outcomes.

–		 	We	assessed	and	tested	key	impairment	modelling	

assumptions	used	to	calculate	impairment	amounts.

–		 	We	assessed	the	disclosures	of	the	assumptions,	

uncertainties	and	associated	judgments	in	relation		
to	the	provision	and	potential	contingencies.

–		 	We	considered	management’s	assessment	of	market	

and	internal	factors	in	determining	the	loan	impairment	
recognised	against	the	practice	finance	loan	book.
–		 	We	reviewed	and	assessed	the	appropriateness	of	

contingent	liability	and	subsequent	event	disclosures	
against	requirements	of	Australian	Accounting	Standards.

Valuation	of	life	insurance	policy	liabilities
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	Section	4.1:	Accounting	for	life	insurance	and	investment	contracts

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	Life	insurance	policy	liabilities	total	$23,257	million		

and	represent	17%	of	total	liabilities.

–		 	The	valuation	of	the	provisions	for	the	settlement	of	future	
claims	involves	complex	and	subjective	judgements	about	
future	events,	both	internal	and	external	to	the	business.	
Small	changes	in	assumptions	can	have	a	material	impact		
on	the	valuation	of	these	liabilities.

Key	areas	of	judgement	included:
–		 	Discount	rates
–		 	Inflation	and	indexation
–		 	Forecast	lapse	rates,	particularly	for	the	wealth	protection	

book	of	business

–		 	Forecast	rates	of	mortality	and	morbidity	for	the	wealth	

protection	and	mature	books	of	business

–		 	Future	maintenance	and	investment	expenses

To	assess	the	assumptions	used	to	determine	the	value	of	
policyholder	liability,	we	have	performed	the	following	in	
procedures	in	conjunction	with	our	actuarial	specialists.
–		 	We	conducted	an	examination	of	the	policyholder	liability,	

regulatory	capital	balances	and	related	disclosures	
included	within	the	financial	reports	against	the	Life	
Prudential	Standards	and	Australian	Accounting	Standards.

–		 	We	assessed	the	Group’s	controls	over	the	recording	of	

new	business,	policy	administration	and	claims	processes.
–		 	We	assessed	the	policy	liability	valuation	process	including	
the	key	reconciliations	supporting	the	data	used	in	the	
valuation	process.

–		 	We	evaluated	the	associated	IT	systems	and	the	design	

and	operating	effectiveness	of	IT	system	controls	relating	
to	the	policy	valuations.

–		 	We	assessed	the	qualifications,	competence	and	objectivity	

of	the	AMP	life	entities’	Appointed	Actuary.

–		 	Our	actuarial	specialists	assessed	the	reasonableness	of	
the	valuation	methodology,	key	assumptions,	including	
the	impact	of	the	recent	reinsurance	transactions,	and	
the	interpretation	of	prudential	standards	that	affect	the	
policy	liability	valuation.

–		 	Where	adjustments	were	made	to	the	valuation	model	
outputs	outside	the	standard	processes,	our	actuarial	
specialists	performed	testing	necessary,	on	a	sample	basis,	
to	validate	the	nature	and	accuracy	of	the	adjustments.
–		 	We	assessed	the	adequacy	of	policy	liability	disclosures	

included	in	the	financial	report	against	the	requirements	
of	Australian	Accounting	Standards.

142

AMP 2018 annual reportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Shareholders of AMP LimitedReport on the Audit of the Financial Report (continued)

Goodwill	and	Intangible	Assets
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	Section	2.2:	Intangibles

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	Goodwill	has	been	recognised	as	a	result	of	AMP’s	historical	

acquisitions,	representing	the	excess	of	the	purchase	
consideration	over	the	fair	value	of	assets	acquired.	At	
acquisition	date	this	goodwill	was	allocated	to	the	applicable	
Cash	Generating	Units	(CGUs).	At	31	December	2018,	AMP	
has	recorded	goodwill	of	$2,130	million	as	described	in	
section	‘2.2	Intangibles’.

–		 	An	impairment	assessment	was	performed,	comparing		

the	carrying	value	of	the	CGU	with	its	recoverable	amount.	
The	recoverable	amount	of	each	CGU	is	determined	by	
calculating	the	CGU’s	fair	value.	As	explained	in	section	
‘Goodwill	attributable	to	shareholders’,	as	required	by	
Australian	Accounting	Standards,	the	Group	amended	its	
CGUs	and	updated	the	impairment	assessment	methodology	
in	line	with	how	the	business	is	now	managed.

–		 	Intangible	assets	for	in-force	contracts	and	distribution	
networks	were	acquired	during	historical	acquisitions.	
These	intangible	assets	are	amortised	and	are	assessed	for	
impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	
indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.

Key	areas	of	judgement	included	the:
–		 	Identification	of	CGUs	and	allocation	of	goodwill	to	CGUs
–		 	Price/Earnings	multiples	used	to	calculate	recoverable	

amounts

–		 	Assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	appraisal	value	of	the	
wealth	management	CGU,	including	risk	discount	rates,		
rates	of	future	inflation	and	forecasts	of	expected	future		
lapse	and	forecast	new	business	growth	rates.

Our	audit	procedures	included	the	following:
–		 	Assessed	whether	the	reallocation	of	Goodwill	to	the	
amended	CGUs	was	in	line	with	the	requirements	of	
Australian	Accounting	Standards.

–		 	Assessed	whether	the	methodology	used	by	the	Group	

for	impairment	assessment	purposes	was	in	line	with	the	
requirements	of	Australian	Accounting	Standards.

–		 	Assessed	the	key	assumptions	in	the	impairment	models	
such	as	risk	discount	rates,	rates	of	future	inflation	and	
forecasts	of	expected	future	lapse	and	forecast	new	
business	growth	rates.

–		 	Performed	sensitivity	analysis	on	the	impact	of	changes		

in	those	assumptions.

–		 	Where	required,	we	involved	our	actuarial	specialists	to	

test	arithmetic	accuracy	of	the	impairment	model	and	key	
assumptions	such	as	risk	discount	rates,	rates	of	future	
inflation	and	forecasts	of	expected	future	lapse	and	
forecast	new	business	growth	rates.

–		 	For	amortising	intangible	assets,	we	assessed	the	
methodology	used	by	the	Group	for	impairment	
assessment	purposes	to	evaluate	whether	events	or	
changes	in	circumstances	indicated	that	the	carrying	
amount	may	not	be	recoverable.

143

AMP 2018 annual reportReport on the Audit of the Financial Report (continued)

Information	technology	(IT)	environment
31	December	2018	Financial	report	reference:	None

Why	significant

How	our	audit	addressed	the	matter

–		 	The	operations	of	Group	are	heavily	dependent	on	

information	technology	systems	and	their	associated		
IT	controls.

–		 	A	fundamental	component	of	IT	controls	is	ensuring	

appropriate	user	access	management,	program	change	
management	and	IT	operational	protocols	exist	and	are		
being	adhered	to.

Our	audit	procedures	included	the	following:
–		 	We	assessed	the	controls	in	place	over	access	to	the	

Group’s	IT	systems	and	data,	as	well	as	system	changes	
relevant	to	financial	reporting.	We	tailored	our	audit	
approach	based	on	the	financial	significance	of	the	system	
and	whether	there	were	automated	processes	supported	
by	that	system.

–		 	We	assessed	controls	over	the	approval	and	creation		
of	user	access	and	maintenance	of	appropriate	access	
rights	to	relevant	applications.

–		 	We	assessed	controls	in	place	to	address	the	risk	of	
unauthorised	or	erroneous	changes	being	made	to	
systems	and	program	data.

–		 	Where	deficiencies	were	identified,	we	performed	
additional	procedures	to	test	the	information		
produced	from	affected	systems.

–		 	These	procedures	included:
	 –		 	Identifying	whether	there	had	been	unauthorised		

or	inappropriate	changes	made	to	critical	IT	systems	
and	databases.

	 –		 	Assessing	the	design	and	operating	effectiveness		

of	compensating	controls.

–		 	Where	required,	we	performed	procedures	to	validate		
the	integrity	and	reliability	of	the	specific	information.

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon
The	directors	are	responsible	for	the	other	information.	The	other	information	comprises	the	information	included	in	the	Company’s	
2018	Annual	Report	other	than	the	financial	report	and	our	auditor’s	report	thereon.	We	obtained	the	Directors’	Report	(including	the	
remuneration	report)	that	is	to	be	included	in	the	Annual	Report,	prior	to	the	date	of	this	auditor’s	report,	and	we	expect	to	obtain	the	
remaining	sections	of	the	Annual	Report	after	the	date	of	this	auditor’s	report.

Our	opinion	on	the	financial	report	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and	we	do	not	and	will	not	express	any	form	of	assurance	
conclusion	thereon,	with	the	exception	of	the	Remuneration	Report	and	our	related	assurance	opinion.

In	connection	with	our	audit	of	the	financial	report,	our	responsibility	is	to	read	the	other	information	and,	in	doing	so,	consider	
whether	the	other	information	is	materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	report	or	our	knowledge	obtained	in	the	audit	or	otherwise	
appears	to	be	materially	misstated.

If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	performed	on	the	other	information	obtained	prior	to	the	date	of	this	auditor’s	report,	we	conclude	that	
there	is	a	material	misstatement	of	this	other	information,	we	are	required	to	report	that	fact.	We	have	nothing	to	report	in	this	regard.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report
The	directors	of	the	Company	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	report	that	gives	a	true	and	fair	view	in	accordance	
with	Australian	Accounting	Standards	and	the	Corporations Act 2001	and	for	such	internal	control	as	the	directors	determine	is	
necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	of	the	financial	report	that	gives	a	true	and	fair	view	and	is	free	from	material	misstatement,	
whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	report,	the	directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern,	
disclosing,	as	applicable,	matters	relating	to	going	concern	and	using	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	unless	the	directors		
either	intend	to	liquidate	the	Group	or	to	cease	operations,	or	have	no	realistic	alternative	but	to	do	so.

144

AMP 2018 annual reportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Shareholders of AMP LimitedAuditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report
Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	report	as	a	whole	is	free	from	material	misstatement,	
whether	due	to	fraud	or	error,	and	to	issue	an	auditor’s	report	that	includes	our	opinion.	Reasonable	assurance	is	a	high	level	of	
assurance,	but	is	not	a	guarantee	that	an	audit	conducted	in	accordance	with	the	Australian	Auditing	Standards	will	always	detect	a	
material	misstatement	when	it	exists.	Misstatements	can	arise	from	fraud	or	error	and	are	considered	material	if,	individually	or	in	the	
aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	this	financial	report.

As	part	of	an	audit	in	accordance	with	the	Australian	Auditing	Standards,	we	exercise	professional	judgment	and	maintain	professional	
scepticism	throughout	the	audit.	We	also:
–		

	Identify	and	assess	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	of	the	financial	report,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error,	design	and	perform	
audit	procedures	responsive	to	those	risks,	and	obtain	audit	evidence	that	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	
opinion.	The	risk	of	not	detecting	a	material	misstatement	resulting	from	fraud	is	higher	than	for	one	resulting	from	error,	as		
fraud	may	involve	collusion,	forgery,	intentional	omissions,	misrepresentations,	or	the	override	of	internal	control.
	Obtain	an	understanding	of	internal	control	relevant	to	the	audit	in	order	to	design	audit	procedures	that	are	appropriate	in	the	
circumstances,	but	not	for	the	purpose	of	expressing	an	opinion	on	the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	internal	control.
	Evaluate	the	appropriateness	of	accounting	policies	used	and	the	reasonableness	of	accounting	estimates	and	related	disclosures	
made	by	the	directors.
	Conclude	on	the	appropriateness	of	the	directors’	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	and,	based	on	the	audit	evidence	
obtained,	whether	a	material	uncertainty	exists	related	to	events	or	conditions	that	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	Group’s	
ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.	If	we	conclude	that	a	material	uncertainty	exists,	we	are	required	to	draw	attention	in	our	
auditor’s	report	to	the	related	disclosures	in	the	financial	report	or,	if	such	disclosures	are	inadequate,	to	modify	our	opinion.		
Our	conclusions	are	based	on	the	audit	evidence	obtained	up	to	the	date	of	our	auditor’s	report.	However,	future	events	or	
conditions	may	cause	the	Group	to	cease	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.
	Evaluate	the	overall	presentation,	structure	and	content	of	the	financial	report,	including	the	disclosures,	and	whether	the	financial	
report	represents	the	underlying	transactions	and	events	in	a	manner	that	achieves	fair	presentation.
	Obtain	sufficient	appropriate	audit	evidence	regarding	the	financial	information	of	the	entities	or	business	activities	within	the	
Group	to	express	an	opinion	on	the	financial	report.	We	are	responsible	for	the	direction,	supervision	and	performance	of	the	
Group	audit.	We	remain	solely	responsible	for	our	audit	opinion.

–		

–		

–		

–		

–		

We	communicate	with	the	directors	regarding,	among	other	matters,	the	planned	scope	and	timing	of	the	audit	and	significant		
audit	findings,	including	any	significant	deficiencies	in	internal	control	that	we	identify	during	our	audit.

We	also	provide	the	directors	with	a	statement	that	we	have	complied	with	relevant	ethical	requirements	regarding	independence,		
and	to	communicate	with	them	all	relationships	and	other	matters	that	may	reasonably	be	thought	to	bear	on	our	independence,		
and	where	applicable,	related	safeguards.

From	the	matters	communicated	to	the	directors,	we	determine	those	matters	that	were	of	most	significance	in	the	audit	of	the	
financial	report	of	the	current	year	and	are	therefore	the	key	audit	matters.	We	describe	these	matters	in	our	auditor’s	report	unless	
law	or	regulation	precludes	public	disclosure	about	the	matter	or	when,	in	extremely	rare	circumstances,	we	determine	that	a	matter	
should	not	be	communicated	in	our	report	because	the	adverse	consequences	of	doing	so	would	reasonably	be	expected	to	outweigh	
the	public	interest	benefits	of	such	communication.

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report
Opinion	on	the	Remuneration	Report
We	have	audited	the	Remuneration	Report	included	in	the	directors’	report	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018.

In	our	opinion,	the	Remuneration	Report	of	AMP	Limited	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2018,	complies	with	section	300A	of	the	
Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities
The	directors	of	the	Company	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	and	presentation	of	the	Remuneration	Report	in	accordance	with	
section	300A	of	the	Corporations Act 2001.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	an	opinion	on	the	Remuneration	Report,	based	on	our	audit	
conducted	in	accordance	with	Australian	Auditing	Standards.

Ernst	&	Young

Andrew	Price
Partner
Sydney	
14	February	2019	

A	member	firm	of	Ernst	&	Young	Global	Limited
Liability	limited	by	a	scheme	approved	under	Professional	Standards	Legislation

145

AMP 2018 annual report Securityholder information

Distribution	of	AMP	capital	notes	holdings	as	at	14	February	2019

Range

1–1,000	
1,001–5,000	
5,001–10,000	
10,001–100,000	
100,001	and	over	

Total	

Number	of	holders

Notes	held

%	of	issued	notes

3,881	
246	
16	
21	
2	

4,166	

1,019,029	
539,177	
106,721	
644,588	
365,485	

2,675,000	

38.09
20.16
3.99
24.10
13.66

100.00

Twenty	largest	AMP	capital	notes	holdings	as	at	14	February	2019

Rank

Name

Notes	held

%	of	issued	notes

1	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
8	
9	
10	
11	
12	
13	
14	
15	
16	
17	
18	
19	
20	

Total	

228,265	
HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited	
137,220	
Citicorp	Nominees	Pty	Limited	
77,454	
BNP	Paribas	Nominees	Pty	Ltd	Hub24	Custodial	Serv	Ltd	DRP	
67,189	
Mutual	Trust	Pty	Ltd	
66,412	
Navigator	Australia	Ltd		
52,045	
IOOF	Investment	Management	Limited		
44,390	
J	P	Morgan	Nominees	Australia	Pty	Limited	
43,407	
National	Nominees	Limited	
HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited	–	A/C	2	
33,737	
Trustees	of	Church	Property	for	the	Diocese	of	Newcastle		 31,960	
25,800	
Filbury	P/L		
25,032	
Netwealth	Investments	Limited		
24,238	
IOOF	Investment	Management	Limited		
24,235	
Nulis	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited			
19,277	
BNP	Paribas	Noms	Pty	Ltd		
17,380	
Netwealth	Investments	Limited		
16,905	
Navigator	Australia	Ltd			
15,601	
Citicorp	Nominees	Pty	Limited		
14,100	
T	G	B	Holdings	Pty	Ltd	
13,034	
Larkins	Business	Management	Pty	Ltd	

8.53
5.13
2.90
2.51
2.48
1.95
1.66
1.62
1.26
1.19
0.96
0.94
0.91
0.91
0.72
0.65
0.63
0.58
0.53
0.49

977,681	

36.55

Distribution	of	AMP	wholesale	capital	notes	holdings	as	at	14	February	2019

Range

1–1,000	
1,001–5,000	
5,001–10,0001	

Total	

Number	of	holders

Notes	held

%	of	issued	notes

5	
4	
2	

11	

1,980	
12,259	
13,261	

27,500	

7.20
44.58
48.22

100.00

1	

	National	Nominees	Limited	holds	25.1%	of	AMP	wholesale	capital	notes	with	6,903	notes.	HSBC	Custody	Nominees	Australia	Limited	holds	23.12%	
of	AMP	wholesale	capital	notes	with	6,358	notes.

AMP	notes	voting	rights
AMP	wholesale	capital	notes	and	AMP	capital	notes	confer	no	right	to	attend	or	vote	at	any	general	meeting	of	the	shareholders	of	
AMP	Limited.	If	a	holder’s	notes	convert	into	AMP	Limited	ordinary	shares	in	accordance	with	the	terms	of	the	notes,	those	shares	will	
have	the	voting	rights	described	on	page	148.

146

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
		
	
	
Substantial	holders	as	at	14	February	2019
The	names	of	substantial	holders	in	AMP	Limited,	and	the	number	of	ordinary	shares	which	each	substantial	holder	and	the	substantial	
holder’s	associates	have	a	relevant	interest	in,	as	disclosed	in	substantial	holding	notices	received	by	AMP	Limited	before	14	February	
2019,	are	set	out	below.	For	details	of	the	related	bodies	corporate	of	the	substantial	holders	who	also	hold	relevant	interests	in	AMP	
Limited	ordinary	shares,	refer	to	the	substantial	holding	notices	lodged	with	ASX,	under	the	company	code	AMP.

Shareholder

Number	of	ordinary	shares

Voting	power	%

BlackRock	Inc.1	
Lazard	Asset	Management	Pacific	Co2	
Harris	Associates	Investment	Trust3	
The	Vanguard	Group,	Inc.4	

1	
2	
3	
4	

Substantial	holding	notice	lodged	with	ASX	on	25	January	2019.
Substantial	holding	notice	lodged	with	ASX	on	19	December	2018.
Substantial	holding	notice	lodged	with	ASX	on	11	April	2018.
Substantial	holding	notice	lodged	with	ASX	on	24	April	2018.

Distribution	of	AMP	Limited	shareholdings	as	at	14	February	2019

152,504,213	
150,155,217	
145,461,557	
144,315,656	

5.19%
5.11%
5.04%
5.001%

Range

1–1,000	
1,001–5,000	
5,001–10,000	
10,001–100,000	
100,001	and	over	

Total	

Number	of	holders

Ordinary	shares	held

%	of	issued	shares

498,591	
205,717	
21,737	
12,409	
363	

738,817	

218,823,692	
421,351,505	
154,755,147	
271,633,480	
1,870,864,512	

2,937,428,336	

7.45
14.34
5.27
9.25
63.69

100.00

As	at	14	February	2019,	the	total	number	of	shareholders	holding	less	than	a	marketable	parcel	of	223	shares	is	112,741.	

Twenty	largest	AMP	Limited	shareholdings	as	at	14	February	2019

Rank

Name

Ordinary	shares	held

%	of	issued	capital

HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited	
Citicorp	Nominees	Pty	Limited	
J	P	Morgan	Nominees	Australia	Pty	Limited	
National	Nominees	Limited	
BNP	Paribas	Nominees	Pty	Ltd		
HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited	–	GSCO	ECA	
BNP	Paribas	Noms	Pty	Ltd		
Citicorp	Nominees	Pty	Limited			
HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited		
Australian	Foundation	Investment	Company	Limited	
Argo	Investments	Limited	
AMP	Life	Limited	
Netwealth	Investments	Limited		
BNP	Paribas	Nominees	Pty	Ltd	Hub24	Custodial	Serv	Ltd	Drp	
Aigle	Royal	Superannuation	Pty	Ltd		
Navigator	Australia	Ltd			
HSBC	Custody	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited	–	A/C	2	
Gwynvill	Trading	Pty	Limited	
Navigator	Australia	Ltd		
Nulis	Nominees	(Australia)	Limited			

1	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
8	
9	
10	
11	
12	
13	
14	
15	
16	
17	
18	
19	
20	

Total	

839,632,504	
324,901,424	
321,302,875	
86,248,352	
51,163,743	
30,194,318	
21,751,641	
16,409,455	
15,694,096	
12,910,422	
10,381,674	
8,535,224	
6,805,654	
6,485,855	
5,500,000	
4,737,247	
3,515,691	
3,054,000	
2,862,956	
2,571,207	

1,774,658,338	

28.58
11.06
10.94
2.94
1.74
1.03
0.74
0.56
0.53
0.44
0.35
0.29
0.23
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.09

60.42

147

AMP 2018 annual report	
	
	
	
	
AMP	Limited	shares	voting	rights
The	voting	rights	attached	to	AMP	Limited	ordinary	shares	are	that	each	registered	holder	of	shares	present	in	person	(or	by	proxy,	
attorney	or	representative)	at	a	meeting	of	shareholders	has	one	vote	on	a	vote	taken	by	a	show	of	hands,	and	one	vote	for	each	fully	
paid	share	held	on	a	vote	taken	by	a	poll.

Options	and	rights	granted	under	the	Equity	Incentive	Plan
As	at	14	February	2019,	AMP	Limited	had	the	following	unquoted	options	and	rights	on	issue	under	its	Equity	Incentive	Plan:		
–	
–	
–	

8,000,000	options	granted	to	the	CEO.	
	11,446,912	share	rights,	of	which	the	number	of	holders	was	339.
	6,107,358	performance	rights,	of	which	the	number	of	holders	was	72.

Options,	share	rights	and	performance	rights	do	not	give	the	holder	an	entitlement	to	be	issued	AMP	Limited	shares.	AMP	Limited	
generally	has	the	discretion	to	satisfy	vested	options	and	rights	by	way	of	the	issue,	on	market	purchase	or	transfer	of	shares		
(or	by	an	equivalent	cash	payment).	Options,	share	rights	and	performance	rights	do	not	confer	any	voting	rights	on	the	holder		
unless	and	until	they	vest	and	are	converted	into	shares.	For	further	details	of	options	and	rights	on	issue,	refer	to	pages	121	to	128	
(note	5.3	Share-based	payments)	and	the	remuneration	report.	

Share	rights	as	at	14	February	2019

Size	of	holding

1–1,000	
1,001–5,000	
5,001–10,000	
10,001–100,000	
100,001	and	over	

Total	

Performance	rights	as	at	14	February	2019

Size	of	holding

1–1,000	
1,001–5,000	
5,001–10,000	
10,001–100,000	
100,001	and	over	

Total	

Number	of	holders

6	
132	
40	
135	
26	

339	

Share	rights

3,896
399,737
326,003	
4,527,252	
6,190,024

11,446,912

Number	of	holders

Performance	rights

–	
–	
23	
36	
13	

72	

–
–
186,638	
494,177	
5,426,543

6,107,358

On	market	acquisitions	for	employee	incentive	schemes	during	the	financial	year	ended	31	December	2018
4,264,610	AMP	Limited	ordinary	shares	were	purchased	on	market	to	satisfy	entitlements	under	AMP’s	employee	incentive	schemes		
at	an	average	price	per	share	of	$4.89.

Stock	exchange	listings
AMP	Limited’s	ordinary	shares	are	quoted	on	the	Australian	Securities	Exchange	and	on	the	New	Zealand	Stock	Exchange.		
AMP	capital	notes	are	quoted	on	the	Australian	Securities	Exchange.

Restricted	securities
There	are	no	restricted	securities	on	issue.

Buy-back
There	is	no	current	on	market	buyback.

148

AMP 2018 annual reportSecurityholder information	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Glossary

Contingent	liabilities
A	situation	existing	at	reporting	date,	
where	past	events	have	led	to	a	possible	
obligation,	the	outcome	of	which	
depends	on	uncertain	future	events,	
or	an	obligation	where	the	outcome	
is	not	sufficiently	probable	or	reliably	
measurable	to	warrant	recognising		
the	liability	at	this	reporting	date.

Controllable	costs
Costs	that	AMP	incurs	in	running	its	
business.	Controllable	costs	include	
operational	and	project	costs	and		
exclude	variable	costs,	provision	for		
bad	and	doubtful	debts	and	interest		
on	corporate	debt.

Earnings	per	share	(EPS)
Each	earnings	per	share	(EPS)	calculation	
represents	the	profit	amount	divided	by	
the	weighted	average	number	of	shares		
on	issue	during	the	year.

Embedded	value
A	calculation	of	the	economic	value	of	
the	shareholder	capital	in	the	businesses	
other	than	AMP	Bank,	and	the	future	
shareholder	profits	expected	to	emerge	
from	the	business	currently	in	force	
(expressed	in	today’s	dollars).

Executives
Within	this	report,	the	term	executives	
refers	to	the	chief	executive	officer	and	
nominated	direct	reports	of	the	CEO	who	
are	key	management	personnel	(KMP).

Franking	rate
The	amount	of	tax	AMP	has	already	
paid	on	a	dividend	payment.	This	can	
be	used	as	a	tax	credit	by	Australian	
resident	shareholders.	The	franking	rate	
is	determined	by	AMP’s	taxable	income.	
AMP’s	policy	is	to	always	frank	dividends		
at	the	highest	possible	rate.

Investment	performance
A	measure	of	how	well	we	manage		
funds	on	behalf	of	our	customers.		
The	percentage	of	assets	managed		
by	AMP	which	met	or	exceeded	their	
respective	client	goals.

Key	management	personnel	(KMP)
The	chief	executive	officer	(CEO),		
direct	reports	of	the	CEO	and	the		
non-executive	directors,	who	have	
authority	and	responsibility	for		
planning,	directing	and	controlling		
the	activities	of	AMP.

Long-term	incentive	(LTI)
An	executive	reward	for	helping	AMP	
achieve	specific	long-term	performance	
targets.	It	is	awarded	in	the	form	
of	share	rights	and/or	performance	
rights	to	motivate	executives	to	create	
outstanding	long-term	value	for	
shareholders.	A	right	is	an	entitlement	
to	receive	one	AMP	Limited	share		
per	right	subject	to	meeting	the		
vesting	conditions.

Non-executive	directors	(NEDs)
Board	directors	who	are	not	employees	
of	AMP	(they	are	independent).

Operating	earnings
Total	operating	earnings	are	the	
shareholder	profits	that	relate	to	
the	performance	of	AMP.	Operating	
earnings	exclude	investment		
earnings	on	shareholder	capital		
and	one-off	items.

Performance	right
A	form	of	executive	remuneration	
designed	to	reward	long-term	
performance.	Selected	executives		
are	granted	performance	rights.		
Each	performance	right	is	a	right		
to	acquire	one	AMP	share	after	a		
three-year	performance	period,	if	a	
specific	performance	hurdle	is	met.

Return	on	equity	(RoE)
Return	on	equity	(RoE)	is	a	measure	
used	in	the	AMP	long-term	incentive	
plan.	It	is	a	percentage	that	shows		
how	effective	AMP	has	been	in		
growing	the	value	of	the	money	
invested	by	our	shareholders.	
The	percentage	is	determined	by	
dividing	AMP’s	underlying	profit		
by	AMP	shareholder	equity.

Share	right
A	share	right	is	an	entitlement	to	
acquire	one	AMP	share	at	the	end	of		
a	vesting	period,	eg	two	years,	as	long		
as	the	service	conditions	are	met.

Short-term	incentive	(STI)
An	executive	reward	for	helping	AMP	
achieve	specific	short-term	performance	
targets	and	objectives.	It	is	paid	in	
the	form	of	cash	and	share	rights	
to	motivate	executives	to	achieve	
outstanding	performance	during		
the	year.

STI	pool
The	money	used	for	the	payment	of		
STI	rewards.	The	pool	size	varies	each	
year	depending	on	AMP’s	financial	and	
non-financial	performance	against	the	
STI	scorecard.

Total	shareholder	return	(TSR)
A	measure	of	the	value	returned	to	
shareholders	over	a	period	of	time.	
It	takes	into	account	the	changes	in	
market	value	of	AMP	shares,	plus	the	
value	of	any	dividends	paid	and		
capital	returns	on	the	shares.

Underlying	investment	income
Underlying	investment	income	is	based	
on	long-term	expected	rates	of	return.	
Actual	investment	income	can	be	higher	
or	lower	than	the	long-term	rate	from	
year	to	year.

Underlying	profit
AMP’s	key	measure	of	business	
profitability,	as	it	smooths	investment	
market	volatility	that	stems	from	
shareholder	assets	that	are	invested	in	
investment	markets	and	aims	to	reflect	
the	trends	in	the	underlying	business	
performance	of	the	AMP	group.	The	
components	of	underlying	profit	are	
listed	on	pages	73	to	75.

Vesting
Remuneration	term	defining	the	point	
at	which	the	required	performance	
hurdles	and/or	service	requirements	
have	been	met,	and	a	financial	benefit	
may	be	realised	by	the	recipient.

AMP	is	committed	to	actively	reducing	its	impact	on	the	environment	
and	has	printed	this	document	on	paper	derived	from	certified	well	
managed	forests	and	manufactured	by	an	ISO	14001	certified	mill.	

149

AMP 2018 annual reportContact us

Registered office  
of AMP Limited 
33 Alfred Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Australia
T  +612 9257 5000
F  +612 9257 7178
W  amp.com.au
Company Secretary:  
David Cullen

AMP share registry

Australia 
AMP share registry
Reply Paid 2980
Melbourne VIC 8060
T	 1300 654 442
F	 1300 301 721

AMP Investor Relations 
Level 21, 33 Alfred Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Australia
T  1800 245 500 (Aus)
T  +612 9257 9009 (Int)
E  shares@amp.com.au
W  amp.com.au/shares
Head of shareholder services: 
Marnie Reid

AMP products and policies 
Australia
T  131 267
E  askamp@amp.com.au

New Zealand
T  0800 808 267
E  service@amp.co.nz

International
T   +612 8048 8162

New Zealand
AMP share registry
PO Box 91543
Victoria Street West
Auckland 1142
T	 0800 448 062
F	 +649 488 8787

Other countries 
AMP share registry
GPO Box 2980
Melbourne VIC 3001
Australia
T	 +613 9415 4051
F	 +613 9473 2555

E	 ampservices@computershare.com.au

AMP is incorporated and 
domiciled in Australia

facebook.com/AMPaustralia

	@AMP_AU

9
1
/
3
0
7
4
2
1
S
N